Aglc4 PDF

4
Au s t r a l i a n G u i d e
to Legal Citation
Fourth Edition
AUSTRALIAN GUIDE
TO LEGAL CITATION
Fourth Edition
Melbourne University Law Review Association Inc

in collaboration with
Melbourne Journal of International Law Inc
Melbourne
2018
Published and distributed by
the Melbourne University Law Review Association Inc
in collaboration with the Melbourne Journal of International Law Inc
National Library of Australia Cataloguing-in-Publication entry
Australian Guide to Legal Citation / Melbourne University Law Review Association Inc.,
Melbourne Journal of International Law Inc.
4th ed.
ISBN 9780646976389.
Bibliography.
Includes index.
Citation of legal authorities - Australia - Handbooks, manuals, etc.
808.06634
First edition 1998

Second edition 2002
Third edition 2010, 2011 (with minor corrections), 2012 (with minor corrections)
Published by:
Melbourne University Law Review Association Inc
Reg No A0017345F · ABN 21 447 204 764
Melbourne University Law Review Telephone: (+61 3) 8344 6593

Melbourne Law School Facsimile: (+61 3) 9347 8087
The University of Melbourne Email: <law-mulr@unimelb.edu.au>
Victoria 3010 Australia Website: <http://www.mulr.unimelb.edu.au>
Melbourne Journal of International Law Inc

Reg No A0046334D · ABN 86 930 725 641
Melbourne Journal of International Law Telephone: (+61 3) 8344 7913

Melbourne Law School Facsimile: (+61 3) 8344 9774
The University of Melbourne Email: <law-mjil@unimelb.edu.au>
Victoria 3010 Australia Website: <http://www.mjil.unimelb.edu.au>
© 2018 Melbourne University Law Review Association Inc and Melbourne Journal of International
Law Inc. This work is protected by the laws of copyright. Except for any uses permitted under the
Copyright Act 1968 (Cth) or equivalent overseas legislation, no part of this work may be reproduced,
in any manner or in any medium, without the written permission of the publisher. All rights reserved.
AUSTRALIAN GUIDE
TO LEGAL CITATION
Fourth Edition
MELBOURNE
UNIVERSI TY
L AW REVIEW
Melbourne University Law Review Melbourne Journal of International
Association Inc Law Inc
© 2018
The Melbourne University Law Review Association and
the Melbourne Journal of International Law
gratefully acknowledge the generous support of the sponsors of
the fourth edition of the Australian Guide to Legal Citation.
v
Foreword to the Fourth Edition

Citation of sources has long been a defining feature of academic scholarship. Even the
most original thinker will have derived inspiration from the writings of others, and it is
only proper that that debt be acknowledged. Citation also contributes to the history of
ideas, by marking out the pathways of intellectual development.
Citation of sources in judgments is, by comparison, a relatively recent phenomenon. In
the High Court, for example, the number of citations per case increased tenfold between
1920 and 1996, from 23 to 240.1 In part, of course, this increase reflects the growth in
the length of judgments. But it is also to be explained by the evolution of paper-based
argument, the much greater accessibility of judgments and academic articles, and the
availability of sophisticated search engines.2
Proper citation serves important rule of law purposes. Reference to authorities which
govern, or guide, decision-making ensures that the judicial process ‘is injected with a
certain degree of consistency, predictability and coherence’.3 Citation makes a judge’s
reasons more comprehensible, and the process of adjudication more transparent, by
exposing not only the path of reasoning but its foundations.
Citation also enhances the development of legal principle. Footnotes are a rich resource
for practitioners confronted with the same or a related question, and for academics
seeking to elucidate the principles which inform judicial decisions and to identify and
explain doctrinal developments.
All of which makes the Australian Guide to Legal Citation (‘Guide’) an indispensable
resource. The Guide has given us a national language of citation, which enhances
communication across the legal system. And it epitomises the commitment to precision
and consistency on which accurate citation depends.
The Honourable Justice Chris Maxwell AC

President of the Court of Appeal, Supreme Court of Victoria
November 2017
__________
1 Russell Smyth, ‘Citations by Court’ in Tony Blackshield, Michael Coper and George
Williams (eds), The Oxford Companion to the High Court of Australia (Oxford University
Press, 2001) 98, 98.
2 Dietrich Fausten, Ingrid Nielsen and Russell Smyth, ‘A Century of Citation Practice on the
Supreme Court of Victoria’ (2007) 31(3) Melbourne University Law Review 733, 801.
3 Russell Smyth, ‘What Do Judges Cite? An Empirical Study of the “Authority of Authority”
in the Supreme Court of Victoria’ (1999) 25(1) Monash University Law Review 29, 32.
vi
Foreword to the Third Edition

The third edition of the Australian Guide to Legal Citation (‘Guide’) deserves
celebration. The Guide is the successor to the Melbourne University Law Review Style
Guide, the bane and vade mecum of student editors for many years. The first edition of
the Guide appeared in 1998 and the second in 2002. This third edition is considerably
longer and more detailed than its predecessors, offering guidance on the citation of new
sources of law.
Until I worked on the Melbourne University Law Review as a student in the 1970s, I was
oblivious to the delights, agonies and obsessions of editorial style and citation methods.
That experience imparted enduring respect for well-tempered punctuation as well as
accurate and judicious footnoting.
It is easy to dismiss rules of punctuation and legal citation as the province of pedants
and to imply that attention to such matters privileges style over substance. Punctuation,
however, can be critical to meaning and clarity. Lynne Truss acknowledges this
significance in her charming meditation on punctuation, Eats, Shoots and Leaves, which
she dedicates:
To the memory of the striking Bolshevik printers of St Petersburg who, in 1905, demanded to
be paid the same rate for punctuation marks as for letters, and thereby directly precipitated the
first Russian Revolution.1
As for citation, scholars have a responsibility to acknowledge the sources of their

information and ideas carefully so that they can be readily traced by their readers. In this
sense, citation practices are akin to musical scales — technical exercises that ground
scholarly sonatas.
The third edition expands and updates earlier versions of the Guide. Now legal scholars
have a stern but reliable guide to the vexing issue of the use of ellipses in quotations, or
the citation of parties’ submissions in court cases. The distinction between em- and en-
dashes is helpfully explicated. One particularly welcome change from earlier editions is
the inclusion of examples for almost all rules. The third edition also contains a number
of tables that present complex rules in a simple and accessible manner.
__________
1 Lynne Truss, Eats, Shoots and Leaves: The Zero Tolerance Approach to Punctuation
(Profile Books, 2003) v.
vii
This volume mirrors the increasing significance of both comparative and international
law in Australian legal scholarship. The earlier single chapter on the citation of
international materials has now become seven chapters. The international section
(Part IV) devotes considerable attention to treaties and the documents generated by
international institutions. It includes an entirely new chapter on the citation of
documents from international criminal tribunals, reflecting the astonishing growth in the
law in this area over the past decade.
Part V introduces rules for citing legal materials from China, France, Germany,
Malaysia, Singapore and South Africa and contains extensive revisions of rules relating
to the United Kingdom and the United States. Such guidelines will enhance the
accessibility of foreign legal sources and thus gently erode Australian legal
parochialism.
The third edition is the product of intense and detailed work. It is meticulous without
being stultifying. The authors are respectful sticklers working on behalf of readers
everywhere and all Australian legal scholars will benefit from the careful scrutiny and
sensibility of the three generations of the Guide’s authors.
Sticklers unite! Like the printers of St Petersburg, the authors of this Guide take the
conventions of language and research seriously. May this compendium repay their hard
work by encouraging precision in prose and clarity in citation.
Hilary Charlesworth
Professor of Law and ARC Federation Fellow
The Australian National University
Melbourne University Law Review Editor 1979
January 2010
viii
Foreword to the First Edition

Many publishers and some publications have their own Style Guides. For years, the
editors of the Melbourne University Law Review referred to the Style Guide published
by the Review’s constituent body to solve problems of how to cite materials referred to
in the articles and notes appearing in each issue. Now the Melbourne University Law
Review Association has produced an Australian Guide to Legal Citation.
The project is ambitious. As its Preface says, the Guide ‘attempts to set down and clarify
citation customs where they exist, and to determine the best practice where no particular
custom has been established’. In so doing the Association seeks to emulate other, long
established and authoritative citation guides published by university law reviews. Of
these, the ‘Bluebook’ is, perhaps, the best known. Published by a group of law reviews
led by the Harvard Law Review, The Bluebook: A Uniform System of Citation has
become the standard work in the field in the United States and has now passed through
many editions. Other university law reviews have entered the field, for example, the
University of Chicago Manual of Legal Citation and, in Canada, the Canadian Guide to
Uniform Legal Citation published by the McGill Law Journal.
Not all such works attract only praise. Judge Posner has written of the Bluebook that it
‘creates an atmosphere of formality and redundancy in which the drab, Latinate,
plethoric, euphemistic style of law reviews and judicial opinions flourishes’.1 But this
Guide is not, and does not pretend to be a guide to legal style any more than it is a guide
to substantive law. The Guide is concerned only with how sources may be identified. Its
principles require that they be identified clearly and accurately, simply and efficiently,
and with due sensitivity. The way in which the material from those sources is then used
and presented is for the author to choose.
It is for the author to develop a style that will engage the reader. Every reader will, no
doubt, wish that the style chosen is not ‘drab, Latinate, plethoric [or] euphemistic’. If it
is the fault will lie with the author not the Guide.
Justice KM Hayne
Justice of the High Court of Australia
Melbourne University Law Review Editor 1966
Melbourne
19 March 1998
__________
1 Richard Posner, ‘Goodbye to the Bluebook’ (1986) 53(4) University of Chicago Law
Review 1343, 1349.
ix
Preface to the Fourth Edition

Since the publication of the first edition in 1998, the Australian Guide to Legal Citation
(‘AGLC’) remains the authoritative legal citation guide within Australia and is widely
used by practitioners, law students and academics alike. The fourth edition marks the
20th anniversary of the AGLC and continues the original aim of providing clear, concise
and comprehensive rules for citation whilst ensuring that it remains accessible to all
readers.
The fourth edition continues the collaboration between the Melbourne University Law
Review Association (‘Review’) and the Melbourne Journal of International Law
(‘Journal’) and refines the enduring foundations laid down by the previous editions of
the AGLC. The fourth edition also builds upon the existing rules to ensure the ongoing
relevance of the AGLC in today’s everchanging legal landscape.
Acknowledgments
Members of the Review and the Journal have been involved in production of this edition
of the AGLC over the last several years. Work on the fourth edition of the AGLC was
overseen by the General Editors: Justin Browne, Rajesh Gounder, Peter Henley, Marcus
Roberts and Lachlan Sievert. Much of the work was done by the AGLC4 Committee,
comprised of Anna Bohacova, Eliah Castiello, Kye-Ren Cheong, Danielle El Hajj,
Matthew Harper, Jamin Li, Michael McArdle, Daniel O’Neil, Kathleen Phelan,
Alan de Rochefort-Reynolds, Rachel Walters and Daniel Wright. The cover was
designed by Eliah Castiello.
We thank all past and present Members of the Review and the Journal who participated
in proofreading the fourth edition of the AGLC: Justin Joonhyuk Chang, Betty Yee En
Choi, Kevin Cui, Nick Felstead, Jane Hannah, Jake Herd, Angad Keith, Ken Kiat,
Youngkwang ‘Nolan’ Lee, Jahangir Mahmood, Anna Sartori, Maddie Smith, Phapit
Triratpan, April Whitehead, Belinda Yee and Jennifer Zheng. We would also like to
thank Sam Crock and Sarah Waring. We thank especially Stuart Dixon for his
comprehensive proofreading of the fourth edition.
Invaluable assistance was provided by the former Editors of the Review and the Journal:
Holly Cao, Kara Connolly, Jordonne Colley, Chenez Dyer Bray, Monique MacRitchie,
James Nunez, Mimi Oorloff, George Priestley, Stephen Polesel, Cal Samson, Phoebe
St John, Emily Rothfield, Anna Saunders, Adaena Sinclair-Blakemore and Thomas Wu.
We would like to thank Alexander Di Stefano and Jack North for their contribution to
the Review and their tireless efforts, along with their team, in developing AGLC Online.
x
We thank Andrew Christie, Robin Gardner, Fiona MacDowell, Chantal Morton, Trung
Quach and Kirsty Wilson for their insight and assistance with the production of the
fourth edition.
Working on the fourth edition was made markedly easier by the enduring framework
built by the past three editions of the AGLC. We would like to acknowledge all those
who have worked on the previous editions, especially the General Editor of the first
edition, Andrew D Mitchell, the General Editors of the second edition, Lucy Kirwan and
Jeremy Masters, and the General Editors of the third edition, Sara Dehm and David
Heaton.
We wish to acknowledge Melbourne Law School’s continuing support of the Review,
the Journal, and of the AGLC. We would like to thank the Review’s Faculty Advisors,
Ian Malkin, Jenny Morgan and Dale Smith, and the Journal’s Faculty Advisors,
Andrew D Mitchell, Bruce ‘Ossie’ Oswald, Jacqueline Peel and John Tobin, for their
continued support and guidance over the years.
Finally, we are grateful for the extensive feedback provided by students, practitioners,
academics, judges, court officers and staff, law school administrators, law librarians,
law journal editors and others who have supported the AGLC. It is heartening to see the
degree of commitment and investment that AGLC users have for its continued
improvement. Such feedback is highly valued and ensures we consider many different
perspectives when making changes. We look forward to receiving feedback on possible
improvements for the next edition.
AGLC4 Committee
Melbourne
July 2018
xi
How to Use This Guide

The cardinal principles in legal citation — indeed all citation — are clarity and
consistency. Citations should contain the information that a reader will need to locate
sources quickly and easily. If your citations are clear and concise, your readers will
appreciate it.
The rules in the AGLC have been drafted with these cardinal principles in mind. The
core rules have mostly not changed since the first edition of the AGLC was published in
1998. Where changes have been made, it has always been in pursuit of greater clarity
and consistency.
Suggested Approach to Using the AGLC

If you are a first-time user of the AGLC, we recommend that you first read through the
General Rules (chapter 1) and then skim the chapters relating to sources that you are
likely to want to cite on a regular basis. In the case of Australian law students, chapter 2
(Cases) and chapter 3 (Legislative Materials) will be essential. Thereafter, when you
wish to cite a particular source, you can use either the contents or the index to find the
applicable rule.
Sources Not Included in the AGLC

If you wish to cite a source for which provision is not made in the AGLC, you should
first reflect on the cardinal principles: clarity and consistency. It may be helpful to
analogise with existing rules. However, there is often no single correct way to cite a
source and it will be a matter of judgment as to which rule to adhere to. As long as you
are clear and consistent, you cannot go wrong.
The best way to cite a source may also vary depending on the audience. For example, if
you are citing a legal source from a jurisdiction not covered in the AGLC, it may be
preferable to cite it like an analogous Australian source when you are writing for an
Australian audience, but it may be preferable to cite it like it is cited in the foreign
jurisdiction when you are writing for an audience familiar with the jurisdiction.
Subsequent References
One of the more significant changes contained in this edition of the AGLC concerns
subsequent references. Specifically, the AGLC now provides for the use of cross-
references in citations of all sources, including cases, legislation and treaties.
The principle guiding this change is consistency. In academic writing, readers will wish
to refer back to cases, legislation and treaties that have been previously cited as
frequently as they will wish to refer back to journal articles and books. In this context,
it makes sense to adopt a uniform rule for subsequent references.
xii
A further principle guiding the change was clarity. The previous edition of the AGLC
provided for the use of short titles, but not cross-references, when citing legislation. A
reader might then come across a reference to ‘JR Act’, and, if she had not read every
footnote and was not familiar with the field, she might struggle to decipher the reference.
The use of cross-references alleviates this issue.
However, it is accepted that in some contexts, the interest in being able to instantly
identify the complete reference for a case outweighs the interests of consistency and
concision. For example, it is likely that, for good reason, law reports and legal advices
will continue to use complete citations of cases.
Bearing in mind that writers’ purposes and readers’ circumstances will differ, the new
rule regarding subsequent references is intended to be facultative rather than mandatory.
Secondary Sources
This chapter has undergone some significant changes. A new chapter outlining the
general rules for secondary sources has been added (chapter 4). Much of this information
was contained in specific rules in the past edition. The consolidation into a single chapter
provides greater clarity for specific elements of secondary sources, irrespective of the
rule being applied.
Multiple new rules have been added to allow citation of materials such as intellectual
property materials, podcasts and social media posts. As the sources we draw upon
expand, so too must the citation rules.
Existing rules have also undergone changes. Multiple secondary sources have been
consolidated into general rules that can be applied to multiple different source types.
This allows consistency in how similar materials are cited. The rules are also easier to
navigate.
xiii
Contents
PART I — GENERAL RULES
1 General Rules...................................................................... 1
1.1 General Format of Footnotes .......................................................... 1
1.1.1 When to Footnote ................................................................. 1
1.1.2 The Position of Footnote Numbers ....................................... 2
1.1.3 Multiple Sources in Footnotes............................................... 3
1.1.4 Closing Punctuation in Footnotes ......................................... 3
1.1.5 Discursive Text in Footnotes................................................. 4
1.1.6 Pinpoint References.............................................................. 4
1.1.7 Spans of Pinpoint References .............................................. 6
1.2 Introductory Signals for Citations .................................................. 7
1.3 Sources Referring to Other Sources .............................................. 8
1.4 Subsequent References .................................................................. 9
1.4.1 General Rule ......................................................................... 9
1.4.2 References within a Text .................................................... 10
1.4.3 Ibid ...................................................................................... 11
1.4.4 Short Titles .......................................................................... 12
1.4.5 Abbreviations and Defined Terms ...................................... 13
1.4.6 Subsequent References within the Same Footnote ........... 14
1.5 Quotations ...................................................................................... 15
1.5.1 General Rule ....................................................................... 15
1.5.2 Introducing Quotations ........................................................ 17
1.5.3 Ellipses ............................................................................... 18
1.5.4 Editing Quotations............................................................... 18
1.5.5 [sic]...................................................................................... 19
1.5.6 Closing Punctuation ............................................................ 20
1.5.7 Omitting Citations and Adding Emphasis............................ 21
1.6 Punctuation..................................................................................... 22
1.6.1 Full Stops ............................................................................ 22
1.6.2 Commas.............................................................................. 22
1.6.3 Em-Dashes, En-Dashes, Hyphens and Slashes ................ 23
1.6.4 Parentheses ........................................................................ 23
1.6.5 Square Brackets ................................................................. 24
1.7 Capitalisation .................................................................................. 24
1.8 Italicisation...................................................................................... 26
1.8.1 Italicisation for Emphasis .................................................... 26
1.8.2 Italicisation of Source Titles ................................................ 26
1.8.3 Italicisation of Foreign Words.............................................. 27
1.9 Spelling and Grammar ................................................................... 28
1.9.1 Official Dictionary ................................................................ 28
1.9.2 Official Grammar Guide ...................................................... 28
1.9.3 Inclusive Language ............................................................. 28
xiv
1.10 Numbers, Currency and Units....................................................... 29

1.10.1 Numbers ............................................................................. 29
1.10.2 Currency ............................................................................. 30
1.10.3 Units .................................................................................... 30
1.11 Dates and Time ............................................................................... 31
1.11.1 Full Date ............................................................................. 31
1.11.2 Time .................................................................................... 31
1.11.3 Point in Time or a Period of Time ....................................... 32
1.11.4 Spans of Dates and Times.................................................. 32
1.11.5 Decades and Centuries ...................................................... 33
1.12 Headings and Titles ....................................................................... 34
1.12.1 Title and Author .................................................................. 34
1.12.2 Heading Levels ................................................................... 34
1.13 Bibliographies ................................................................................ 35
PART II — DOMESTIC SOURCES

2 Cases ................................................................................ 39
2.1 Case Names .................................................................................... 39
2.1.1 Parties’ Names — General Rule ......................................... 39
2.1.2 Business Corporations and Firms ....................................... 40
2.1.3 The Commonwealth and the States and Territories ........... 41
2.1.4 The Crown .......................................................................... 41
2.1.5 Governmental Entities, Foreign Governments and
International Organisations ................................................. 41
2.1.6 Ministers and Officers of the Commonwealth, States and
Territories, and Government Departments ......................... 42
2.1.7 Attorneys-General and Directors of Public Prosecutions .... 43
2.1.8 Re ....................................................................................... 43
2.1.9 Ex parte .............................................................................. 44
2.1.10 ex rel ................................................................................... 44
2.1.11 v .......................................................................................... 45
2.1.12 Admiralty Cases .................................................................. 45
2.1.13 Multiple Proceedings between the Same Parties ............... 46
2.1.14 Shortened and Popular Case Names and Subsequent
References ......................................................................... 46
2.1.15 Omitting the Case Name .................................................... 48
2.2 Reported Decisions........................................................................ 49
2.2.1 Year and Volume ................................................................ 49
2.2.2 Law Report Series .............................................................. 50
2.2.3 Abbreviations for Report Series .......................................... 51
2.2.4 Starting Page ...................................................................... 52
2.2.5 Pinpoint References............................................................ 52
2.2.6 Identifying the Court ............................................................ 53
2.2.7 Parallel Citations ................................................................. 54
2.3 Unreported Decisions .................................................................... 54
2.3.1 Decisions with a Medium Neutral Citation .......................... 54
2.3.2 Decisions without a Medium Neutral Citation ..................... 56
xv
2.3.3 Proceedings ........................................................................ 57

2.3.4 Court Orders ....................................................................... 57
2.4 Identifying Judicial Officers and Counsel.................................... 58
2.4.1 Identifying Judicial Officers ................................................. 58
2.4.2 Agreement or Dissent ......................................................... 60
2.4.3 Joint and Separate Judgments ........................................... 61
2.4.4 Statements Made during Argument .................................... 61
2.4.5 References to Two or More Judicial Officers ...................... 62
2.5 Case History ................................................................................... 62
2.6 Quasi-Judicial Decisions ............................................................... 63
2.6.1 Administrative Decisions ..................................................... 63
2.6.2 Arbitration ........................................................................... 64
2.7 Transcripts of Proceedings ........................................................... 65
2.7.1 General Rule ....................................................................... 65
2.7.2 High Court of Australia from July 2003 ............................... 65
2.8 Submissions in Cases ................................................................... 66
3 Legislative Materials ........................................................ 67
3.1 Statutes (Acts of Parliament) ........................................................ 67
3.1.1 Title ..................................................................................... 67
3.1.2 Year .................................................................................... 68
3.1.3 Jurisdiction .......................................................................... 68
3.1.4 Pinpoint References............................................................ 69
3.1.5 Multiple Pinpoint References .............................................. 71
3.1.6 Definitions ........................................................................... 72
3.1.7 Individual Parts of Legislative Materials .............................. 73
3.2 Bills .................................................................................................. 74
3.3 Order of Parallel Australian Statutes and Bills............................ 74
3.4 Delegated Legislation .................................................................... 75
3.5 Short Title and Subsequent References ...................................... 75
3.6 Australian Constitutions................................................................ 76
3.7 Explanatory Memoranda, Statements and Notes ........................ 77
3.8 Legislative History: Enactments, Amendments, Repeals and
Insertions ........................................................................................ 78
3.9 Quasi-Legislative Materials ........................................................... 79
3.9.1 Gazettes ............................................................................. 79
3.9.2 Orders and Rulings of Government Instrumentalities and
Officers (ASIC Class Orders, Taxation Rulings, etc) .......... 79
3.9.3 Legislation Delegated to Non-Government Entities (ASX
Listing Rules, Professional Conduct Rules, etc) ................. 80
3.9.4 Court Practice Directions and Practice Notes ..................... 81
PART III — SECONDARY SOURCES

4 General Rules for Citing Secondary Sources ................... 83
4.1 Author.............................................................................................. 83
4.1.1 General Rule ....................................................................... 83
4.1.2 Multiple Authors .................................................................. 84
xvi
4.1.3 Editors ................................................................................. 84

4.1.4 Publications Authored by a Body ........................................ 85
4.1.5 Judges ................................................................................ 86
4.2 Title .................................................................................................. 88
4.3 Short Title and Subsequent References ...................................... 89
4.4 Uniform Resource Locator (‘URL’) ............................................... 90
4.5 Archived Sources ........................................................................... 90
5 Journal Articles ................................................................ 91
5.1 Author.............................................................................................. 91
5.2 Title .................................................................................................. 91
5.3 Year.................................................................................................. 92
5.4 Volume and Issue ........................................................................... 92
5.5 Journal ............................................................................................ 93
5.6 Starting Page .................................................................................. 94
5.7 Pinpoint References....................................................................... 94
5.8 Articles Published in Parts ............................................................ 94
5.9 Symposia ........................................................................................ 95
5.10 Articles Published in Online Journals.......................................... 96
5.11 Forthcoming and Advance Journal Articles ................................ 97
6 Books ................................................................................ 98
6.1 Author.............................................................................................. 98
6.2 Title .................................................................................................. 98
6.3 Publication Details ......................................................................... 99
6.3.1 Publisher ............................................................................. 99
6.3.2 Edition Number ................................................................. 100
6.3.3 Revised Editions ............................................................... 101
6.3.4 Publication Year ................................................................ 101
6.4 Pinpoint References..................................................................... 102
6.5 Multi-Volume Books ..................................................................... 102
6.6 Edited Books ................................................................................ 103
6.6.1 Chapters in Edited Books ................................................. 103
6.6.2 Books with an Author and Editor ...................................... 104
6.7 Translated Books ......................................................................... 104
6.8 Forthcoming Books ..................................................................... 105
6.9 Audiobooks................................................................................... 105
7 Other Sources ................................................................. 106
7.1 Reports and Similar Documents ................................................. 106
7.1.1 General Rule ..................................................................... 106
7.1.2 Parliamentary Papers, Committee Reports, Bill Digests and
Alert Digests...................................................................... 107
7.1.3 Royal Commission Reports .............................................. 108
7.1.4 Law Reform Commission Publications ............................. 108
7.1.5 Australian Bureau of Statistics (‘ABS’) Materials .............. 109
7.2 Research Papers, Theses and Similar Documents ................... 110
7.2.1 General Rule ..................................................................... 110
7.2.2 Research Papers and Working Papers ............................ 111
xvii
7.2.3 Parliamentary Research Papers, Notes and Briefs .......... 111

7.2.4 Conference Papers and Similar Documents ..................... 112
7.2.5 Theses and Dissertations ................................................. 112
7.3 Speeches....................................................................................... 113
7.4 Press and Media Releases .......................................................... 114
7.5 Other Parliamentary Materials .................................................... 115
7.5.1 Parliamentary Debates ..................................................... 115
7.5.2 Written Submissions to Government and Parliamentary
Inquiries, Committees and Agencies ................................ 115
7.5.3 Evidence to Parliamentary Committee.............................. 117
7.5.4 Australian Constitutional Convention Debates.................. 117
7.6 Dictionaries ................................................................................... 118
7.7 Legal Encyclopedias .................................................................... 119
7.8 Looseleaf Services ....................................................................... 120
7.9 Intellectual Property (‘IP’) Materials ........................................... 121
7.10 Constitutive Documents of a Company ..................................... 122
7.11 Newspaper Articles ...................................................................... 123
7.11.1 Printed Newspapers ......................................................... 123
7.11.2 Electronic Newspapers ..................................................... 124
7.11.3 Periodicals, Newsletters and Magazines .......................... 124
7.11.4 Unsigned and Untitled Articles and Editorials ................... 125
7.12 Written Correspondence ............................................................. 125
7.13 Interviews and Similar Formats .................................................. 126
7.14 Film, Television and Other Media ............................................... 127
7.14.1 General Rule ..................................................................... 127
7.14.2 Films and Audiovisual Recordings .................................... 127
7.14.3 Television Series............................................................... 128
7.14.4 Radio Segments and Podcasts......................................... 129
7.15 Internet Materials.......................................................................... 130
7.16 Social Media Posts ....................................................................... 131
PART IV — INTERNATIONAL MATERIALS

8 Treaties ........................................................................... 133
8.1 Treaty Title .................................................................................... 133
8.2 Parties’ Names.............................................................................. 134
8.3 Date Opened for Signature or Signed and Date of Entry into
Force.............................................................................................. 135
8.3.1 Opened for Signature (Open Multilateral Treaties) ........... 135
8.3.2 Signed by All Parties (Closed Multilateral or Bilateral
Treaties) ............................................................................ 136
8.3.3 Treaties Not Yet in Force .................................................. 136
8.4 Treaty Series ................................................................................. 137
8.5 Reservations or Declarations to Articles of a Treaty ................ 139
8.6 Memoranda of Understanding .................................................... 139
8.7 Pinpoint Reference....................................................................... 140
8.8 Short Title and Subsequent References .................................... 141
xviii
9 United Nations Materials ................................................ 142

9.1 Constitutive Document ................................................................ 142
9.2 Official Documents of the United Nations ................................. 142
9.2.1 Author ............................................................................... 144
9.2.2 Title ................................................................................... 144
9.2.3 Resolution and Decision Number ..................................... 144
9.2.4 Official Records................................................................. 145
9.2.5 Committee Number ........................................................... 145
9.2.6 Session (and Part) Number .............................................. 146
9.2.7 Meeting Number ............................................................... 146
9.2.8 Agenda Item ..................................................................... 147
9.2.9 Supplement ....................................................................... 147
9.2.10 UN Document Number...................................................... 148
9.2.11 Full Date ........................................................................... 151
9.2.12 Annex ................................................................................ 151
9.2.13 Pinpoint References.......................................................... 152
9.2.14 Documents of Multiple Organs ......................................... 154
9.3 Individual Communications to UN Treaty Committees ............ 154
9.3.1 Decisions of UN Treaty Committees ................................. 154
9.3.2 Parties’ Communications and Submissions ...................... 155
9.4 United Nations Yearbooks........................................................... 155
9.6 Commonly Cited Documents ...................................................... 158
10 International Court of Justice and Permanent Court of
International Justice ...................................................... 159
10.1 Constitutive and Basic Documents ............................................ 159
10.2 Reported Decisions...................................................................... 159
10.2.1 Case Name ....................................................................... 160
10.2.2 Parties’ Names or Advisory Opinion ................................. 160
10.2.3 Phase ................................................................................ 161
10.2.4 Year .................................................................................. 162
10.2.5 Report Series and Series Letter ....................................... 163
10.2.6 Starting Page and Case Number ...................................... 163
10.2.8 Identifying Judges ............................................................. 165
10.3 Reported Pleadings or Other Documents Originating in ICJ or
PCIJ Proceedings ......................................................................... 166
10.4 Unreported Materials ................................................................... 167
10.4.1 Decisions .......................................................................... 167
10.4.2 Pleadings and Other Documents ...................................... 168
10.5 Short Titles and Subsequent References .................................. 169
11 International Arbitral and Tribunal Decisions ................ 170
11.1 State–State Decisions .................................................................. 170
11.1.1 Reported Decisions .......................................................... 170
11.1.2 Unreported Decisions ....................................................... 171
xix
11.2 Individual–State Decisions .......................................................... 172

11.2.1 Reported Decisions .......................................................... 172
11.2.2 Unreported Decisions ....................................................... 174
11.3 Short Titles and Subsequent References .................................. 175
12 International Criminal Tribunals and Courts .................. 176
12.1 Basic Documents ......................................................................... 176
12.1.1 Constitutive Documents .................................................... 176
12.1.2 Rules ................................................................................. 177
12.2 Cases .......................................................................................... 178
12.2.1 Parties’ Names.................................................................. 178
12.2.2 Phase ................................................................................ 179
12.2.3 Court ................................................................................. 179
12.2.4 Chamber ........................................................................... 180
12.2.5 Case Number .................................................................... 180
12.2.6 Full Date ........................................................................... 181
12.3 Reports of Cases .......................................................................... 182
13 International Economic Materials .................................. 184
13.1 World Trade Organization ........................................................... 184
13.1.1 Constitutive and Basic Documents ................................... 184
13.1.2 Official WTO Documents .................................................. 185
13.1.3 WTO Panel, Appellate Body and Arbitration Decisions .... 187
13.2 General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade................................... 188
13.2.1 Official GATT Documents ................................................. 188
13.2.2 GATT Panel Reports......................................................... 190
13.3 Investment and Trade Treaties and Investor–State Arbitration190
14 Supranational Materials.................................................. 193
14.1 Constitutive Documents .............................................................. 193
14.2 European Union Materials ........................................................... 194
14.2.1 Official Journal of the European Union ............................. 194
14.2.2 Constitutive Treaties of the European Union .................... 196
14.2.3 Courts of the European Union .......................................... 199
14.3 Council of Europe ........................................................................ 201
14.3.1 Basic Documents of the Council of Europe ...................... 201
14.3.2 European Court of Human Rights ..................................... 202
14.3.3 European Commission of Human Rights .......................... 204
14.4 Other Supranational Courts and Tribunals................................ 205
14.4.1 Decisions .......................................................................... 205
14.4.2 Advisory Opinions ............................................................. 206
14.4.3 Rules of Procedure ........................................................... 207
14.4.4 Pleadings and Other Documents ...................................... 207
14.5 Documents of Other Supranational Parliaments, Councils,
Bodies, etc .................................................................................... 208
xx
PART V — FOREIGN DOMESTIC SOURCES

15 Canada ............................................................................ 211
15.1 Cases .......................................................................................... 211
15.1.1 General Rule ..................................................................... 211
15.1.2 Official and Unofficial Report Series ................................. 211
15.2 Legislation .................................................................................... 212
15.2.1 Title ................................................................................... 212
15.2.2 Statute Volume and Jurisdiction ....................................... 212
15.2.3 Year .................................................................................. 214
15.2.4 Chapter ............................................................................. 214
15.3 Constitutions ................................................................................ 215
15.3.1 Federal .............................................................................. 215
15.3.2 Provincial and Territorial ................................................... 215
15.4 Delegated Legislation (Regulations) .......................................... 216
15.4.1 Revised Federal Regulations ............................................ 216
15.4.2 Unrevised Federal Regulations ........................................ 216
15.4.3 Provincial and Territorial Regulations ............................... 217
15.5 Other .......................................................................................... 219
16 China ............................................................................... 220
16.1 Specific Rules for Chinese Language Materials ....................... 220
16.2 Cases .......................................................................................... 221
16.2.1 General Rule ..................................................................... 221
16.2.2 Report Series .................................................................... 222
16.2.3 Unreported Judgments ..................................................... 223
16.3 Legislative Materials .................................................................... 223
16.3.1 Chinese Legislative Acts ................................................... 223
16.3.2 Constitutions ..................................................................... 224
16.4 Chinese Language Secondary Sources ..................................... 225
16.4.1 General Rules ................................................................... 225
16.4.2 Author Names and Subsequent References .................... 226
17 France ............................................................................. 228
17.1 Cases .......................................................................................... 228
17.2.1 Individual Materials ........................................................... 229
17.2.2 Codes ............................................................................... 230
17.2.3 Constitution ....................................................................... 230
18 Germany .......................................................................... 231
18.1 Cases .......................................................................................... 231
18.2.1 Individual Laws ................................................................. 232
18.2.2 Codes ............................................................................... 233
18.2.3 Constitution ....................................................................... 233
xxi
19 Hong Kong....................................................................... 234

19.1 Cases .......................................................................................... 234
19.2.1 Principal and Delegated Legislation ................................. 235
19.2.2 Constitution ....................................................................... 235
20 Malaysia .......................................................................... 236
20.1 Cases .......................................................................................... 236
20.1.1 Report Series .................................................................... 236
20.1.2 Unreported Cases ............................................................. 237
20.2.1 Statutes and Delegated Legislation .................................. 237
20.2.2 Constitution ....................................................................... 238
21 New Zealand ................................................................... 239
21.1 Cases .......................................................................................... 239
21.1.1 General Rule ..................................................................... 239
21.1.2 Official and Unofficial Report Series ................................. 239
21.1.4 0ƗRUL/DQG&RXUWDQG0ƗRUL$SSHOODWH&RXUW ................... 240
21.1.5 Waitangi Tribunal .............................................................. 241
21.2.1 Statutes ............................................................................. 242
21.2.2 Delegated Legislation ....................................................... 242
21.3 Other .......................................................................................... 242
22 Singapore ........................................................................ 243
22.1 Cases .......................................................................................... 243
22.1.1 General Rule ..................................................................... 243
22.1.2 Report Series .................................................................... 243
22.2.1 Statutes and Subsidiary Legislation .................................. 245
22.2.2 Constitutional Documents ................................................. 246
22.3 Other .......................................................................................... 246
23 South Africa .................................................................... 247
23.1 Cases .......................................................................................... 247
23.1.1 General Rule ..................................................................... 247
23.1.2 Report Series .................................................................... 248
23.2.1 Statutes and Delegated Legislation .................................. 249
23.2.2 Constitutions ..................................................................... 249
23.3 Truth and Reconciliation Commission....................................... 250
24 United Kingdom .............................................................. 251
24.1 Cases .......................................................................................... 251
24.1.1 General Rule ..................................................................... 251
24.1.2 Modern English Reports ................................................... 251
xxii
24.1.3 Nominate Reports ............................................................. 253

24.1.4 Scottish Reports ............................................................... 253
24.1.6 Identifying Judicial Officers ............................................... 256
24.2 Legislation .................................................................................... 257
24.2.1 Title and Year ................................................................... 257
24.2.2 Jurisdiction ........................................................................ 258
24.2.3 Regnal Year and Chapter ................................................. 258
24.3 Delegated Legislation .................................................................. 260
24.4 Government Publications ............................................................ 261
24.4.1 Parliamentary Debates ..................................................... 261
24.4.2 Command Papers ............................................................. 262
24.4.3 Parliamentary Papers ....................................................... 262
24.5 Other .......................................................................................... 263
25 United States of America ............................................... 264
25.1 Cases .......................................................................................... 264
25.1.1 Parties’ Names.................................................................. 264
25.1.2 Volume .............................................................................. 264
25.1.3 Report Series and Series Number .................................... 265
25.1.4 Starting Page and Pinpoint References ............................ 266
25.1.5 Jurisdiction and Court Name ............................................ 266
25.1.6 Year .................................................................................. 270
25.2 Legislation: Code ......................................................................... 272
25.2.1 Statute Title and Original Pinpoint .................................... 272
25.2.2 Title, Chapter or Volume Number in Code ........................ 273
25.2.3 Abbreviated Code Name................................................... 274
25.2.5 Publisher’s Name .............................................................. 277
25.2.6 Year of Code and Supplement ......................................... 277
25.3 Legislation: Session Laws .......................................................... 279
25.3.1 Statute Title ....................................................................... 280
25.3.2 Public Law, Private Law or Chapter Number .................... 280
25.3.3 Original Pinpoint References ............................................ 281
25.3.4 Volume or Year ................................................................. 281
25.3.5 Abbreviated Session Laws Name ..................................... 282
25.3.6 Starting Page and Pinpoint References ............................ 284
25.3.7 Year .................................................................................. 284
25.3.8 Legislative History: Amendments, Repeals and Insertions .....
......................................................................................... 284
25.4 Constitutions ................................................................................ 285
25.5 Delegated Legislation .................................................................. 285
25.5.1 Federal .............................................................................. 285
25.5.2 State ................................................................................. 286
xxiii
25.6 Federal Congressional Materials ................................................ 286

25.6.1 Debates ............................................................................ 286
25.6.2 Bills and Resolutions ........................................................ 287
25.7 Restatements ................................................................................ 289
25.8 Other .......................................................................................... 289
26 Other Foreign Domestic Materials.................................. 290
26.1 Translations of Legislation and Decisions ................................ 290
26.1.1 Non-English Primary Materials Translated by Author ....... 290
26.1.2 Foreign Primary Materials Consulted in English (Published
Translations) ..................................................................... 292
26.2 Judicial and Administrative Decisions....................................... 293
26.4 Other Non-English Language Materials ..................................... 296
Appendix A: Law Report Abbreviations ........................... 297
Appendix B: Australian Medium Neutral Unique Court (and
Tribunal) Identifiers ..................................... 328
Appendix C: Pinpoint Abbreviations................................. 331
Bibliography ............................................................................ 333
Index ........................................................................................ 335
xxiv
This page has been intentionally left blank.

1
1 General Rules
General
Rules
1.1 General Format of Footnotes
1.1.1 When to Footnote
Rule Footnotes should be used to:

x provide authority for a proposition;
x acknowledge a source that is relevant to an argument and
indicate how it is relevant (eg to indicate that a source directly
supports or is directly contrary to an argument);
x provide information that enables the retrieval of relevant sources
and quotations that appear in the text; and
x provide other (often tangential or extraneous) information that
is not appropriate to include in the text.
Direct quotations should always be followed by a footnote unless their
source is provided in full in the text.
The first citation of a source should appear in full.
Examples Some judges have argued that a presumption of advancement applies

wherever there is a ‘greater prima facie possibility of a beneficial
interest being intended’.1
…
This situation is likely to occur only in the rarest of cases, since the
court can always make a judgment about the relative credibility of
evidence given by living parties.3
__________
1 Wirth v Wirth (1956) 98 CLR 228, 237 (Dixon CJ). See also Calverley v
Green (1984) 155 CLR 242, 250 (Gibbs CJ).
…
3 In Gissing v Gissing [1971] AC 886, 907, Lord Diplock commented that
presumptions are easily rebutted if both parties are still alive and capable
of giving evidence.
2 Part I — General Rules
1.1.2 The Position of Footnote Numbers
Rule Footnote numbers should generally appear after the punctuation at the
end of a sentence. However, footnote numbers may appear directly after
the relevant text (after any punctuation except em-dashes) if this is
necessary for the sake of clarity.
Examples The Court of Appeal in Burger King Corporation v Hungry Jack’s Pty
Ltd was also of the opinion that a duty of good faith should be implied
in law.4
…
The court describes the best interests of the child as the ‘paramount or
pre-eminent consideration’;6 it is the ‘final determinant’ of what orders
the court must make.7
…
Bainbridge acknowledges that ‘the tort creditor has no ability to bargain
out of the default rule’ of limited liability and that the company is likely
to be the cheapest cost avoider (with the ability to organise insurance
or take precautions to ensure the accident is prevented).9
…
The Gilbert + Tobin Centre of Public Law argued that s 80.2(5) was
‘welcome because it would criminalise … incitement to violence
against racial, religious, national, or political groups’11 — consistent
with international human rights treaty obligations.
…
Some of the issues have now been resolved by the High Court’s
decisions in Pape v Federal Commissioner of Taxation (‘Pape’),13
Williams v Commonwealth (‘Williams [No 1]’)14 and Williams v
Commonwealth [No 2] (‘Williams [No 2]’).15
…
So much is recognised by the Constitution’s provisions17 for ‘a practical
system of law where [the] Commonwealth can sue a State, a State can
sue [the] Commonwealth, and a State can sue a State’.18
…
Australian Guide to Legal Citation 3
Their Honours went on to observe:
General
Rules
The appellant has indeed behaved badly, but no worse than many of his age
who have also lived as members of the Australian community all their lives
but who happen to be citizens. The difference is the barest of technicalities.
It is the chance result of an accident of birth, the inaction of the appellant’s
parents and some contestable High Court decisions.20
1.1.3 Multiple Sources in Footnotes
Rule If a series of sources is cited in a single footnote, a semicolon should

be used to separate the sources. The word ‘and’ should not be used to
separate the last two sources.
When citing additional sources with a different introductory signal
(see rule 1.2) a new sentence (and not a semicolon) should be used.
21
Example Muschinski v Dodds (1985) 160 CLR 583; Baumgartner v Baumgartner
(1987) 164 CLR 137; Bryson v Bryant (1992) 29 NSWLR 188, 194–5.
[Not: … Baumgartner (1987) 164 CLR 137 and Bryson v Bryant …]
22 Spratt v Hermes (1965) 114 CLR 226; Capital TV & Appliances Pty
Ltd v Falconer (1971) 125 CLR 591; Kruger v Commonwealth (1997) 190
CLR 1. Cf R v Bernasconi (1915) 19 CLR 629. [Not: … Commonwealth
(1997) 190 CLR 1; cf R v Bernasconi (1915) 19 CLR 629.]
1.1.4 Closing Punctuation in Footnotes
Rule A full stop (or other appropriate closing punctuation) should appear at
the end of every footnote.
23
Examples R v Gomez [1993] AC 442.
24 Ibid; R v Macleod (2001) 52 NSWLR 389.
25 But what of the second proposition, namely, that Mr Ford was benefited by
the receipt of the means of obtaining goods and services that he genuinely
and subjectively desired?
1.1.5 Discursive Text in Footnotes
Rule Footnotes may contain discursive text (ie text that is not a citation).
Citations relating to discursive text in footnotes should appear after a
colon at the end of the relevant text (unless the full citation appears
within the discursive text, including any relevant pinpoints).
When citing a source that has been cited earlier in the same footnote,
or citing a different pinpoint to that cited earlier, ‘at’ may be used in
accordance with rule 1.4.6.
26
Examples Note that s 22 of the Trans-Tasman Proceedings Act 2010 (Cth) prohibits
anti-suit injunctions that would be granted on the basis that a New Zealand
court is not the appropriate forum for the proceeding.
27 Agricultural Land Management Ltd v Jackson [No 2] (2014) 48 WAR 1,
64 [335]. Later in the judgment, his Honour explained that a ‘negative “but
for” criterion’ applies to some — but not all — claims for equitable
compensation: at 75 [395].
28 The Acts Interpretation Act 1954 (Qld) provides that a ‘public sector unit’
is ‘a department or part of a department’ or ‘a public service office or part
of a public service office’: at sch 1 (definition of ‘public sector unit’).
29 The scope of this legislation is confined to children as users of the internet:
Enhancing Online Safety Act 2015 (Cth) s 5.
1.1.6 Pinpoint References
Rule A ‘pinpoint reference’ is a reference to a specific page, paragraph,

footnote or other section of a source.
Pinpoint references should immediately follow the citation of the
source. They should not be preceded by ‘p’ or ‘pg’ and should not be
preceded by ‘at’ (except in accordance with rule 1.4.6).
A pinpoint reference to a paragraph should appear as a number in square
brackets. It should not be preceded by ‘para’. However, note that ‘para’
is used for legislative materials (rule 3.1.4) and certain international
materials (eg rule 9.2.13) instead of square brackets.
If both a page and a paragraph are referred to, both should be included
in the pinpoint and should appear as follows:
Page [ Paragraph ]
Where the pinpoint spans several paragraphs that are all on the same
General
page, paragraph numbers should follow rule 1.1.7.
Rules
If there are no page numbers, paragraph numbers alone should be used.
For example, only paragraph numbers should be used for the following
source types:
x looseleaf services;
x unreported judgments;
x legal encyclopedias;
x unpaginated electronic documents; and
x other sources as indicated in this Guide.
A pinpoint reference to a footnote or endnote within a source should
include a page and/or paragraph reference, on which the footnote or
endnote begins, followed by:
n Footnote/Endnote Number
Multiple pinpoint references to the same source should be separated by
commas.
30
Examples Agius v South Australia [No 6] [2018] FCA 358, [90]–[97] (Mortimer J).
31
HLA Hart, The Concept of Law (Clarendon Press, 1970) 15.
32 Futuretronics.com.au Pty Ltd v Graphix Labels Pty Ltd (2009) 81 IPR 1,
6 [23] (Tamberlin, Finn and Sundberg JJ).
33 Alysia Blackham, ‘Judges and Retirement Ages’ (2016) 39(3) Melbourne
University Law Review 738, 745.
34 Davies v Gertig [No 2] (2002) 83 SASR 521, 528 [57] n 6, 529 [64].
35 Kenman Kandy Australia Pty Ltd v Registrar of Trade Marks (2002) 122
FCR 494, 509 [43], [45] (French J), 529–30 [137] (Stone J).
Note Where a quote is cited, only the page on which the quote appears should
be included (ie where the paragraph containing the quoted text
continues over a page, include only the page on which the quoted text
appears).
Where a proposition is cited and the paragraph containing the
proposition continues over the page, both pages should be included
(eg ‘213–14 [31]’) unless the proposition clearly only appears on one
page or the other.
Detailed guidance relating to the application of this rule to specific

types of sources is provided in subsequent chapters of this Guide.
For a detailed table of pinpoint abbreviations, see appendix C.
1.1.7 Spans of Pinpoint References
Rule A span of pinpoint references should be separated by a non-spaced en-

dash (–) (see rule 1.6.3).
Spans of pinpoint references should appear as follows:
Type of Pinpoint Rule Examples
Pages Page – Page 431–2
Paragraphs [ Para ]–[ Para ] [57]–[63]
Pages and Page – Page [ Para ]–[ Para ] 312–13 [5]–[11]

Paragraphs 14–15 [18]
Footnotes/Endnotes Pages / [ Para ] nn Fn – Fn 466 nn 7–8

[88] nn 113–14
23 [40] nn 22–3
With the exception of spans of paragraphs, spans of pinpoint

references should be shortened according to rule 1.10.1 (eg ‘121–7’
[Not: ‘121–127’]).
For spans of paragraphs, both paragraph numbers should appear
separately, enclosed in separate square brackets (eg ‘[56]–[59]’
[Not: ‘[56–9]’]).
36
Examples Karen J Alter, Establishing the Supremacy of European Law: The Making
of an International Rule of Law in Europe (Oxford University Press, 2001)
182–91.
37 City of Swan v Lehman Brothers Australia Ltd (2009) 179 FCR 243,
262–5 [50]–[59] (Rares J). [Not: … [50–9] (Rares J).]
38 Wurridjal v Commonwealth (2009) 237 CLR 309, 389–90 [196]–[197].
39 Paul L Davies, Gower’s Principles of Modern Company Law (Sweet &
Maxwell, 6th ed, 1997) 348 nn 22–4.
1.2 Introductory Signals for Citations
General
Rules
Rule An introductory signal may be used before a citation to indicate the
relationship between the source and its corresponding proposition in
the text. Multiple introductory signals may be used within a single
footnote.
Where a new introductory signal is used in the same footnote to cite
additional sources, the new introductory signal should begin in a new
sentence, followed by the additional sources (see rule 1.1.3).
Where a citation is preceded by a colon, the introductory signal should
appear after the colon.
An introductory signal may also precede ‘at’ where ‘at’ is used in
accordance with rule 1.4.6. The introductory signal should appear after
the colon.
Introductory Signal Meaning
[No introductory signal] The source is quoted or directly supports the

proposition in the text (eg if paraphrased).
See The source provides qualified support for the

proposition in the text.
See, eg, The source is one of several authorities

supporting the proposition.
See also The source provides additional or general

support for the proposition in the text.
See especially The source is the strongest of several

authorities supporting the proposition in the
text.
See generally The source provides background information

on the topic discussed in the text.
Cf The source provides a useful contrast to

illustrate the proposition in the text.
(‘Cf’ means ‘compare’.)
But see The source is in partial disagreement with the

proposition in the text.
40
Examples James v Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Ltd (1986) 64 ALR
347. See also Andrews v Australian and New Zealand Banking Group Ltd
(2012) 247 CLR 205.
41 Cf Legislative Instruments Act 2003 (Cth) s 5.
42 Leslie Zines, ‘The Inherent Executive Power of the Commonwealth’ (2005)
16(4) Public Law Review 279, 280–1. Cf George Winterton, ‘The Limits
and Use of Executive Power by Government’ (2003) 31(3) Federal Law
Review 421.
43 See McGinty v Western Australia (1995) 186 CLR 140, 185 (Dawson J).
There are differing views on the meaning of representative democracy: see
generally at 198–205 (Toohey J).
44 Ibid 185 (Dawson J). See also A-G (WA) v Marquet (2003) 217 CLR 545,
561 [32] (Gleeson CJ, Gummow, Hayne and Heydon JJ).
45 The value of a dissenting opinion is acknowledged by judicial officers: see,
eg, Associate Justice William J Brennan Jr, ‘In Defense of Dissents’ (1986)
37(3) Hastings Law Journal 427, 430.
1.3 Sources Referring to Other Sources
Rule Where it is important to show that one source is referred to in another

source, phrases such as ‘quoting/quoted in’, ‘discussing/discussed in’
and ‘citing/cited in’ may be used. Other phrases may be used depending
on the context.
These phrases should be preceded by a comma.
Clause Meaning
quoting The first-listed source quotes the second source directly.
quoted in The first-listed source is quoted directly in the second

source.
citing The first-listed source refers to (but does not quote

directly) the second source.
cited in The first-listed source is referred to (but not quoted

directly) in the second source.
discussing The first-listed source discusses the second source.
discussed in The first-listed source is discussed in the second source.

46
Examples Burger King Corporation v Hungry Jack’s Pty Ltd (2001) 69 NSWLR 558,
General
570 (Sheller, Beazley and Stein JJA), quoting Metropolitan Life Insurance
Rules
Co v RJR Nabisco Inc, 716 F Supp 1504, 1517 (Walker J) (SDNY, 1989).
47 Sandy Steel, ‘On When Fairchild Applies’ (2015) 131(3) Law Quarterly
Review 363, 364, cited in Caason Investments Pty Ltd v Cao (2015) 236
FCR 322, 357 [184] (Edelman J).
1.4 Subsequent References
1.4.1 General Rule
Rule When citing a source that has previously been cited, a shortened form
of the citation may be provided with a cross-reference in parentheses to
the footnote number in which the citation may be found in full.
For cases and legislation, a short title (see rule 1.4.4) may be used
followed by a cross-reference in parentheses.
For most secondary sources, the citation should be as follows:
Author Surname (n Footnote Number ) Pinpoint .
However, if several works by the same author/s are cited, both the
surname of the author/s and the title or the short title (where one has
been introduced in accordance with rule 1.4.4) should be provided.
Where works by different authors with the same surname are cited, the
authors’ full names — as they appear on the source — should be
included in place of the author’s surname (to avoid ambiguity).
The short title should appear in the same manner as the title would
appear in the first citation (eg italicised for a book title, in inverted
commas for a journal article or working paper).
For secondary sources authored by a body, it may be more helpful to
use a short title instead of the name of the author (see rule 1.4.4):
Short Title (n Footnote Number ) Pinpoint .
Where there is no author or editor, the title or the short title (where one
has been introduced in accordance with rule 1.4.4) should be included
in place of the author’s surname.
48
Examples Catharine MacMillan, Mistakes in Contract Law (Hart Publishing, 2010) 9.
…
50 MacMillan (n 48) 41.
…
52 Australian Law Reform Commission, Traditional Rights and Freedoms:
Encroachments by Commonwealth Laws (Report No 129, December 2015)
(‘Traditional Rights and Freedoms’).
53 Penfolds Wines Pty Ltd v Elliott (1946) 74 CLR 204 (‘Penfolds Wines’).
…
55 Traditional Rights and Freedoms (n 52) 209 [7.111].
56 Penfolds Wines (n 53) 224 (Dixon J).
…
58 Kim Rubenstein, ‘Meanings of Membership: Mary Gaudron’s
Contributions to Australian Citizenship’ (2004) 15(4) Public Law Review
305 (‘Meanings of Membership’).
59 Kim Rubenstein, Australian Citizenship Law in Context (Lawbook, 2002).
…
61 Rubenstein, Australian Citizenship Law in Context (n 59) 48, 65–74.
62 Rubenstein, ‘Meanings of Membership’ (n 58) 307–11.
63 Administrative Decisions (Judicial Review) Act 1977 (Cth) (‘ADJR Act’).
…
65 ADJR Act (n 63) s 5(2).
Note Subsequent references of UN and WTO Documents should be cited in

accordance with rules 9.5 and 13.4.
1.4.2 References within a Text
Rule A footnote may be used to direct a reader to another portion of the same
text using ‘above’ or ‘below’. The footnote should appear as follows:
See above Pinpoint .
A pinpoint may direct a reader to pages, parts and/or footnotes
(including the footnote’s accompanying text).
66
Examples See below nn 81–2 and accompanying text.
67 See below Part III(A)(1).
1.4.3 Ibid
General
Rules
Rule ‘Ibid’ should be used to refer to a source in the immediately preceding
footnote, including any pinpoints. However, ‘ibid’ should not be used
where there are multiple sources in the preceding footnote. If there are
multiple sources in the preceding footnote, rule 1.4.1 should be used.
‘Ibid’ should be capitalised if it appears at the start of a footnote.
Introductory signals can be used with ‘ibid’, however ‘ibid’ refers only
to the source in the preceding footnote, not the introductory signal.
A pinpoint should not be repeated if it is identical to the pinpoint in the
immediately preceding footnote. If the pinpoint is different, the
pinpoint should be included after ‘ibid’, and should not be separated by
a comma.
Where there is a pinpoint in the immediately preceding footnote but no
pinpoint is required in the subsequent footnote, rule 1.4.1 should be
used to refer to the footnote where the source was first cited (not ‘ibid’).
As ‘ibid’ directs the reader back to the immediately preceding footnote,
it should not be used to refer to a source cited earlier in the same
footnote. Rather, ‘at’ should be used in accordance with rule 1.4.6.
68
Examples Eric Barendt, Freedom of Speech (Oxford University Press, 2nd ed, 2005)
163.
69 See ibid.
70 Ibid 162.
…
72
Defamation Act 2005 (Vic) s 37.
73
Ibid s 38.
…
75 Rosalyn Higgins, Problems and Process: International Law and How We
Use It (Clarendon Press, 1994). Cf Barendt (n 68) 67.
76 Barendt (n 68) 69. [Not: Ibid 69 nor Barendt, ibid 69.]
…
78
Higgins (n 75) 220.
79 Ibid 222, 239.
80 See generally Higgins (n 75). [Note: ‘Ibid’ should not be used here as this
footnote is referring to the source generally and not to any pinpoint.]
1.4.4 Short Titles
Rule Short titles are a shortened form of the title of a source. A short title
should be enclosed in (non-italic) inverted commas and parentheses
after the initial citation in a footnote or reference in the text of a source.
It should appear as follows:
(‘ Short Title ’)
The title should be italicised according to the rules of this Guide (eg
cases, legislation and books).
The first citation of a source in a footnote should always be given in
full, but subsequent citations in footnotes may use the short title.
When introducing the short title within a footnote, the short title should
be provided at the end of the initial citation after any pinpoints or
parenthetical clauses (rule 1.5.7) and should not be repeated in each
subsequent citation.
The first reference to a source in the text should always provide the full
title before introducing the short title. Subsequent references in the text
may then use short title. However, a short title that has been introduced
in the footnote may be used instead of the full title in the text where the
full title is especially long (eg treaty titles, UN document titles).
If a short title was previously only provided in the footnotes, the short
title should also be provided in the text when it is first used in the text.
Examples These decisions were Pape v Federal Commissioner of Taxation

(‘Pape’)81 and Williams v Commonwealth [No 2] (‘Williams [No 2]’).82
__________
81 (2009) 238 CLR 1 (‘Pape’).
82 (2014) 252 CLR 416 (‘Williams [No 2]’).
82 Pape (n 12) 125–6 [365] (Hayne and Kiefel JJ).
83 Williams [No 2] (n 82) 476 [110] (Crennan J).
84 Australian Law Reform Commission, Traditional Rights and Freedoms:
Encroachments by Commonwealth Laws (Report No 129, December 2015)
209 [7.111] (‘Traditional Rights and Freedoms’).
…
86 Traditional Rights and Freedoms (n 84) 209 [7.111].
87 Kim Rubenstein, ‘Meanings of Membership: Mary Gaudron’s
General
Contributions to Australian Citizenship’ (2004) 15(4) Public Law Review
Rules
305, 310 (‘Meanings of Membership’).
88 Kim Rubenstein, Australian Citizenship Law in Context (Lawbook, 2002).
…
90 Rubenstein, ‘Meanings of Membership’ (n 87) 305–11.
Note For cases (see rule 2.1.14), the short title should generally be:
x the popular case name (eg ‘Tasmanian Dam Case’); or
x the first-named party (excluding indicators of corporate status if
appropriate: see rule 2.1.1); or
x the second-named party when the first-named party is the
Crown; or
x the name of the ship in an admiralty case.
1.4.5 Abbreviations and Defined Terms
Rule Abbreviations and defined terms may be used for convenience and
clarity.
Abbreviations and defined terms should be enclosed in parentheses and
inverted commas and placed after the unabbreviated form or the
relevant definition respectively.
For abbreviations, the unabbreviated terms should always be given in
full before introducing an abbreviation. Subsequent references may use
the abbreviated form.
Abbreviations and defined terms may be introduced within the text or
a discursive footnote. However, if the abbreviation or defined term was
previously only defined in the footnotes, it should be defined in the text
when first used in the text.
Abbreviations and defined terms do not need to be introduced in the
footnotes if they have been introduced in the text previously.
Examples Ceramic Fuel Cells Ltd (‘CFC’) invested in collateralised debt

obligations of mortgage-backed securities issued by Duke Funding XI
Ltd and Duke Funding XI Corp (the ‘CDOs’).91
1.4.6 Subsequent References within the Same Footnote
Rule Where the same source is cited multiple times within the same footnote,
the full citation should not be repeated and ‘at’ should precede
subsequent pinpoint references.
However, it is not necessary to repeat a pinpoint reference using ‘at’ if
the subsequent pinpoint reference is the same as the pinpoint reference
immediately beforehand.
‘At’ can be used regardless of how the source is first cited in a footnote
(ie whether in full, using ‘ibid’ or using ‘(n …)’).
Where there are multiple sources in a footnote, ‘at’ should be used only
to refer to the immediately preceding source.
Where there are multiple sources in a footnote and a pinpoint reference
in that footnote is to an earlier source in that footnote (ie not the
immediately preceding source), ‘at’ should not be used. Instead, the
pinpoint reference should be cited using rule 1.4.1.
Where there are multiple pinpoints to a single source in a single
discursive sentence in a footnote, a semicolon should be used after each
pinpoint reference that appears in the sentence.
92
Examples Commonwealth, Parliamentary Debates, Senate, 17 June 2008, 2626. The
Minister explained that ‘[t]here may be a number of reasons that prevent a
person’s immediate removal, … includ[ing] … issues surrounding the
acquisition of the person’s travel documentation’: at 2627. [Not: …
documentation’: ibid 2627.]
93 Ibid 2625. The Minister noted that his Department had ‘grouped the data to
prevent the identification, or potential identification, of any one person’.
[Not: … any one person’: at 2625.]
94 Associate Justice William J Brennan Jr, ‘In Defense of Dissents’ (1986)
37(3) Hastings Law Journal 427; Peter J Rees and Patrick Rohn,
‘Dissenting Opinions: Can They Fulfil a Beneficial Role?’ (2009) 25(3)
Arbitration International 329. A dissenting opinion is important because it
‘safeguards the integrity of the judicial decision-making process by keeping
the majority accountable’: Brennan Jr (n 94) 430. [Not: … majority
accountable’: at 430.]
95 Sullivan v Moody (2001) 207 CLR 562. The Court acknowledged that
finding a duty may ‘cut across other legal principles’: at 580 [53]; meaning
that it was ‘a question about [the] coherence of the law’: at 581 [55].
1.5 Quotations
General
Rules
1.5.1 General Rule
Rule Quotations may be used in the body of the text and in footnotes.
Short quotations (of three lines or less) should be incorporated into the
text using single quotation marks.
Long quotations (of four lines or more) should appear indented from
the left margin, in a smaller font size, and without quotation marks.
Legislative and treaty extracts, however long, may also appear this way.
Where a long quotation appears in a footnote, the citation to the source
should appear on the line directly preceding or following the quotation.
Quotations should appear exactly as they do in the original source,
subject to the following exceptions:
x full stops, hyphens, dashes and quotation marks should be
altered in accordance with rule 1.6;
x titles of sources that should be italicised according to the rules
in this Guide (eg case names, statute titles, treaty titles) should
be italicised (see rule 1.8.2); and
x the capitalisation of the first letter of the quotation should be
altered in accordance with rule 1.5.2.
Quotations may be further altered as follows:
x alterations and insertions other than those referred to above
should be indicated by square brackets (see rule 1.6.5); and
x omissions should be indicated by spaced ellipses (see
rule 1.5.3).
In short quotations, double quotation marks should be used for a
quotation within the quoted text, single quotation marks for a further
quotation inside that, and so forth.
In long quotations, single quotation marks should be used for a
quotation within the quoted text, double quotation marks for a further
quotation inside that, and so forth.
Quotation marks in original quoted text should be changed accordingly.
Examples She observed that ‘the threshold for determining that an international
organisation has “effective control” over an operation ought to be
high’.96
…
The facts were stated as follows:
In 1998 the Remuneration Tribunal, under the Remuneration Tribunal Act
1973 (Cth), determined an annual postal allowance of $9,000 for MHRs …
In Brown v West the plaintiff … [the] shadow Attorney-General, brought
an action to challenge the decision of the Minister for Administrative
Services … to increase this entitlement … to $30,525.98 [Original: …
Remuneration Tribunal Act 1973 (Cth) … Brown v. West …]
…
The Court observed that ‘the [Commonwealth] Act was clearly within
power’.100 [Original: … the Act was clearly within power. …]
…
Whitlam assured European leaders that, while Australia agreed that ‘an
increase in the price of crude oil was justified, … [it] did not wish to
see a confrontation develop between cartels of producers and
consumers’.102 [Original: … we did not wish to see …]
…
The Judge stated:
Thus elaborating, the first question is whether ‘a financial benefit is given’
within the meaning of s 229 of the Corporations Act (in relation to the
prohibition on related party benefits without member approval). The second
question is whether the exception … in s 210 … is made out …104
__________
105 The claims are inferred from the rhetorical question:
[H]ow should we respond? Do we respond [to the problems in remote
communities] with more of what we have done in the past? Or do we
radically change direction with an intervention strategy matched to the
magnitude of the problem?
Commonwealth, Parliamentary Debates, House of Representatives,
7 August 2007, 10 (Malcolm Brough, Minister for Families, Community
Services and Indigenous Affairs and Minister Assisting the Prime Minister
for Indigenous Affairs).
1.5.2 Introducing Quotations
General
Rules
Rule No special punctuation is required to introduce quotations, whether
short or long. The punctuation rules in 1.6 should be followed without
regard to whether a section of the text is a quotation. Thus, no
punctuation should be used where a sentence leads seamlessly into a
quotation (ie no colon is needed in ‘the judge stated that “[quotation]”’,
but a colon is needed in ‘the judge stated: “[quotation]”’).
The first letter of a quotation should be capitalised if the quotation starts
at the beginning of the sentence, or if the quotation is a full sentence
introduced by a colon. Otherwise, a quotation should start with a lower-
case letter. If the case of the letter must be altered from the original, this
should be indicated by square brackets.
Examples As the Privy Council commented: ‘it does not, in their Lordships’
opinion, assist to rationalise the defence … as concerned to protect
security of receipts and then to derive from that rationalisation a
limitation on the defence’.106 [Also: The Privy Council commented that
‘it does not, in … defence’.106]
…
The power that traffickers maintain over their victims is reinforced by
the fact that
the women may not speak English, they have no money or passport, and
may not even know where they are. This is compounded by the women’s
distrust of authorities and the fear — deliberately cultivated — that the law
enforcement agencies are involved with the traffickers …108
…
The court’s statement of the initial legal position provided the
framework in which the parties chose the outcome:
[T]he immediate question faced by the courts is not what shall be done by
whom but who has the legal right to do what. It is always possible to modify
by transaction on the legal market the initial legal delimitation of rights.109
…
In Re Bolton, Brennan J observed that ‘[m]any of our fundamental
freedoms are guaranteed by ancient principles of the common law’.111
1.5.3 Ellipses
Rule Omissions from a quotation should be indicated by an ellipsis (‘…’). A

space should precede and follow an ellipsis. However, a space should
not separate an ellipsis and a footnote number, in accordance with rule
1.1.2.
Where the omitted text immediately follows a complete sentence, a full
stop (or other closing punctuation) at the end of that sentence should be
included before an ellipsis.
A full stop should not be included after an ellipsis (whether to show that
words before the end of the sentence have been omitted, or to show that
an omission falls between complete sentences in the source).
‘Leaders’ (ellipses at the start of quotations) should not be used.
An ellipsis should replace or be added to any punctuation at the end of
a long quotation if the quotation does not end with an appropriate
closing punctuation mark. A footnote should be placed immediately
after the ellipsis (with no space between the ellipsis and footnote mark).
Examples In applying Sullivan, his Honour considered that the High Court had
emphasised … that foreseeability of harm to the fathers was not sufficient
to ground a duty of care. … Sullivan v Moody is not on all fours with the
present case because it involved a statutorily imposed duty …
Notwithstanding this difference, in my view Sullivan v Moody gives
guidance …112 [Not: … imposed duty … . Notwithstanding …]
…
In Australian Capital Television, McHugh J noted:
If the institutions of representative and responsible government are to
operate effectively … the business of government must be examinable and
the subject of scrutiny, debate and ultimate accountability at the ballot box.
The electors must be able to ascertain and examine the performances of
their elected representatives …114
1.5.4 Editing Quotations
Rule If a quotation is altered, the alteration should be included within square

brackets (in accordance with rule 1.6.5). Omissions from a quotation
should be indicated by an ellipsis (in accordance with rule 1.5.3).
Spelling, capitalisation and hyphenation within quotations generally
General
should not be changed (except as required by rules 1.5.1–1.5.2).
Rules
All case names, statute titles, treaty titles and titles of sources that
should be italicised according to the rules in this Guide should also be
italicised where they appear in quotations (in accordance with
rule 1.8.2).
Examples The Court observed that ‘the [Commonwealth] Act was clearly within
power’.115 [Original: … the Act was clearly within power. …]
…
Additionally, in Tasmania, an as yet insufficiently tested provision in
the Anti-Discrimination Act 1998 (Tas) appears to enlarge the concept
and application of anti-vilification laws in relation to conduct which
‘offends, humiliates, … insults or ridicules’.117 [Original: … offends,
humiliates, intimidates, insults or ridicules …]
…
As Bunjevac has observed:
According to the International Organization of Securities Commissions,
this perception was significant in structured finance ratings because the
rating served as an independent information input about complex
transactions.119 [Not: … Organisation …]
1.5.5 [sic]
Rule ‘[sic]’ should be inserted after a significant error in material being

quoted. Insignificant errors should be left as they appear in the original
and should not be followed by ‘[sic]’.
The term ‘[sic]’ should not be used to mark non-Australian English
spelling or non-standard capitalisation.
Although a quotation is obviously the work of another author, ‘[sic]’
may be inserted after discriminatory or offensive expressions in
quotations. The preferable solution, where possible, is to paraphrase the
passage to avoid any such expression.
Example He stated brazenly: ‘They misunderestimated [sic] me.’

1.5.6 Closing Punctuation
Rule If a quotation is incorporated into the text (ie a short quote)

(see rule 1.5.1), closing punctuation should not be included within the
quotation marks unless the quotation is quoted as a complete sentence
or the punctuation is important to the meaning of the quotation (as a
question mark might be).
If the quotation is indented (ie a long quote) (see rule 1.5.1), the closing
punctuation should be included in the quotation. If the quotation does
not end with appropriate punctuation, the quotation should finish with
a spaced ellipsis (see rule 1.5.3).
Examples A Melbourne busker commented that expecting everyone to have a

permit — including ‘homeless people and children and guys not
making much’ — was a bit harsh: ‘Now how many of those people go
in and get the $20 permit? I don’t know.’121
…
As Dworkin observed, ‘it is inconsistency in principle among the acts
of the state personified that integrity condemns’.123
[Source: But a state does act that way when it accepts a Solomonic
checkerboard solution; it is inconsistency in principle among the acts
of the state personified that integrity condemns.]
…
It is true that ‘[o]ur lives are rich because they are complex in the layers
and character of the communities we inhabit’.125
[Source: Our lives are rich because they are complex in the layers and
character of the communities we inhabit.]
…
Windeyer J continued:
The second argument was that because the payment claims abbreviated the
name of the Act [to ‘Building Construction Ind Security of Payments
Act 1999’], they did not fulfil the statutory requirement to name the Act.
This argument might have had some weight in 1800. In 2001, an argument
based on the absence of the word ‘and’ and the letters ‘ustry’ has no merit.
It should not have been put.127
1.5.7 Omitting Citations and Adding Emphasis
General
Rules
Rule Citations may be omitted from quotations, and words may be italicised
for emphasis. If a quotation is altered in this way, it should be indicated
in parentheses at the end of the citation (not within the text).
Always use ‘(emphasis added)’, not ‘emphases’, or ‘(citations
omitted)’, not ‘citation’, in the order set out in the table below.
Where more than one of these is applicable to the same source, this
should be indicated in separate sets of parentheses. ‘(emphasis added)’
should not be used when italicising source titles in text (see rule 1.8.2).
The parenthetical clauses should be included immediately following
the relevant pinpoint reference.
Parenthetical Meaning
Clause
(emphasis in The emphasis was in the original text and has not
original) been changed.
(emphasis added) There was no emphasis in the original text and

emphasis has been added.
(emphasis altered) The emphasis in the original text has been changed
(ie emphasis has been both added and omitted).
(emphasis omitted) The emphasis in the original text has been omitted.
(citations omitted) The citations in the original text have been removed.
Examples The majority of the High Court noted:

It is sufficient to say that regulating the way in which rights and interests
may be exercised is not inconsistent with their continued existence. 128
…
It may be that the client ‘lost the prospect of a favourable settlement’.130
__________
128 Yanner v Eaton (1999) 201 CLR 351, 372 [37] (Gleeson CJ, Gaudron,
Kirby and Hayne JJ) (emphasis in original) (citations omitted).
…
130 GE Dal Pont, Lawyers’ Professional Responsibility (Lawbook, 6th ed,
2017) 141 [4.175] (emphasis added) (citations omitted).
1.6 Punctuation
1.6.1 Full Stops
Rule Full stops should only be used to mark the end of a sentence or footnote.
Full stops should not be used in abbreviations, after initials or after
heading numbers or letters. Full stops in document numbers should not
be altered and be cited as they appear on the source.
If a quotation or an element of a citation includes full stops in
abbreviations or after initials, the full stops should be omitted.
This should not be indicated in the quotation or the title, with an ellipsis,
square brackets, ‘[sic]’ or otherwise.
Examples Dr Messrs Mr Mrs Ms

A-G LLB Cth NSW Qld
cf eg et al ie DH Lawrence
__________
131 James Hadley, Introduction to Roman Law: In Twelve Academical Lectures
(D Appleton, 1873). [Not: … (D. Appleton, 1873).]
1.6.2 Commas
Rule Among other uses, commas should be used to separate items in a list of
more than two (including the last two items where necessary to avoid
ambiguity).
Commas should appear on both sides of a subordinate clause within a
sentence (or not at all). They should not be used only before, or only
after, a subordinate clause.
Examples It was a significant impact for solicitors, barristers and the judiciary.
…
Methods of transport included car, horse and cart, and hovercraft.
…
The effect of any equality guarantee would have been so far-reaching
that, even if currently out of favour, it cannot be ignored.
1.6.3 Em-Dashes, En-Dashes, Hyphens and Slashes
General
Rules
Rules An em-dash (—) may be used to indicate an interruption within a
sentence or in place of a colon. Em-dashes may also be used on both
sides of a parenthetical remark or apposition.
An en-dash (–) is half the length of an em-dash and may be used to
indicate a span between two numbers (see rules 1.1.7, 1.10.1 and
1.11.4). An en dash should be used in preference to a forward slash (/)
to mark a tension or disjunction between two concepts. However, a
forward slash may be used to separate alternatives.
A hyphen (-) is half the length of an en-dash and is used to connect the
parts of a compound word. Hyphenation should adhere to rule 1.9.1.
Other than hyphenation, quotations should be amended to adhere to this
rule (see rule 1.5.4).
Examples There was no clear ratio in the decision — indeed, with seven
judgments, this was to be expected. [em-dash]
…
Those who might have thought otherwise — presumably including
Judge McDonald in her dissent in 7DGLü — were in fact conflating two
fundamentally different types of liability.132 [em-dashes]
…
There was much discussion on pages 14–22 [en-dash] … tort–contract
dichotomy [en-dash] … a yes/no question [slash] … evidence-based
policymaking. [hyphen]
1.6.4 Parentheses
Rule A full stop or other punctuation ending a sentence should be placed

before a closing parenthesis only if the entire sentence appears within
the parentheses.
Example There can be no doubt of the importance of such a law. (That does not
mean, of course, that its comparative merits cannot be debated.)
[Not: … (That does not mean, of course, that its comparative merits
cannot be debated).]
1.6.5 Square Brackets
Rule Square brackets should be used to indicate an adjustment to a quotation

(eg where a letter that was upper-case in the original text has been
changed to lower-case or vice versa).
They may also be used to enclose comments that did not appear in the
original text being quoted.
Example As Kirby J noted, ‘[t]he Minister did not appoint [Justice Mathews] as
a reporter until her consent was first signified’.133
1.7 Capitalisation
Rule Capitalisation should be consistent throughout a document. Generally,

words should be capitalised only where they:
x appear at the beginning of a sentence, title or heading; or
x are proper nouns.
However, where it is important to expression or for conveying meaning,
other words may be capitalised.
In the titles of all cited materials and in all headings, the first letter of
the following should be capitalised:
x the first word in a title or heading (and a subtitle or subheading);
x the word following the hyphen in a hyphenated word; and
x all other words in the title except articles (eg ‘the’, ‘a’, ‘an’),
conjunctions (eg ‘and’, ‘but’) and prepositions (eg ‘on’, ‘with’,
‘before’, ‘within’, ‘in’).
However, phrases in foreign languages appearing in titles and headings
should be capitalised in accordance with the conventions of the
language.
Where a hyphenated word appears at the beginning of a sentence, the
word following the hyphen should not be capitalised, unless otherwise
required by this rule.
The following words should generally be capitalised wherever they
General
occur:
Rules
Act (or ‘Bill’) of Parliament Attorney-General
Bar (group of practising barristers) Bench (judiciary/where judges sit)
Cabinet Commonwealth
Crown Executive Council
Governor, Governor-General Her Majesty, the Queen
her/his Honour, their Honours Imperial
Law Lord/s Lords of Appeal in Ordinary
Member (of Parliament) Minister/s (of the Crown)
Ombudsman/s Parliament
Premier Prime Minister
Senator (Member of the Senate)
The following words should generally appear in lower case (except at
the beginning of a sentence, in a title or in a heading):
common law the executive
federal government
internet judiciary
legislature local government
parliamentary press (the media)
statute
The names of legal classifications should generally not be capitalised
(eg ‘administrative law’).
‘Court’ should be capitalised when used to refer to a specific court (such
as the High Court or the Court of Appeal). However, ‘a court’ and
‘the court’ when used in a general sense (absent reference to a specific
court) should not be capitalised.
‘State’ and ‘Territory’ should be capitalised (whether used as a noun or
an adjective) when referring to a specific state or territory. However,
when used generally they should not be capitalised.
Examples the State of Victoria the State of Turkey

the State Revenue Office her State of the Union address
the nation-state in international law state sovereign immunity
state legislation state government
In a negligence claim, the court must judge the reasonableness of the

defendant’s act or omission.134
…
The High Court had handed down its judgment in Cole v Whitfield,136
but not in Bath v Alston Holdings Pty Ltd.137 The Court’s decision in
Cole nevertheless proved difficult to apply.
…
The Supreme Court of Tasmania applied the rule accordingly.139
…
The State of New South Wales has always taken a different approach
from that of other states.141
…
There are eight supreme courts, one for each state and territory.143 The
Chief Justice of the State was Marilyn Warren.144
1.8 Italicisation
1.8.1 Italicisation for Emphasis
Rule Words within the text may be italicised for emphasis. If words in a
quotation are italicised for emphasis, a parenthetical clause must be
inserted in the footnote to indicate this (in accordance with rule 1.5.7).
Example Rather, the suggested changes would act as a signalling mechanism to

parent companies that their control, and their wrongdoing through that
control, would result in a statutory piercing of the veil.
1.8.2 Italicisation of Source Titles
Rule All case names, statute titles, treaty titles and titles of other materials
that should be italicised according to the rules in this Guide should
appear in italics in the text and in discursive text in footnotes (regardless
of whether a full citation to the source is included).
Source titles should also be italicised according to the rules in this
General
Guide in quotations, regardless of how they appear in the source. This
Rules
need not be indicated by a parenthetical clause in the footnote.
Source titles in citations should be italicised in accordance with
rule 4.2.
Examples However, there is one key provision — s 39(1) — of the Charter that
is unique:
If, otherwise than because of this Charter, a person may seek any relief or
remedy … on the ground that the act or decision was unlawful, that person
may seek that relief or remedy on a ground of unlawfulness arising because
of this Charter. [Original: … Charter … Charter …]
__________
145 Ann Elizabeth Mayer, ‘Reflections on the Proposed United States
Reservations to CEDAW: Should the Constitution Be an Obstacle to
Human Rights?’ (1996) 23(3) Hastings Constitutional Law Quarterly 727.
1.8.3 Italicisation of Foreign Words
Rule Foreign words and phrases should be italicised unless they appear in
the latest edition of the Macquarie Dictionary. They may still be
italicised for emphasis. Accordingly, the following examples of foreign
words and phrases should generally not be italicised:
ab initio ad hoc ad idem
amicus curiae bona fide caveat emptor
de facto de jure et al
ex gratia ex parte ex post facto
habeas corpus inter alia laissez-faire
non-refoulement non est factum obiter dictum
per se prima facie quid pro quo
raison d’être ratio decidendi res ipsa loquitur
sui generis terra nullius ultra vires
vice versa vis-a-vis
The following are examples of foreign words and phrases that should
generally be italicised:
contra proferentem ex ante jus ad bellum
lex fori ne bis in idem quantum meruit
stare decisis
1.9 Spelling and Grammar
1.9.1 Official Dictionary
Rule Spelling should comply with the latest edition of the Macquarie
Dictionary. Where alternative spellings are given, the first-listed should
be used unless there is good reason to do otherwise.
Where a word is not included in the Macquarie Dictionary, the Oxford
English Dictionary should be used. This will generally mean that
British English spelling is preferred to American variants.
Hyphenation should comply with the latest edition of the Macquarie
Dictionary. If a compound expression does not appear in the Macquarie
Dictionary, it should be hyphenated (not spelt as one word).
Examples home-buyer peacekeeping pre-industrial

re-enact reinvigorated decision-maker
multidimensional policymaker non-payment
analyse analogue labour
1.9.2 Official Grammar Guide
Rule Grammar should generally be guided by the latest edition of Fowler’s

Dictionary of Modern English Usage.
1.9.3 Inclusive Language
Rule Gender-inclusive language should generally be used. It is preferred to

use ‘they’ (and derivative forms ‘their’ and ‘them’) as neutral singular
pronouns. It is also acceptable to use ‘he or she’, ‘she or he’ or any
derivative form (eg ‘his or hers’ and ‘her or him’).
Authors should avoid terms such as ‘the reasonable man’, ‘spokesman’
and ‘mankind’. Neutral terms such as ‘the reasonable person’,
‘spokesperson’ and ‘humankind’ should be substituted.
It may be appropriate to retain gender-specific language where this
accurately conveys the intended meaning in the relevant context (eg ‘A
plaintiff may be liable in negligence to her own foetus while driving’).
1.10 Numbers, Currency and Units
General
Rules
1.10.1 Numbers
Rule Numbers under 10 should be written in words. Numerals should be used

for:
x numbers over nine;
x numbers of sections, pages, paragraphs, clauses, editions and
other elements of citations;
x ratios, percentages, mathematical expressions, decimal
numbers, etc; and
x a series of related quantities, numbers, ages, measurements, etc.
However:
x a sentence should never begin with a numeral (even if it is a
date) — words should be used instead; and
x a number 10 or above may be written out in full where it forms
part of a proper noun.
In numbers of four digits or more, a comma should be used to separate
each group of three digits. However, years, page numbers, paragraph
numbers and numbers used for identification purposes (eg postcodes,
lot numbers, company ACN) should appear without commas.
In numbers expressed in terms of millions or billions, the relevant term
should be written out in full (not abbreviated to ‘m’ or ‘bn’ etc).
Where a span of numbers is referred to, only the minimum number of
digits necessary should be included in the second number (eg ‘87–8’,
‘436–62’). However, for numbers whose last two digits are between
10–19, the last two digits should always be included (eg ‘11–14’,
‘215–19’).
The above rules also apply to ordinal numbers (eg ‘second’, ‘40th’). The
letters in ordinal numbers over nine should appear in superscript.
Examples five first 4,150 5 million

21st 5% ninth 52nd
The High Court split 4:3.146

…
The government announced a Ten Point Plan in response to Wik.148
…
In June 2008, the Minister informed the Senate that as of 7 May 2008
there were 25 people in immigration detention following the
cancellation of their visas. Of those 25 persons, only 1 had been in
Australia for less than 5 years, with the remaining 24 having been in
Australia for between 11 and 45 years prior to visa cancellation.150
__________
151 Wong v Aripin [2011] Aust Torts Reports ¶82-091, 65131 (Kenneth
Martin J).
1.10.2 Currency
Rule Currency amounts should appear as numerals, either immediately

preceded by an appropriate symbol, or immediately preceded by the
currency denominator without a symbol.
Examples €100 £1,600 ¥16,000

AUD1.3 million HKD200,000 $300,000
Rp500 [Or: IDR500] ൟ MXN20
1.10.3 Units
Rule Units of measurement after a numeral (such as weight, dosage,

length, etc) should be preceded by a space.
Commonly used units do not need to be formally introduced with their
unabbreviated form.
Examples The legally permissible dose was 50 mg. [Not: … 50mg.]

…
The height was about 100–50 cm.
1.11 Dates and Time
General
Rules
1.11.1 Full Date
Rule A full date should be written in the form:

Day Month Year
The day should not be an ordinal number.
If the day of the week is included in addition to the full date, the name
of the day should precede the full date and should not be followed by a
comma.
Examples 15 June 1985 [Not: 15th June 1985]

Thursday 6 March 1987 [Not: Thursday, 6 March 1987]
1.11.2 Time
Rule A time should generally be written in the form:

Hour : Minute : Second am/pm
The minute and second may be omitted depending on the accuracy
required. Where the minute and second are included, they should
always be two digits long. ‘am’/’pm’ should not be preceded by a space.
In footnote citations, where a time is included, both the hour and minute
should generally be specified.
Where it is important, or to avoid ambiguity, time zone information
may be included after the time and/or date.
Where the time is included in a citation, the time should follow the date
and should be preceded by a comma (eg ‘1 January 2019, 12:01am’).
Time may be written in other formats (eg ‘half past eight’) in the body
of the text. Twenty-four-hour time should be four digits long and appear
with a colon between the hour and minute (eg ‘13:00’).
Examples She was told that they would arrive on Wednesday 22 December 2012,
12am AEDT.
They left on Thursday, 7:05pm AEST.

The next morning, sometime after 08:00 hours, a few POWs succeeded
in breaking out … At 08:55, Lieutenant …
1.11.3 Point in Time or a Period of Time
Rule A reference to a specific point in time should be written in the form:

Hours : Minutes : Seconds
‘Hours’ should always be included and where it is less than one hour, a
single ‘0’ should be used.
The ‘minutes’ and ‘seconds’ should always be included and should
always be two digits long.
152
Examples To Kill a Mockingbird (Universal International, 1962) 0:43:00.
153 The Dark Knight (Warner Brothers Pictures, 2008) 0:54:58–0:55:11.
1.11.4 Spans of Dates and Times
Rule Spans of years should include the first year in full, an en-dash, and the
last two digits of the final year (eg ‘2001–08’). However, if the final
year occurs in a different century from the first, the final year should
appear in full (eg ‘1999–2010’).
Spans of dates in the same month should include both dates in full,
separated by an en-dash (eg ‘21–22 September’).
Spans of dates over different months and spans of full dates should be
separated by a spaced en-dash (eg ‘1 January – 29 February’).
Spans of time should be separated by a spaced en-dash and the time
should always be followed by ‘am’ or ‘pm’.
Where a date is included and both times are within the same day, the
date does not need to be repeated (eg ‘21 January 2016, 12am – 3pm’).
Where a span of dates (ie not the same date) is included with
the time, each date should be written in full (even if both dates
are within the same month) and be separated by a spaced en-dash
(eg ‘21 January, 12am – 23 January, 3pm’).
Spans of 24-hour time should be separated by an en-dash.
General
Rules
Spans of two points in time should be separated by an en-dash.
A time zone may be included at the end of the time/date span where it
is necessary to do so (ie to avoid ambiguity).
Examples 1986–87 1999–2009

21–22 September [Not: 21–2] 7 May, 9am ET – 9 May, 6pm ET
1 January – 29 February 1996 22 March 1946 – 27 August 1947
4 May, 6:35am – 11:55pm EST 0:00:45–1:05:01
1am – 3:05am [Not: 1 – 3:05am] 02:00–14:00
3:55am – 2:10pm 0:04:00–0:59:00
1.11.5 Decades and Centuries
Rule When referring to decades, an apostrophe should not be placed between

the year and the ‘s’. If only the last two digits of the year are included,
an apostrophe should precede them.
Centuries should be indicated using ordinal numbers (which should
adhere to rule 1.10.1).
Examples 1970s or ’70s 21st century

1.12 Headings and Titles
Note Rule 1.12 is a suggestion only.
1.12.1 Title and Author
Rule Titles should be capitalised, centred and in bold type. The name(s) of
the author(s) should be in large and small capitals and centred.
Example PROFESSORS, FOOTNOTES AND THE INTERNET: A

CRITICAL EXAMINATION OF AUSTRALIAN LAW
REVIEWS
TANIA VOON * AND ANDREW D MITCHELL†
Note Words in the title should be italicised in accordance with rule 1.8.2.
1.12.2 Heading Levels
Rule Headings should appear as follows:

Heading Level Attributes
I HEADING LEVEL ONE Upper-case Roman numeral not

italicised; heading in large and
small capitals and centred.
A Heading Level Two Upper-case letter not italicised;

heading italicised and centred.
1 Heading Level Three Arabic numeral not italicised;

heading italicised and left-aligned.
(a) Heading Level Four Lower-case letter and heading

italicised and left-aligned.
(i) Heading Level Five Lower-case Roman numeral and

heading italicised and left-aligned.
Capitalisation in headings should adhere to rule 1.7.

1.13 Bibliographies
General
Rules
Rule Where a bibliography is required, it should list all sources that were
relied upon (not only those referred to in the text and footnotes).
The bibliography may be divided into the sections below. However, a
section may be omitted and other categories or subdivisions may be
included as needed (with appropriate renumbering).
A Articles/Books/Reports
B Cases
C Legislation
D Treaties
E Other
All sources listed in the bibliography should be cited as set out in these
rules. However:
x an author’s first name and surname should be inverted and
separated by a comma — for works by two or more authors, only
the first author’s name and surname should be inverted; and
x full stops should not follow the citations.
Sources should be listed in alphabetical order according to:
x the surname of the first-listed author;
x where two sources have the same first-listed surname, the first
name of the first-listed author;
x where two sources have the same first-listed author, the first
name of the second-listed author (and then the surname and so
forth for each author thereafter, if more than one author is the
same). If there is no second author, list the work with only one
author first;
x where two sources have the exact same authors, the first word
of the title (excluding ‘the’). If the first word is the same, the
second word (and so on);
x where the author is an institution, the first word of the name of

the institution (excluding ‘the’). If the first word is the same, the
second word (and so on); or
x where there is no author, the first word of the title (excluding
‘the’).
Examples BIBLIOGRAPHY
A Articles/Books/Reports
Foster, Michelle, ‘The Implications of the Failed “Malaysia Solution”:
The Australian High Court and Refugee Responsibility Sharing at
International Law’ (2012) 13(1) Melbourne Journal of International
Law 395
Foster, Michelle, International Refugee Law and Socio-Economic
Rights: Refuge from Deprivation (Cambridge University Press, 2007)
Hathaway, James C, The Rights of Refugees under International Law
(Cambridge University Press, 2005)
Hathaway, James C and Audrey Macklin, ‘Should We Presume State
Protection?’ (2016) 32(3) Refuge 49
Hathaway, James C and Michelle Foster, The Law of Refugee Status
(Cambridge University Press, 2nd ed, 2014)
Hathaway, Oona A, Sabrina McElroy and Sara Aronchick Solow,
‘International Law at a Crossroads’ (2012) 7(1) Yale Journal of
International Affairs 54
Ramsay, Ian and Cameron Sim, ‘The Role and Use of Debt Agreements
in Australian Personal Insolvency Law’ (2011) 19(3) Insolvency Law
Journal 168
Ramsay, Ian M, ‘Corporate Theory and Corporate Law Reform in
Australia’ (1994) 1(2) Agenda: A Journal of Policy Analysis and
Reform 179
Ramsay, Ian M and Nicholas Lew, ‘Corporate Law Reform and
Delisting in Australia’ (2007) 2(2) Virginia Law & Business Review 265
B Cases
General
Rules
Lane v Morrison (2009) 239 CLR 230
Maritime Dispute (Peru v Chile) (Judgment) [2014] ICJ Rep 4
C Legislation
Access to Medicinal Cannabis Act 2016 (Vic)
Australian Constitution
D Treaties
Convention against Torture and Other Cruel, Inhuman or Degrading
Treatment or Punishment, opened for signature 10 December 1984,
1465 UNTS 85 (entered into force 26 June 1987)
E Other
New South Wales, Parliamentary Debates, Legislative Assembly, 15
December 1909
The name of the author/s is considered to be the same only if it appears

verbatim in the two sources. Thus, for example, where one work omits
an author’s middle initial, and another does not, the two works should
not be treated as having the same author for the purposes of the
bibliography (although they may be the same author).

39
2 Cases
R v Tang (2008) 237 CLR 1 ,7
Examples
Bakker v Stewart [1980] VR 17 , 22
Cases
Law Report Starting
Element Case Name Year Volume Pinpoint
Series Page
Rule 2.1 2.2.1 2.2.2 2.2.4 2.2.5
2.1 Case Names
2.1.1 Parties’ Names — General Rule
Rule A citation to an Australian case should generally include the parties’

names (as they appear on the first page of the decision) in italics except:
x punctuation should adhere to rule 1.6.1 (ie full stops should not
be used in abbreviations);
x capitalisation should adhere to rule 1.7;
x where the parties are individuals, only the surname should be
cited (ie given names and initials should be omitted);
x only the first plaintiff and first defendant should be cited
(ie ‘& Anor’ or ‘& Ors’ should not be used to indicate other
parties); and
x where the case involves more than one action, only the first
action should be cited.
The parties’ names should be separated as they appear in the
decision, which will generally mean that they are separated by ‘v’
(see rule 2.1.11).
1
Examples Momentum Productions Pty Ltd v Lewarne (2009) 174 FCR 268.
[Not: Momentum Productions Pty Ltd v Richard John Lewarne …]
2 Hot Holdings Pty Ltd v Creasy (1996) 185 CLR 149. [Not: Hot Holdings
Pty Ltd v Creasy and Ors …]
3 Tame v New South Wales (2002) 211 CLR 317. [Not: Tame v New South
Wales; Annetts v Australian Stations Pty Ltd …]
40 Part II — Domestic Sources
2.1.2 Business Corporations and Firms
Rule Where a party is a business corporation or firm, the following

abbreviations should be used:
Word Abbreviation
and &
Company Co
Limited Ltd
Proprietary Pty
Incorporated Inc
(in liquidation) (in liq)
(in provisional liquidation) (in prov liq)
(administrator appointed) (admin apptd)
(manager appointed) (mgr apptd)
(receiver appointed) (rec apptd)
Other (including foreign) words and phrases designating corporate

status (‘GmbH’, ‘AG’, ‘plc’, ‘SA’, ‘Sarl’, etc) or a special status under
incorporation legislation (eg rec and mgr apptd) should be abbreviated
according to convention. Any full stops after a corporate status should
be omitted in accordance with rule 1.6.1.
‘Trading as’ or ‘t/as’, trading names and former company names should
not be included.
Where ‘the’ forms part of a corporation or firm name, it should be
included.
A company’s ACN should generally be omitted, unless there is no other
name. The ACN should appear without commas (see rule 1.10.1).
4
Examples Andrew Shelton & Co Pty Ltd v Alpha Healthcare Ltd (2002) 5 VR 577.
5 Australian Competition and Consumer Commission v TPG Internet Pty Ltd
(2013) 250 CLR 640.
6 Lumbers v W Cook Builders Pty Ltd (in liq) (2008) 232 CLR 635.
[Not: … Pty Ltd (in liquidation) …]
7
Olivaylle Pty Ltd v Flottweg GmbH & Co KGaA [No 3] (2008) 76 IPR 152.
8 The Mond Staffordshire Refining Co Ltd v Harem (1929) 41 CLR 475.
[Not: Mond Staffordshire Refining Co Ltd v Harem trading as ‘Mulsol’
Laboratories …]
2.1.3 The Commonwealth and the States and Territories
Rule Where the Commonwealth of Australia is a party, ‘Commonwealth’

should be used.
Where a party is an Australian state or territory, only the name of
that State or Territory should be used (eg ‘Queensland ’, not ‘State
Cases
of Queensland’).
‘The’ should be omitted from such names.
9
Examples JT International SA v Commonwealth (2012) 250 CLR 1. [Not: … The
Commonwealth of Australia …]
10 Unions NSW v New South Wales (2013) 252 CLR 530. [Not: State of New
South Wales …]
2.1.4 The Crown
Rule Rex (‘the King’) and Regina (‘the Queen’) should be abbreviated to ‘R’
where the Crown is the first-named party. Where the Crown is the
respondent, ‘The King’ or ‘The Queen’ (as appropriate) should be
written in full.
11
Examples R v Reid [2007] 1 Qd R 64.
12 Honeysett v The Queen (2014) 253 CLR 122.
2.1.5 Government Entities, Foreign Governments and

International Organisations
Rule Where a government entity or instrumentality, a foreign government or

an international organisation is a party, its name should appear in the
conventional shortened form (if any exists), rather than the full
elaborate form. However, the full form should be used where this is
necessary to avoid ambiguity.
‘The’ should be omitted from such names.
13
Examples BP Refinery (Westernport) Pty Ltd v Shire of Hastings (1977) 180 CLR
266. [Not: … President, Councillors and Ratepayers of the Shire of
Hastings …]
14 European Community v Commissioner of Patents (2006) 68 IPR 539.
15 Papua and New Guinea v Guba (1973) 130 CLR 353, 369 (Barwick CJ).
[Not: Administration of the Territory of Papua and New Guinea …]
16 O’Donoghue v Ireland (2008) 234 CLR 599. [Not: … Republic of Ireland
(2008) …]
17 Zoeller v Federal Republic of Germany (1989) 23 FCR 282.
[Not: Zoeller v Germany (1989) … (To avoid ambiguity, as the country in
the title refers to the former West Germany.)]
2.1.6 Ministers and Officers of the Commonwealth, States

and Territories, and Government Departments
Rule Where a Minister of the Crown or a government officer is a party, their

title should appear in the conventional shortened form (if any exists),
rather than the full elaborate form.
Where both the title and name of a Minister or officer are included in
the decision, only the title should be included (and the name omitted).
However, where only their name is included in the decision, this should
be included.
Where the jurisdiction of the Minister or officer is included in their title
(but not evident in the conventional shortened form), it should not
appear in full, but should appear in parentheses in an abbreviated form
after their title (using the abbreviations in rule 3.1.3).
Where a secretary, undersecretary or officer of a government
department is a party and the name of the department appears in the
case name, their position and the name of the department (separated by
a comma) should be included. If the jurisdiction of the department is
included in its title, it should appear in parentheses in an abbreviated
form after the department name (using the abbreviations in rule 3.1.3).
‘The’ should be omitted from such titles.
18
Examples MacCormick v Federal Commissioner of Taxation (1984) 158 CLR 622.
[Not: MacCormick v Commissioner of Taxation of the Commonwealth of
Australia …]
19
M238 of 2002 v Minister for Immigration and Multicultural and Indigenous
Affairs [2003] FCAFC 260. [Not: … Ruddock, The Minister for
Immigration …]
20 Hicks v Ruddock (2007) 156 FCR 574.
21 Zhu v Treasurer (NSW) (2004) 218 CLR 530. [Not: Zhu v Treasurer of
New South Wales …]
22 Houssein v Under Secretary, Department of Industrial Relations and
Technology (NSW) [1980] 2 NSWLR 398.
2.1.7 Attorneys-General and Directors of Public
Cases
Prosecutions
Rule Where a party is an Attorney-General, ‘Attorney-General’ should be

used in the text and ‘A-G’ in any footnote citations.
Where a party is a Director of Public Prosecutions, ‘Director of Public
Prosecutions’ should be used in the text and ‘DPP’ in any footnote
citations.
Both should be followed by the abbreviated form of the relevant
jurisdiction within parentheses (see rule 3.1.3), even if it is not included
in the report.
‘The’ should not precede ‘A-G’ or ‘DPP’ in a footnote citation.
Examples In Director of Public Prosecutions (NSW) v RHB,50 the Court of

Criminal Appeal of New South Wales reconsidered a murder sentence.
__________
23 DPP (Vic) v Finn (2008) 186 A Crim R 235.
24 Bradshaw v A-G (Qld) [2000] 2 Qd R 7, 13.
2.1.8 Re
Rule Procedural phrases such as ‘In re’ and ‘In the matter of ’ should be
shortened to ‘Re’.
25
Examples Re Judiciary and Navigation Acts (1921) 29 CLR 257. [Not: In re Judiciary
and Navigation Acts …]
26 Re Palmer; George v McIntyre (1902) 2 SR (NSW) 200.
Notes ‘Re’ means ‘in the matter of’ and is commonly used when a court acts
in an advisory or guardianship capacity, as it does in cases involving
the interpretation of wills or trusts. For example, if Re Smith were a
trusts case, Smith would be the testator or settlor.
Extended case names such as Roberts v Jones; Re Williams can occur

where, for example, Williams left property to Jones to hold on trust for
Roberts and Roberts sues Jones to enforce the will.
In speech, ‘Re’ should be rendered ‘in the matter of ’.
2.1.9 Ex parte
Rule ‘Ex parte’ should not be abbreviated and ‘Ex’ should be capitalised.
‘parte’ should not be capitalised (see rule 1.7).
27
Examples Re McBain; Ex parte Australian Catholic Bishops Conference (2002) 209
CLR 372.
28 J Boag & Son Brewing Ltd v Cascade Brewery Co Pty Ltd; Ex parte Banks
Paton Australia Pty Ltd (1997) 7 Tas R 119.
29 R v Kirby; Ex parte Boilermakers’ Society of Australia (1956) 94 CLR 254.
Note ‘Ex parte’ indicates that the party to an action is acting in the
absence of the other party. For example, Ex parte Wilson indicates
that Wilson brought the action. Extended case names such as
Ex parte Wilson; Re Ho can occur where, for example, Wilson brings
an action concerning the rights of Zhang (a third party) under Ho’s will.
Case names such as R v Chan; Ex parte Owen can refer to applications
for prerogative writs (administrative law remedies) and contempt
proceedings. In the case of a prerogative writ, the above citation would
mean that Owen has made an application for a prerogative writ against
Chan.
2.1.10 ex rel
Rule When citing a relator action, the first-named relator should always be
included and should be introduced by the abbreviation ‘ex rel’.
30
Example A-G (Vic) ex rel Dale v Commonwealth (1945) 71 CLR 237. [Not: A-G
(Vic) (at the relation of Dale and Others) …]
Note The abbreviation ‘ex rel’ stands for ‘ex relatione’, which means
‘upon the relation or information of’.
Where a legal action is brought by the Attorney-General at the request

of a private individual who lacks the necessary standing to sue in their
own name, the private individual is termed the ‘relator’ and the case is
termed ‘the relator action’.
In pre-20th-century law reports, ‘ex rel’ ordinarily denoted that the
Cases
reporter did not personally witness the proceedings but obtained an
account second-hand.
2.1.11 v
Rule A ‘v’ should generally separate the parties’ names. In family law
cases, ‘v’ should replace ‘&’ to separate the parties. ‘v’ should not be
followed by a full stop and should be italicised.
31
Example K-Generation Pty Ltd v Liquor Licensing Court (2007) 99 SASR 58.
32 Lam v Zeng [2017] FamCA 951. [Not: Lam & Zeng [2017] FamCA 951.]
Note In speech, the ‘v’ between the parties’ names is rendered ‘and’ in a civil
action and ‘against’ in a criminal action both in Australia and the United
Kingdom. It is not pronounced ‘versus’ as it is in the United States of
America.
2.1.12 Admiralty Cases
Rule For admiralty cases in rem (proprietary cases brought against the ship
itself in which the ship is named as the respondent), only the name of
the vessel in question should appear as the case name.
For admiralty cases in personam (actions between private parties that
relate to a ship), the parties’ names (separated by ‘v’) should appear as
the case name. The name of the vessel at issue may appear in
parentheses as a short title after the year and report details.
‘The’ should be included in names of vessels.
33
Examples The Maria Luisa [No 2] (2003) 130 FCR 12. [Not: Kent v Vessel ‘Maria
Luisa’ [No 2] …]
34 Great Peace Shipping Ltd v Tsavliris Salvage (International) Ltd [2003]
QB 679 (‘The Great Peace’).
2.1.13 Multiple Proceedings between the Same Parties
Rule For multiple proceedings under the same name, the number of the
decision should be indicated in square brackets if the number appears
in the case name itself.
Where there are multiple proceedings under the same name, but the
case names do not (all) include numbers, it may be appropriate to give
the cases descriptive short titles to differentiate them (see rule 2.1.14).
Examples The litigation commenced by Mrs Cubillo went through many stages.35
__________
35 Cubillo v Commonwealth (1999) 89 FCR 528 (‘Cubillo Strike-Out
Application’); Cubillo v Commonwealth [No 2] (2000) 103 FCR 1
(‘Cubillo Trial’); Cubillo v Commonwealth (2001) 112 FCR 455 (‘Cubillo
Appeal’).
…
37
Bahr v Nicolay [No 2] (1988) 164 CLR 604.
38 Wentworth v Rogers [No 5] (1986) 6 NSWLR 534.
39 Kuwait Airlines Corporation v Iraqi Airways Co [Nos 4 and 5] [2002] 2
AC 883.
2.1.14 Shortened and Popular Case Names and Subsequent

References
Rule Where a case is commonly referred to by a popular name or is referred

to more than once, the popular name — or a shortened version of the
case name — may be included as a short title and used for subsequent
references to the case (in accordance with rule 1.4.1). ‘Ibid’ should be
used for all materials in this chapter in accordance with rule 1.4.3.
The short title should adhere to rule 1.4.4 (ie should be italicised and
placed within single inverted commas and parentheses following the
initial citation). In footnotes, it should appear after any pinpoints or
parenthetical clauses.
The case name should generally be provided in full when the case is
first referred to in the text (in accordance with rule 1.4.4). The first
citation of a source in a footnote should also always be given in full.
title should also be provided in the text when it is first used in the text
(in accordance with rule 1.4.4).
For cases, the short title should generally be:
x the popular case name (eg ‘Tasmanian Dam Case’);
Cases
x the first-named party (excluding indicators of corporate status if
appropriate, see rule 2.1.1);
x the second-named party when the first-named party is the
Crown; or
x the name of the ship in an admiralty case.
Examples Several Justices on the Court have shown an extreme aversion to ‘[t]op-
down reasoning’.40 This aversion has emerged in several different
contexts.
…
Those arguing for judicial acknowledgment of restitution for unjust
enrichment have not been immune to this criticism.42
…
The external affairs power has been interpreted widely in
Commonwealth v Tasmania (‘Tasmanian Dam Case’).44
__________
40 See, eg, McGinty v Western Australia (1996) 186 CLR 140, 232
(McHugh J) (‘McGinty’). See also Roxborough v Rothmans of Pall Mall
Australia Ltd (2001) 208 CLR 516, 544–5 (Gummow J) (‘Roxborough’).
…
42 See Roxborough (n 40) 544–5 (Gummow J), 579 (Kirby J). Gummow J
relied upon the comments of McHugh J in McGinty (n 40) 232.
…
44 (1983) 158 CLR 1 (‘Tasmanian Dam Case’). See also Victoria v
Commonwealth (1996) 187 CLR 416 (‘Industrial Relations Act Case’).
…
46 Tasmanian Dam Case (n 44) 109 (Gibbs CJ).
Note For further examples, see rule 1.4.4.

2.1.15 Omitting the Case Name
Rule The case name should be omitted in a footnote citation if the case name
appears in full in the sentence accompanying the footnote.
If the footnote is a subsequent reference (see rule 1.4.1), then the case
name should always appear in the footnote (this may be the short title
of the case).
Examples In Thomas v Mowbray,47 the control order regime established under the
schedule to the Criminal Code Act 1995 (Cth) survived a constitutional
challenge.
…
The external affairs power was discussed in Commonwealth v Tasmania
(‘Tasmanian Dam Case’).49
…
The focus for Deane J in Tasmanian Dam Case was ‘reasonable
proportionality’.51
…
In Al-Kateb v Godwin (‘Al-Kateb’), several High Court Justices
discussed the role of international law in Australian constitutional
interpretation.53
…
The importance of this was highlighted by Kirby J in Al-Kateb.55
__________
47 (2007) 233 CLR 307.
…
49 (1983) 158 CLR 1 (‘Tasmanian Dam Case’).
…
51 Tasmanian Dam Case (n 49) 260.
…
53 (2004) 219 CLR 562 (‘Al-Kateb’).
…
55 Al-Kateb (n 53) 622 [167]–[168].
2.2 Reported Decisions
2.2.1 Year and Volume
Rule Volumes of law report series are organised either by year or by volume
Cases
number.
Where the volumes of a law report series are organised by volume
number, the year in which the decision was handed down (often, but
not necessarily, the year in which the case was reported) should appear
in parentheses ‘( )’.
Where the volumes of a law report series are organised by year, the year
of the volume in which the case is reported should appear in square
brackets ‘[ ]’. If more than one volume is produced in a single year, the
volume number should be included between the year and the report
series abbreviation.
56
Examples R v Lester (2008) 190 A Crim R 468.
57 Sent v Andrews (2002) 6 VR 317. [Not: … (2002–03) 6 VR 317]
58 King v King [1974] Qd R 253.
59 Rowe v McCartney [1976] 2 NSWLR 72.
Notes On occasion, a law report series may change from being organised by
year to volume number or vice versa. The system used for the volume
in which the relevant case appears should be used.
Where a volume of a law report series organised by year contains
decisions that were handed down before the year of that volume, the
year of the volume (not that of the decision) should nevertheless be
included. The discrepancy between the year of the volume and the year
of the decision may be explained discursively if it is considered
important or useful.
2.2.2 Law Report Series
Rule The authorised version of the report should always be used where
available.
The version of a case to be cited should follow the preference order
below (from top to bottom):
Version Examples
Authorised report CLR, FCR, VR, NSWLR
Generalist unauthorised report ALR, AJLR, FLR, ACTR
Subject-specific unauthorised report A Crim R, ACSR, IR, IPR
Unreported (medium neutral citation) HCA, FCA, NSWSC, VSC
Unreported (no medium neutral citation) See rule 2.3.2.
If the only report of a case is a partial report and the relevant part is not
extracted, the case should be cited as unreported (in accordance with
rule 2.3).
60
Examples Vo v The Queen (2013) 33 NTLR 65. [Not: … [2013] NTCCA 4.]
61 Plaintiff M68/2015 v Minister for Immigration and Border Protection
(2016) 257 CLR 42. [Not: … (2016) 327 ALR 369.]
62 Mar Mina (SA) Pty Ltd v City of Marion (2008) 163 LGERA 24.
63 Qantas Airways Ltd v Edwards (2016) 338 ALR 134. [Not: … (2016) 119
IPR 271.]
64 Tobacco Control Coalition Inc v Philip Morris (Australia) Ltd [2000] FCA
1004, [69], [74] (Wilcox J). [Not: … [2000] ATPR (Digest) ¶46-205.]
[Note: The relevant pinpoints are not contained in the reported version.]
Note Authorised reports usually indicate that they are the ‘authorised reports’
of the court in the opening pages of each volume. Judgments
reproduced therein have been approved by a judge or their associate.
2.2.3 Abbreviations for Report Series
Rule The name of the report series should be abbreviated in accordance with
the abbreviations contained in appendix A of this Guide. The name of
the report series should not appear in italics.
The following are the most commonly cited Australian authorised (or
Cases
preferred) report series:
Court/Jurisdiction Report Series Years
High Court of Australia CLR 1903–
Federal Court of Australia FCR 1984–
Australian Capital Territory ACTR (in ALR) 1973–2008
ACTLR 2007–
New South Wales SR (NSW) 1901–59
NSWR 1960–70
NSWLR 1971–
Northern Territory NTR (in ALR) 1979–91
NTLR 1990–
Queensland St R Qd 1902–57
Qd R 1958–
South Australia SALR 1899–1920
SASR 1921–
Tasmania Tas LR 1904–40
Tas SR 1941–78
Tas R 1979–
Victoria VLR 1875–1956
VR 1957–
Western Australia WALR 1898–1958
WAR 1958–
Commonly used unauthorised Australian report series are: ALR, ALJR,

FLR, Fam LR, A Crim R.
Parallel citations should not be used (see rule 2.2.7).
Names of report series that do not appear in appendix A should be
written out in full and not italicised.
65
Example Arnold v Regent Press Pty Ltd [1957] QSR 211.
2.2.4 Starting Page
Rule The first page of the case should appear after the abbreviated form of
the report series. If the case is identified by a unique reference rather
than a starting page, that reference (including accompanying symbols)
should be used instead of a starting page number.
66
Examples Theophanous v Herald & Weekly Times Ltd (1994) 182 CLR 104.
67 Borg v Commissioner, Department of Corrective Services [2002] EOC
¶93-198.
68 Overlook v Foxtel [2002] Aust Contract Reports ¶90-143, 91970, 91972
(Barrett J).
Note CCH report series often use a unique reference instead of a starting
page.
Rule For reported decisions, pinpoint references should adhere to rules

1.1.6–1.1.7 and be preceded by a comma and a space. In accordance
with rule 1.1.6, multiple pinpoint references should be separated by
commas rather than ‘and’.
Where cases are paginated, pinpoint references should be to pages.
Page numbers should adhere to rule 1.10.1. Where the pinpoint
reference is to the first page of the report, the page number should still
be included (eg ‘24 CLR 21, 21’).
Where a report has both page numbers and paragraph numbers, page
numbers should always be included in a pinpoint reference. In
accordance with rules 1.1.6–1.1.7, paragraph numbers may be included
in addition.
Where pages and paragraph numbers are included in pinpoint
references, both a page number and a paragraph number should be
included after ‘ibid’ unless the same page(s) and paragraph(s) are
referred to in the ‘ibid’ citation (see rule 1.4.3).
Examples The Court stated that at trial ‘the appellants had not proved that they
had suffered any loss or damage’.69 On appeal, it was pointed out that
the appellants may have suffered loss ‘if the outgoings for which they
were liable included sums of a kind which had not been taken into
account in forming the estimate they were given’.70 This was so even
though the appellants may have received value for their payments.71 Yet
Cases
the case had been dismissed at first instance.72
__________
69 Murphy v Overton Investments Pty Ltd (2004) 216 CLR 388, 402 [29].
70 Ibid 404 [32].
71 Ibid. [Not: Ibid 404 [32].]
72
Ibid 404 [33].
73 Re Mackenzie Grant & Co (1899) 1 WALR 116, 116.
74 De L v Director-General, Department of Community Services (NSW)
[No 2] (1997) 190 CLR 207, 211, 221–2.
75 Garry Rogers Motors (Aust) Pty Ltd v Subaru (Aust) Pty Ltd [1999] ATPR
¶41-703, 43014.
76 Total Ice Pty Ltd v Maroochy Shire Council [2009] 1 Qd R 82, 89–92
[18]–[19], 93 [24] (Fraser JA).
2.2.6 Identifying the Court
Rule Generally, the name of the court should not be included in a citation to
a reported case. However, where it is important to identify the court and
the court is not otherwise apparent (for instance, from the report series
or the body of the text), the name of the court may be included in
parentheses, following any pinpoint references and parenthetical
clauses (but should appear before a short title).
The jurisdiction of the court should not be indicated where it is
otherwise apparent (as is the case for authorised state law reports).
77
Examples Aldrick v EM Investments (Qld) Pty Ltd [2000] 2 Qd R 346 (Court of
Appeal). [Not: … Qd R 346 (Queensland Court of Appeal).]
78 Chief Executive Officer of Customs v Labrador Liquor Wholesale Pty Ltd
(2001) 188 ALR 493, 498 (emphasis added) (Queensland Court of Appeal).
79 A-G (Cth) v The Queen (1957) 95 CLR 529, 533 (Viscount Simonds for the
Court) (Privy Council) (‘Boilermakers’ Case (Privy Council)’).
2.2.7 Parallel Citations
Rule Parallel citations should not be used in citations to Australian cases.

In accordance with rule 2.2.2, the most authoritative available version
of a case should be cited.
80
Example Perre v Apand Pty Ltd (1999) 198 CLR 180. [Not: Perre v Apand Pty Ltd
(1999) 198 CLR 180; 164 ALR 606; [1999] HCA 36.]
Note Parallel citations are used in citations to the United Kingdom Nominate
Reports (see rule 24.1.3) and early Supreme Court of the United States
decisions (see rule 25.1.3).
2.3 Unreported Decisions
2.3.1 Decisions with a Medium Neutral Citation
Quarmby v
Example [2009] TASCC 80 , [11]
Keating
Unique Court Judgment
Element Case Name Year Pinpoint
Identifier Number
Rule Unreported decisions with a medium neutral citation (a citation system

that does not depend on publisher or medium) should be cited as shown
above. However, a medium neutral citation should only be used where
the medium neutral citation was allocated by the court itself (see the
table on the following page). Where this is not the case, unreported
judgments should be cited in accordance with rule 2.3.2.
Case names should adhere to rule 2.1. Pinpoint references should
appear as paragraph numbers and should adhere to rules 1.1.6–1.1.7.
The following page contains a list of the current preferred unique court
identifiers for Australian Supreme and superior Commonwealth courts,
and the years for which the courts allocated judgment numbers
themselves.
Court Unique Court Years

Identifier
High Court of Australia HCA 1998–
High Court of Australia — Special Leave HCASL 2008–
Dispositions
Federal Court of Australia FCA 1999–
Cases
Federal Court of Australia — Full Court FCA 1999–2001
FCAFC 2002–
Family Court of Australia FamCA 1998–
Family Court of Australia — Full Court FamCA 1998–2007
FamCAFC 2008–
Supreme Court of the Australian Capital ACTSC 1998–
Territory (including Full Court)
Australian Capital Territory Court of Appeal ACTCA 2002–
Supreme Court of New South Wales NSWSC 1999–
New South Wales Court of Appeal NSWCA 1999–
New South Wales Court of Criminal Appeal NSWCCA 1999–
Supreme Court of the Northern Territory NTSC 1999–
(including Full Court)
Northern Territory Court of Appeal NTCA 2000–
Northern Territory Court of Criminal Appeal NTCCA 2000–
Supreme Court of Queensland QSC 1998–
Queensland Court of Appeal QCA 1998–
Supreme Court of South Australia (including SASC 1999–
Full Court until end of 2009)
Supreme Court of South Australia — Full SASCFC 2010–
Court
Supreme Court of Tasmania (including Full TASSC 1999–
Court until end of 2009)
Tasmanian Court of Criminal Appeal TASCCA 2010–
Supreme Court of Tasmania — Full Court TASFC 2010–
Supreme Court of Victoria VSC 1998–
Victorian Court of Appeal VSCA 1998–
Supreme Court of Western Australia WASC 1999–
Western Australian Court of Appeal WASCA 1999–
(including Full Court until end 2004)
A more extensive list of current, commonly used Australian unique

court identifiers is set out in appendix B.
81
Examples Hooper v Australian Electoral Commission [2015] HCASL 247.
82 Re Culleton [No 2] [2017] HCA 4, [57] (Nettle J).
83 R v De Gruchy [2006] VSCA 10, [4]–[5] (Vincent JA).
Note In accordance with rule 2.2.2, a case should generally not be cited as
unreported if it has been reported.
Although some online databases are allocating medium neutral
designations retrospectively, such designations have not been used in
past citations of unreported cases. To avoid confusion and to
unambiguously identify decisions, medium neutral citations should not
be used to cite decisions prior to the years listed on the preceding page.
2.3.2 Decisions without a Medium Neutral Citation
Barton v (Supreme Court

Example Hampel J, 29 June 1989) 3
Chibber of Victoria,
Case
Element Court Judge(s) Full Date Pinpoint
Name
Rule Unreported decisions without a medium neutral citation allocated by

the court should be cited as shown above.
Case names should adhere to rule 2.1. The names of judicial officers
should adhere to rule 2.4.1.
Pinpoint references are generally to page numbers and refer to the copy
of the judgment itself (as delivered by the court). If paragraph numbers
are used instead of or in addition to page numbers, they should appear
in square brackets (in accordance with rules 1.1.6–1.1.7). There should
be no punctuation between the closing parenthesis of the full date and
any pinpoint.
84
Example Ross v Chambers (Supreme Court of the Northern Territory, Kriewaldt J, 5
April 1956) 77–8.
Note In accordance with rule 2.2.2, a case should generally not be cited as
unreported if it has been reported.
Older unreported judgments are sometimes compiled by courts into

bound volumes. Even when citing an unreported case from such a
volume, there is no need to refer to the volume or to include a starting
page.
2.3.3 Proceedings
Cases
Rule A proceeding, which may not have any judgments or any orders issued
at the time of citation, may be cited as follow:
Case Name ( Court , Proceeding Number ,
commenced Full Date ).
This rule may also be used for cases that have been discontinued before
a judgment or an order has been issued. The case name should be cited
in accordance with rule 2.1.
The proceeding number is the number assigned by the court to the
matter and should appear without spaces.
85
Examples Australian Competition and Consumer Commission v Olex Australia Pty
Ltd (Federal Court of Australia, VID725/2014, commenced 3 December
2014).
86 Automotive Food Metals Engineering Printing and Kindred Industries
Union v Beynon (Federal Court of Australia, VID466/2010, commenced 15
June 2010).
87 Deputy Commissioner of Taxation v ACN 169418697 Pty Ltd (Federal
Court of Australia, VID41/2018, commenced 19 January 2018).
2.3.4 Court Orders
Rule An order of the court that is not contained within a judgment may be
cited as follows:
Order of Judicial Officer(s) in Case Name ( Court ,
Proceeding Number , Full Date of Court Order ).
The case name should be cited in accordance with rule 2.1.
A proceeding number should only be included if it appears on the court
order.
The names of all of the judicial officers issuing the order should be
included in accordance with rule 2.4.1.
Where the order is contained within a judgment, the judgment should
be cited in preference to the court order.
88
Examples Order of Burley J in Seiko Epson Corporation v Calidad Pty Ltd (Federal
Court of Australia, NSD1519/2004, 21 December 2016).
89 Order of Murphy J in Duffy v Darmanin (Federal Court of Australia,
VID1218/2017, 10 November 2017).
90 Order of Kenny J in Duffy v Darmanin (Federal Court of Australia,
VID1218/2017, 17 November 2017).
2.4 Identifying Judicial Officers and Counsel
2.4.1 Identifying Judicial Officers
Rule When using pinpoints, the judicial officer(s) whose judgment is being
cited should generally be identified in parentheses after a pinpoint
reference. This is not necessary where their identity is otherwise
apparent. ‘Per’ should not be used.
Honorifics (such as ‘the Hon’) should not be included when citing a
judicial officer writing curially. Where a judicial officer’s first name or
initials appear on a case and are necessary to unambiguously identify
the judge, they should be included.
When identifying a judicial officer, their judicial office at the time of
the decision should be used. The phrase ‘as he/she then was’ should not
be included.
The abbreviations on the following page of judicial offices in Australia
should appear after judicial officers’ names in the text and in citations
(including where the name appears at the start of a sentence). However,
those titles marked with an asterisk (*) should always appear in full
before judicial officers’ names.
For abbreviations of judicial offices in the United Kingdom see
rule 24.1.6.
For identifying judicial officers writing extra-curially, see rule 4.1.5.
Judicial Office Abbreviation/Title

Acting Chief Justice ACJ
Acting Justice of Appeal AJA
Acting Justices of Appeal AJJA
Acting Justice AJ
Cases
Acting Justices AJJ
Acting President AP
Associate Justice AsJ
Auxiliary Judge AUJ
Chief Judge Administrator CJA
Chief Judge at Common Law CJ at CL
Chief Judge in Equity CJ in Eq
Chief Judge of the Commercial Division CJ Comm D
Chief Justice CJ
Commissioner Commissioner*
Deputy Chief Justice/District Court Judge DCJ
Federal Magistrate FM
Judge Judge*
Judicial Registrar JR
Justice of Appeal JA
Justices of Appeal JJA
Justice J
Justices JJ
Magistrate Magistrate*
Master Master*
President P
Senior Judge Administrator SJA
Senior Judge SJ
Senior Judges SJJ
Senior Puisne Judge SPJ
Vice-President V-P
91
Examples Kartinyeri v Commonwealth (1998) 195 CLR 337, 383, 385–6 (Gummow
and Hayne JJ), 386 (Kirby J).
92 R v Merritt (2004) 59 NSWLR 557, 567 [35]–[38] (Wood CJ at CL).
93 Ottobrino v Espinoza (1995) 14 WAR 373, 377 (Commissioner Buss).
94 Re Zoudi (2006) 14 VR 580, 587–9 [24]–[28] (Maxwell P, Buchanan,

Nettle, Neave and Redlich JJA).
95 R v Hoxha (Victorian Court of Appeal, Charles, Callaway JJA and
Vincent AJA, 1 November 1995).
Note A judicial officer may not need to be identified if, for example:
x they are identified within the text; or
x the pinpoint is an ibid citation below a full reference to the same
judicial officer; or
x they are a single trial judge in an unreported case (since their
name will be apparent from the citation).
However, the name of the judicial officer should be included where
there is more than one judgment located at the pinpoint.
2.4.2 Agreement or Dissent
Rule Where a judicial officer indicates that they are in agreement with
another judgment (either partially or entirely), their agreement may be
indicated within the parentheses identifying the original judicial officer
with whom they are agreeing with.
A pinpoint may also be included in the parentheses (using ‘at’ to
pinpoint to their agreement) if it is delivered as a separate judgment.
Where there are multiple judgments in agreement, each judicial officer
should be identified separately (see rule 2.4.5) followed by the pinpoint.
Where it is important to do so, a dissent may also be indicated in the
same manner.
96
Examples Guinea Airways Ltd v Federal Commissioner of Taxation (1950) 83 CLR
584, 592–2 (Kitto J, Webb J agreeing at 591).
97 Vakauta v Kelly (1989) 167 CLR 568, 589 (Toohey J, Brennan, Deane and
Gaudron JJ agreeing at 570).
98 Grassby v The Queen (1989) 168 CLR 1, 22 (Dawson J, Mason J
agreeing at 4, Brennan J agreeing at 4). [Not: … (Dawson J, Mason and
Brennan JJ at 4, 4).]
99 D’Arcy v Myriad Genetics Inc (2015) 258 CLR 334, 373 [96] (French CJ,
Kiefel, Bell and Keane JJ, Gageler and Nettle JJ agreeing at 397 [172],
Gordon J agreeing at 419 [285]).
2.4.3 Joint and Separate Judgments
Rule Where a judicial officer delivers a judgment ‘of the Court’, this should
be indicated with ‘for the Court’ after the judicial officer’s name.
Where a judicial officer delivers a judgment ‘for’ other judicial
officer(s) (including themselves), this should be indicated with ‘for’,
Cases
followed by the names of the judicial officers on whose behalf the
judgment is being delivered.
The name of the judicial officer who delivers the judgment should be
included in the list of judges’ names after ‘for’.
This rule should not be used where the other judicial officer(s) issue
separate concurring judgments (see rule 2.4.2).
100
Examples Ewart v Fox [1954] VLR 699, 705 (Hudson AJ for the Court).
101 Taylor v McQueen [1954] VLR 661, 666 (Hudson J for Gavan Duffy and
Hudson JJ).
2.4.4 Statements Made during Argument
Rule When citing a statement made during argument, the words ‘during
argument’ should be included in separate parentheses after the judicial
officer’s or counsel’s name. ‘Arguendo’ should not be used.
When referring to statements by counsel during argument, their initials
(if included in the report) and any designation, such as Queen’s Counsel
(‘QC’), King’s Counsel (‘KC’) or Senior Counsel (‘SC’) should be
included.
102
Examples Stephens v Abrahams [No 2] (1903) 29 VLR 229, 239 (Williams J) (during
argument), 242–3 (Isaacs KC) (during argument).
103 Combet v Commonwealth (2005) 224 CLR 494, 497 (SJ Gageler SC)
(during argument).
2.4.5 References to Two or More Judicial Officers
Rule When referring to two or more judicial officers, the plural form of the
abbreviation/title in table in rule 2.4.1 should be used. For example,
when referring to two for more justices in text, ‘JJ’ should appear after
the final justice’s name where each of the justices referred to shared a
joint judgment.
Where there is no plural form, the singular form of the abbreviation/title
in the table in rule 2.4.1 should be used for each judicial officer listed.
When two or more judicial officers did not share a joint judgment, the
singular form of the abbreviation/title in the table in rule 2.4.1 should
be used. For example, when two or more justices who did not share a
joint judgment are referred to in the text, ‘J’ should appear after each
justice’s name, even where those justices are otherwise in agreement.
Examples The plurality, consisting of Gummow, Hayne and Kiefel JJ, was in
little doubt that the standard of care extended to employers.104
[Not: … consisting of Gummow J, Hayne J and Kiefel J, was in …]
…
Heydon J, Kirby J and Crennan J were of the same view in each of their
judgments.106 [Not: Heydon, Kirby and Crennan JJ were of …]
2.5 Case History
Rule The subsequent history of a case may be indicated after a citation to the
case by including the abbreviations ‘affd’ for ‘affirmed’ or ‘revd’ for
‘reversed’, preceded by a comma and followed by the citation to the
subsequent decision.
If the case name remains the same or the parties’ names are merely
reversed, the name of the subsequent decision should be omitted.
107
Examples King v Philcox (2014) 119 SASR 71, revd (2015) 255 CLR 304.
108 Harkins v Butcher (2002) 55 NSWLR 558, affd Butcher v Lachlan Elder
Realty Pty Ltd (2004) 218 CLR 592.
2.6 Quasi-Judicial Decisions
2.6.1 Administrative Decisions
Rule Administrative decisions and determinations (including those of
Cases
tribunals) should generally be cited in the same way as reported and
unreported cases, except:
x often ‘and’ is used to separate party names, rather than ‘v’ —
this should appear as it does in the decision itself;
x the title of the decision may be a number or code, rather than
party names;
x tribunal members may be referred to by a title other than ‘Mr’
or ‘Ms’ (such as ‘Dr’, ‘Prof’, etc);
x the titles ‘Member’, ‘Deputy Member’ and ‘Senior Member’ (in
addition to those in rule 2.4.1, which should be used for judicial
officers sitting in tribunals) are often used for administrative
decision-makers and should appear before the name of the
decision-maker (if they have no other title); and
x the initials or first names of tribunal members should be omitted,
unless they are necessary to avoid ambiguity and should be cited
in accordance with rule 4.1.1.
Examples Dr Gerber stated:

[W]hen dealing with rugby footballers, it seems to me to be a fruitless
exercise to parse and analyse their every utterance … the spoken word —
like the game itself — is rough at the best of times …109
__________
109 AAT Case 7422 (1991) 22 ATR 3450, 3456 [28].
110 Re Pochi and Minister for Immigration and Ethnic Affairs (1979) 26 ALR
247.
111 Application by AAPT Ltd [No 2] [2009] ACompT 6, [6.1]–[6.5]
(Finkelstein J, Member Davey and Prof Round).
2.6.2 Arbitration
Rule Arbitral decisions should be cited as follows:

Case Name ( Award Description , Forum , Case/Award No # ,
Full Date ) Pinpoint .
Only information appearing on the arbitral decision should be included.
If the parties’ names are omitted from an arbitral decision, the other
elements should be included but should not appear in parentheses.
‘Case/Award’ should be replaced by the appropriate designation used
by the relevant forum. If there is no forum, the arbitrator’s name may
be included instead.
Where the parties’ names are included, there should be no punctuation
between the closing parenthesis after the full date and any pinpoint. If
the parties’ names are not included, a comma should separate the full
date and any pinpoint. Pinpoint references should be to pages,
paragraphs or both (and should adhere to rules 1.1.6–1.1.7).
Where an arbitral decision is reproduced in a report series, book or
periodical, a citation to the reproduction should be included after the
above information, preceded by ‘reported in’. A starting page should be
included. Pinpoints should be to the page numbers of the reproduction,
and may also include paragraph numbers in addition.
112
Examples Sandline International Inc v Papua New Guinea (Award, Sir Edward
Somers, Sir Michael Kerr and Sir Daryl Dawson, 9 October 1998) [10.2].
113 Beckman Instruments Inc v Overseas Private Investment Corporation
(Award and Opinion, American Arbitration Association Commercial
Arbitration Tribunal, Case No 16 199 00209 87G, 20 February 1988)
reported in (1988) 27 ILM 1260, 1263.
114 Meiki Co Ltd v Bucher-Guyer SA (Preliminary Award, International
Chamber of Commerce, Case No 2114 of 1972, 10 October 1972) reported
in Sigvard Jarvin and Yves Derains (eds), Collection of ICC Arbitral
Awards: 1974–1985 (Kluwer, 1990) 49, 51.
115 Final Award, Netherlands Arbitration Institute, Case No 1930, 12 October
1999 reported in (2001) 26 Yearbook — Commercial Arbitration 181,
184 [5]–[6].
2.7 Transcripts of Proceedings
2.7.1 General Rule
Rule Transcripts of proceedings should be cited as follows:
Cases
Transcript of Proceedings, Case Name ( Court ,
Proceeding Number , Judicial Officer(s) ,
Full Date of Proceedings ) Pinpoint .
A proceeding number should be included only if it appears on the
transcript. The names of all judicial officers hearing the matter should
be included after the proceeding number.
Pinpoint references should be to page numbers or line numbers (where
line numbering is continuous across a transcript). If a pinpoint is
included, a speaker’s name may be included after it (in accordance with
rule 2.4) but ‘(during argument)’ should not be included.
116
Examples Transcript of Proceedings, North East Solution Pty Ltd v Masters Home
Improvement Australia Pty Ltd (Supreme Court of Victoria, Croft J, 18
May 2015) 31 (PJ Bick QC).
117 Transcript of Proceedings, Celano v Swan (County Court of Victoria,
09/0867, Judge Lacava, 27 August 2009) 11 (SM Petrovich).
2.7.2 High Court of Australia from July 2003
Rule Transcripts of proceedings in the High Court of Australia with

‘HCATrans’ number appearing on the transcript itself should be cited
as follows:
Transcript of Proceedings, Case Name [ Year ]
HCATrans Number , Pinpoint .
Pinpoint references should be to line numbers. If a pinpoint is included,
a speaker’s name may be included after it (in accordance with rule 2.4)
but ‘(during argument)’ should not be included.
Transcripts of other High Court proceedings should be cited according
to rule 2.7.1.
118
Examples Transcript of Proceedings, Ruhani v Director of Police [2005] HCATrans
205.
119 Transcript of Proceedings, Mulholland v Australian Electoral Commission
[2004] HCATrans 8, 2499–517 (Callinan J and JBR Beach QC), 2589–93
(McHugh J).
Note High Court transcripts contain ‘HCATrans’ numbers from July 2003.
2.8 Submissions in Cases
Rule Submissions in cases should be cited as follows:

Party Name , ‘ Title of Submission ’, Submission in Case Name ,
Proceeding Number , Full Date of Submission , Pinpoint .
The party name, when it is an individual, should appear in full in
accordance with rule 4.1.
A title of a submission and a proceeding number (the number assigned
by the court to the matter) should be included only if they appear in the
submission.
Pinpoints may be to page numbers, paragraph numbers or both (see
rules 1.1.6–1.1.7).
120
Example Attorney-General (Cth), ‘Outline of Submissions of the Attorney-General
of the Commonwealth as Amicus Curiae’, Submission in Humane Society
International Inc v Kyodo Senpaku Kaisha Ltd, NSD1519/2004, 25 January
2005, [10], [20]–[22], [28].
67
3 Legislative Materials
3.1 Statutes (Acts of Parliament)
Example Crimes Act 1958 (Vic) s3

Element Title Year Jurisdiction Pinpoint
Rule 3.1.1 3.1.2 3.1.3 3.1.4–3.1.7
Legislative
Materials
3.1.1 Title
Rule A citation to an Australian Act of Parliament should begin with the short
title of the Act in italics. The long title of the Act should be used only
if the Act does not contain a short title.
Titles should appear as they do in the statute book, subject to chapter 1.
In particular:
x punctuation should adhere to rule 1.6 (so full stops should not
be used in abbreviations); and
x capitalisation should adhere to rule 1.7.
Where multiple Acts have the same title but contain different numbers
in their short titles given by Parliament (eg ‘(No 1)’ and ‘(No 2)’), the
number should be included and appear in parentheses.
1
Examples Evidence Act 1995 (NSW). [Not: An Act about the law of evidence, and for
related purposes (NSW)]
2 Social Welfare Ordinance 1964 (NT).
3 Financial Framework Legislation Amendment Act (No 2) 2012 (Cth).
4 Financial Framework Legislation Amendment Act (No 3) 2012 (Cth).
5 A New Tax System (Family Assistance) (Consequential Related Measures)
Act (No 1) 1999 (Cth).
Note Statutes of the Australian Capital Territory and the Northern Territory
were previously referred to as ordinances. However, these ordinances
became known as Acts after the ACT (in 1988) and the NT (in 1978)
attained self-government.
3.1.2 Year
Rule The year in which the Act was originally passed should appear in italics
following the title. The year should be included whether or not the Act
includes it in the official short title.
6
Example Meteorites Act 1973 (Tas). [Not: Meteorites Act 1973 (Tas).]
Note Citations to an Act refer to the Act as amended (and consolidated).

Regardless of when a particular provision was introduced, the year
included should be the year of the original enactment. Generally, a
principal Act rather than an amending Act should be cited (but see
rule 3.8).
For statutes of the Australian Capital Territory and the Northern
Territory, the relevant year is that in which the original ordinance
(which may subsequently have become an Act) was enacted.
3.1.3 Jurisdiction
Rule An abbreviated form of the jurisdiction in which the Act was passed
should appear in parentheses following the year. The jurisdiction should
not be italicised.
The following abbreviations should be used for Australian
jurisdictions:
Jurisdiction Abbreviation
Commonwealth Cth
Australian Capital Territory ACT
New South Wales NSW
Northern Territory NT
Queensland Qld
South Australia SA
Tasmania Tas
Victoria Vic
Western Australia WA
7
Examples Misrepresentation Act 1972 (SA).
8 Charter of Human Rights and Responsibilities Act 2006 (Vic).
Rule Pinpoint references to an Act usually comprise an abbreviation of a

designation (see table below) and a number, separated by a space.
Pinpoint references should use the following abbreviations (in the text
and in citations), except where the pinpoint begins a sentence:
Designation Abbreviation Plural Abbreviation
Appendix app Appendices apps
Legislative
Article art Articles arts
Materials
Chapter ch Chapters chs
Clause cl Clauses cls
Division div Divisions divs
Paragraph para Paragraphs paras
Part pt Parts pts
Schedule sch Schedules schs
Section s Sections ss
Sub-clause sub-cl Sub-clauses sub-cls
Subdivision sub-div Subdivisions sub-divs
Sub-paragraph sub-para Sub-paragraphs sub-paras
Subsection sub-s Subsections sub-ss
The word ‘item’ may be used to refer to an item in a table or schedule,

or to a numbered paragraph in an amending Act. It should not be
abbreviated.
Numbered or lettered subsections should be placed in parentheses
immediately following the section number. The section number and
subsection number should not be separated by a space (eg ‘s 3(a)’,
not ‘s 3 (a)’).
In references to a section and a subsection (or a paragraph and a sub-
paragraph etc) the abbreviation that corresponds to the highest ‘level’
of the section (or paragraph etc) in the pinpoint should be used
(eg ‘s 31(1)’, not ‘sub-s 31(1)’).
Where multiple combinations of an abbreviation and a number are
needed to form one pinpoint reference, there should be no comma
between each abbreviation–number combination (eg ‘pt III div 2’,
not ‘pt III, div 2’).
Where an Act uses a decimal numbering system (often in the form

Chapter . Part . Section ), pinpoints should contain the whole of the
decimal number preceded by the abbreviation for the lowest ‘level’ of
section, part, chapter, etc, cited (eg ‘s 2.3.5’, not ‘ch 2.3.5’).
Examples s2 s 108AB sub-s (3)

pt V s 5(1) [Not: s5(1)] s 2(3) [Not: s 2 (3)]
ch III s 14(1)(a) s 28(1)(a)(i)
pt 7 div 3 sub-div 8 s 13 [Not: pt 2 s 13] cl 14(3)(a)
Actions under Trade Practices Act 1974 (Cth) pt VA have been rare.
…
She drew attention to sub-s (1).9 Subsection (1) provides that ‘a
registered trade mark is personal property’. The judge referred to s 8(3)
in argument.10 [Not: … sub-s 8(3) …]
__________
11 Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Act 2005 (Cth) pt 3A div 2.
12 Civil Liability Act 2003 (Qld) ch 2 pt 1 div 4.
13 Crimes at Sea Act 1999 (Vic) sch 1 cl 2.
14
Aboriginal Land Rights (Northern Territory) Amendment Act 2006 (Cth)
sch 1 item 46.
15 Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 (Cth) s 20-110(1)(a).
16 Gambling Regulation Act 2003 (Vic) s 3.2.1.
17 Succession Act 2006 (NSW) pt 2.3.
Note The most specific pinpoint that is appropriate should be included. Thus
‘pt 3 div 7’ is appropriate when speaking generally of that division, but
‘s 58’ is appropriate where dealing with an individual section. Because
section numbering is usually continuous throughout an Act, it is
unnecessary to indicate chapters, parts, divisions, etc, when citing a
section.
Some taxation statutes contain sections in the form of a division
number immediately followed by a hyphen and a section number
(eg ‘s 26-52(6)(c)’). A hyphen (not an en-dash) should be used in such
pinpoints.
In some court rules (eg the Supreme Court (General Civil Procedure)
Rules 2005 (Vic) and the High Court Rules 2004 (Cth)) the numbering
of the rules is continuous and includes the order number. In such cases,
only a (decimal) rule number need be given as a pinpoint (eg ‘r 8.01’).
Order numbers are not needed except when referring to an order in its
entirety (eg ‘ord 8’).
In other rules (eg the Federal Court Rules 1979 (Cth)) both the order
and the specific rule within the order (if the latter is cited) must be
included (eg ‘ord 9 r 4’). In lists of these orders and rules, it may be
Legislative
Materials
necessary to repeat the relevant abbreviations to unambiguously
identify the pinpoints cited.
3.1.5 Multiple Pinpoint References
Rule The plural abbreviation of the highest ‘level’ of sections, subsections,

etc, cited should precede multiple pinpoints (see rule 3.1.4).
Consecutive pinpoints should appear separated by an en-dash (–)
(eg ‘sub-ss (2)–(3)’) in accordance with rule 1.1.7.
Non-consecutive pinpoints should be separated by commas
(eg ‘paras (3), (5)’). The word ‘and’ should not be used to separate
the final two pinpoints in accordance with rule 1.1.6.
Spans of section numbers should generally adhere to rule 1.10.1.
In spans of consecutive and non-consecutive pinpoints of alphanumeric
sections, divisions, parts, etc, and where an Act uses a decimal
numbering system, the whole section number should be written out in
full (eg ‘ss 2A–2D’, not ‘ss 2A–D’ and ‘ss 3A, 3C’, not ‘ss 3A, C’).
Examples divs 2–3 ss 42–9 ss 12–17

sub-ss (2)–(7) sub-paras (4)–(7) ss 114–18
cls (1)–(3) ss 5–7, 11–13 ss 198(1), 198AB
ss 6(7)(b)–(d) [Not: s 6(7)(b)–(d)]
cls 3(a)–(c) [Not: cls 3(a), (b), (c)]
ss 92(1), (4), (7) [Not: ss 92(1), (4) and (7)]
ss 8(2), (5)(a)–(b) [Not: ss 8(2), 8(5)(a)–(b)]
ss 5, 7, 9, 28 [Not: ss 5, 7, 9 and 28]
HSI, as an ‘interested person’, sought a declaration and injunction

against Kyodo for contravening ss 229–30 of the Environment
Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 (Cth).
…
Unpublished works are dealt with in sub-ss (2)–(3).18
__________
19 Juries Act 2003 (Tas) ss 29(2)(a)–(b), (8)(b).
20 Gas Supply Act 2003 (Qld) ch 2 pt 1 div 3 sub-div 2, ch 3 pt 1.
21 Unlawful Assemblies and Processions Act 1958 (Vic) ss 5–6, 10–12, 26–9.
[Not: … 26–29.]
22 Wrongs Act 1958 (Vic) ss 28F–28G. [Not: … ss 28F–G.]
23 See Gambling Regulation Act 2003 (Vic) s 3.2.1. Sections 3.2.1–3.2.2
allow the Commission to authorise gambling. [Not: … Sections 3.2.1–2
allow the …]
3.1.6 Definitions
Rule Unnumbered definitions should be cited as follows:

s Section Number (definition of ‘ Defined Term ’)
‘s Section Number ’ should be replaced with the appropriate schedule

(or other portion of an Act) containing the definition.
If there are multiple paragraphs in the definition and a particular
paragraph is referred to, a reference to that paragraph should be
included, preceded by ‘para’. No comma should separate the defined
term and ‘para’.
If definitions are numbered, each definition should be cited as a normal
section of an Act (in accordance with rules 3.1.4–3.1.5).
24
Examples Property Law Act 1958 (Vic) s 3 (definition of ‘legal practitioner’).
25 Evidence Act 2008 (Vic) Dictionary pt 1 (definition of ‘civil proceeding’).
26 Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) s 9 (definition of ‘administrator’ para (a)(i)).
[Not: … (Cth) s 9(a)(i).]
27 Human Rights Act 2004 (ACT) s 5. [Not: … s 5 (definition of ‘human
rights’).]
28 Greenhouse Gas Storage Act 2009 (Qld) sch 2 (definition of ‘GHG well’
para (1)). [Not: … (definition of ‘GHG well’, para (1)).]
Note Definitions are usually contained in a section or schedule of an Act, but

are usually not individually numbered. This is because often when Acts
are amended new terms are inserted in alphabetical order between
existing terms.
3.1.7 Individual Parts of Legislative Materials
Legislative
Materials
Rule A short title may be given to a portion of an Act, piece of delegated
legislation or Bill (in accordance with rule 1.4.4). The short title should
be placed after the pinpoint to the relevant portion (see rule 3.5) and
should be italicised.
In accordance with rule 1.4.4, only one short title should be introduced
in a single citation.
Pinpoints following the short title in subsequent references refer to
sections, items, etc, within that portion of an Act. For example, if the
citation ‘Trade Practices Act 1974 (Cth) sch pt 1 (‘Competition Code’)’
is included, a subsequent reference to ‘Competition Code s 45’ is a
reference to the s 45 within the Competition Code — that is, within
sch pt 1 of the Trade Practices Act 1974 (Cth).
For short titles for legislative materials, see rule 3.5.
29
Examples Criminal Code Act 1995 (Cth) sch 1 (‘Criminal Code’).
30 Competition and Consumer Act 2010 (Cth) sch 2 (‘Australian Consumer
Law’).
31 Criminal Code (n 66) s 80.2(5).
32 Australian Consumer Law (n 67) s 3.
Note To avoid ambiguity, short titles for portions of legislation should clearly
refer to that portion of the legislation, rather than the legislation as a
whole. For example, an appropriate short title for the Australian
Consumer Law contained in sch 2 of the Competition and Consumer
Act 2010 (Cth) would be ‘Australian Consumer Law’ or ‘ACL’, rather
than ‘Competition and Consumer Act’ or ‘Consumer Act’, which could
be confused with the Act as a whole.
3.2 Bills
Rule Bills should be cited in the same manner as Acts, except that the title
and year of the Bill should not be italicised. ‘Clause’ and ‘sub-clause’
are typically the appropriate pinpoint designations.
As with Acts (see rule 3.1.1), where there are multiple Bills under the
same name, the number of the Bill is to be indicated in parentheses
(if it is included in the short title).
33
Examples Corporations Amendment (Crowd-Sourced Funding) Bill 2015 (Cth).
34 Carbon Pollution Reduction Scheme Bill 2009 (Cth) cl 83.
35 Migration Amendment (Immigration Detention Reform) Bill 2009 (Cth)
sch 1 item 9.
36 Law and Justice Amendment Bill (No 2) 1995 (Cth).
3.3 Order of Parallel Australian Statutes and Bills
Rule When citing equivalent Acts or Bills across multiple Australian

jurisdictions, Commonwealth Acts or Bills should appear first,
followed by state and territory Acts or Bills in alphabetical order by
jurisdiction.
Parallel Acts and Bills should be ordered in this way even if legislation
from all Australian jurisdictions is not cited, unless there is good reason
to do otherwise (eg where the order is important to meaning).
37
Examples Trade Practices Act 1974 (Cth) s 52(1); Fair Trading Act 1992 (ACT)
s 12(1); Fair Trading Act 1987 (NSW) s 42(1); Consumer Affairs and Fair
Trading Act 1990 (NT) s 42(1); Fair Trading Act 1989 (Qld) s 38(1);
Fair Trading Act 1987 (SA) s 56(1); Fair Trading Act 1990 (Tas) s 14(1);
Fair Trading Act 1999 (Vic) s 9(1); Fair Trading Act 1987 (WA) s 10(1).
38 Oaths and Affirmations Act 1984 (ACT) s 14(1); Oaths Act 1939 (NT) s 8;
Oaths Act 1867 (Qld) s 5; Oaths Act 1936 (SA) s 13; Oaths, Affidavits and
Statutory Declarations Act 2005 (WA) s 5(1).
3.4 Delegated Legislation
Rule Delegated legislation (eg regulations, rules and orders) should be cited
in the same manner as primary legislation (see rule 3.1).
The abbreviations in rule 3.1.4 as well as the following additional
abbreviations should be used to refer to pinpoints of delegated
legislation:
Legislative
Materials
Order ord Orders ords
Regulation reg Regulations regs
Rule r Rules rr
Sub-regulation sub-reg Sub-regulations sub-regs
Sub-rule sub-r Sub-rules sub-rr
39
Examples Heritage Regulation 2006 (ACT) reg 5(1).
40 Uniform Civil Procedure Rules 2005 (NSW) r 6.2(1), (3A)(a)–(b).
41 Federal Court Rules 1979 (Cth) ords 3, 5–6, 7 r 4A.
42
Supreme Court (General Civil Procedure) Rules 2015 (Vic) r 3.01.
43 Migration Regulations 1994 (Cth) regs 2.01–2.02.
44 High Court Rules 2004 (Cth) r 42.02.2.
3.5 Short Title and Subsequent References
Rule A shortened title for an Act, piece of delegated legislation or Bill may
be provided and used in subsequent references in accordance with
rule 1.4.1. ‘Ibid’ should be used for all materials in this chapter in
The short title should adhere to rule 1.4.4 (ie should be italicised in
accordance with the rules of this Guide and placed within single
inverted commas and parentheses following the initial citation). In
footnotes, it should appear after any pinpoints or parenthetical clauses.
The name of the legislative material should generally be provided in
full when it is first referred to in the text (in accordance with rule 1.4.4).
The first citation of a legislative material in a footnote should also

always be given in full. If a short title was previously only provided in
the footnotes, the short title should also be provided in the text when it
is first used in the text (in accordance with rule 1.4.4).
When citing legislative materials, the title (which may be the short title)
should always be included in the footnote (even if the title appears in
the sentence accompanying the footnote).
Examples This is covered by the Property Law Act 1958 (Vic) (‘Property Act’).45
__________
45 Property Law Act 1958 (Vic) s 6 (‘Property Act’). [Not: Property Act s 6]
46
Administrative Decisions (Judicial Review) Act 1977 (Cth) (‘ADJR Act’).
47 Ibid s 6; Migration Act 1958 (Cth) ss 198, 198AB (‘Migration Act’).
48 ADJR Act (n 46) s 7. [Not: ADJR Act s 7.]
Note To avoid ambiguity, short titles for portions of legislation (see

rule 3.1.7) should clearly refer to that portion of the legislation, rather
than the legislation as a whole. For example, an appropriate short title
for the Australian Consumer Law contained in sch 2 of the Competition
and Consumer Act 2010 (Cth) would be ‘Australian Consumer Law’ or
‘ACL’, rather than ‘Competition and Consumer Act’ or ‘Consumer
Act’, which could be confused with the Act as a whole. ‘Competition
and Consumer Act’ or ‘Consumer Act’ would be appropriate short titles
for the Competition and Consumer Act 2010 (Cth).
3.6 Australian Constitutions
Rule The Constitution of the Commonwealth of Australia may be cited as the

Australian Constitution, the Commonwealth Constitution, or simply the
Constitution if there is no ambiguity as to which constitution is being
cited.
Where necessary, the Australian Constitution may also be referred to
within its enacting legislation as:
Commonwealth of Australia Constitution Act 1900 (Imp) 63 & 64
Vict, c 12, s 9.
Constitutions of the Australian states should be cited as normal statutes.
49
Examples Australian Constitution s 51(ii).
50 Australian Capital Territory (Self-Government) Act 1988 (Cth) s 22(1).
51 Northern Territory (Self-Government) Act 1978 (Cth) s 6.
52 Constitution Act 1902 (NSW) s 5.
53 Constitution of Queensland 2001 (Qld) s 3.
54
Constitution Act 1934 (SA) s 5.
55 Constitution Act 1934 (Tas) s 9(1).
Legislative
Materials
56 Constitution Act 1975 (Vic) s 16.
57 Constitution Act 1889 (WA) s 2(1).
3.7 Explanatory Memoranda, Statements and Notes
Rule Explanatory Memoranda (also known in some jurisdictions as

Explanatory Statements or Explanatory Notes) should be cited as
follows:
Explanatory Memorandum, Bill Citation Pinpoint .
‘Explanatory Memorandum’ should be replaced with ‘Explanatory
Statement’ or ‘Explanatory Note(s)’ where appropriate. The citation to
the Bill should appear in accordance with rule 3.2. Pinpoints should be
to pages or pages and paragraphs of the memorandum (in accordance
with rules 1.1.6–1.1.7).
58
Examples Explanatory Memorandum, Charter of Human Rights and Responsibilities
Bill 2006 (Vic).
59 Explanatory Notes, Adoption Bill 2009 (Qld) 5–6, 29.
60
Explanatory Statement, Human Rights Bill 2003 (ACT) 3.
Note Chapter 7 contains rules on citing other parliamentary documents.

Second reading speeches are sections of parliamentary debates and
should be cited in accordance with rule 7.5.1.
3.8 Legislative History: Enactments, Amendments,

Repeals and Insertions
Rule Where it is appropriate or important, the legislative history of an Act or

provision may be indicated by referring to both the original and the
amending legislation. The following expressions should be used,
preceded by a comma, to link the two Acts (thereby indicating the
legislative history):
x ‘as enacted’/‘as at Full Date ’;
x ‘as amended by’/‘later amended by’/‘amending’;
x ‘as repealed by’/‘repealing’; and
x ‘as inserted by’/‘inserting’.
The term used will depend upon whether the Act amended, inserted or
repealed the other Act or provision. The terms are not interchangeable.
‘Amending/repealing/inserting’ and ‘amended by/repealed by’ should
also be used for Bills.
61
Examples Anti-Discrimination Act 1977 (NSW) s 4(1), as at 28 June 1994.
[Also: Anti-Discrimination (Amendment) Act 1994 (NSW) sch 1 item 1,
amending Anti-Discrimination Act 1977 (NSW) s 4(1).]
62 Copyright Act 1968 (Cth) s 40(3), later amended by Copyright Amendment
Act 2006 (Cth) sch 6 item 11.
63 Crimes Act 1914 (Cth) s 24A(g), as repealed by Anti-Terrorism Act (No 2)
2005 (Cth) sch 7 item 2.
64 Anti-Terrorism Act (No 2) 2005 (Cth) sch 7 item 2, repealing Crimes Act
1914 (Cth) s 24A(g).
65 Crimes Act 1958 (Vic) s 3B, as inserted by Crimes (Homicide) Act 2005
(Vic) s 3. [Also: Crimes (Homicide) Act 2005 (Vic) s 3, inserting Crimes
Act 1958 (Vic) s 3B.]
66 Family Assistance and Other Legislation Amendment (2008 Budget and
Other Measures) Bill 2009 (Cth) sch 2 item 1, repealing Social Security
(Administration) Act 1999 (Cth) s 144(ka).
67
Restrictive Trade Practices Act 1971 (Cth), as enacted.
68
Social Security (Administration) Act 1999 (Cth) s 144(ka), repealed by
Family Assistance and Other Legislation Amendment (2008 Budget and
Other Measures) Bill 2009 (Cth) sch 2 item 1.
3.9 Quasi-Legislative Materials
3.9.1 Gazettes
Rule Gazettes should be cited as follows:

Jurisdiction , Gazette Title , No Gazette Number , Full Date ,
Pinpoint .
Where multiple notices appear in the same gazette or on the same page,
Legislative
Materials
the author and title of the notice (if available) should also be included
as follows:
Author , ‘ Title of Notice ’ in Jurisdiction , Gazette Title ,
No Gazette Number , Full Date , Starting Page , Pinpoint .
69
Examples Commonwealth, Gazette: Special, No S 489, 1 December 2004.
70
‘Australian Capital Territory Teaching Service’ in Australian Capital
Territory, Australian Capital Territory Gazette, No 1, 24 May 1989, 3.
71 Minister for Lands (WA), ‘Land Acquisition and Public Works Act 1902
— Native Title Act 1993 (Commonwealth) — Notice of Intention to Take
Land for a Public Work’ in Western Australia, Western Australian
Government Gazette, No 27, 18 February 1997, 1142, 1143.
3.9.2 Orders and Rulings of Government Instrumentalities

and Officers (ASIC Class Orders, Taxation Rulings, etc)
Rule Orders and rulings of government instrumentalities and officers that are
not appropriate to cite as delegated legislation (see rule 3.4) and are not
published in a gazette (see rule 3.9.1) should be cited as follows:
Instrumentality/Officer , Instrument Title ( Document Number ,
Only the title of an officer (not their name) should be included. Where
a government department or an officer promulgates the instrument, the
jurisdiction should be included in parentheses after the name of the
department or officer (using the abbreviations in rule 3.1.3).
A document number should be included only if it appears on the

instrument. The document number should be reproduced using any
abbreviations as they appear on the instrument (adhering to rule 1.6.1,
so full stops should not be used in abbreviations).
The full date should be the date from which the instrument takes effect.
72
Examples Australian Taxation Office, Income Tax: Carrying on a Business as a
Professional Artist (TR 2005/1, 12 January 2005).
73
Australian Securities and Investments Commission, ASIC Class Order —
Credit Rating Agencies (CO 05/1230, 31 December 2005) [4].
74 Minister for Immigration and Border Protection (Cth), Direction No 65:
Visa Refusal and Cancellation under s501 and Revocation of a Mandatory
Cancellation of a Visa under s501CA (22 December 2014).
3.9.3 Legislation Delegated to Non-Government Entities

(ASX Listing Rules, Professional Conduct Rules, etc)
Rules Delegated legislation issued by non-government entities should be

cited in the same way as orders and rulings of government
instrumentalities and officers as far as possible (see rule 3.9.2).
Terms designating the issuing body as a company (eg ‘Pty’, ‘Ltd’, ‘Co’,
‘Inc’) should be omitted from its name, as should ‘the’ at the start of
the name.
Where such delegated legislation does not include a document number
or is frequently updated, the full date of effect may be replaced with the
date of the version cited (or the effective date of the provision cited) as
follows:
Issuing Body , Title (at Full Date ) Pinpoint .
75
Examples ASX, Listing Rules (at 19 December 2016).
76 Law Society of the Australian Capital Territory, ACT Legal Profession
(Solicitors) Conduct Rules 2015 (at 20 November 2015) r 8.1.
77 Victorian Bar, Compulsory Continuing Professional Development Rules
(at 1 April 2011) rr 4–5. [Not: The Victorian Bar Inc, …]
Note If a source has provisions with different effective dates, the effective
date of the provision cited should be used.
3.9.4 Court Practice Directions and Practice Notes
Rule If a court practice direction or practice note is reproduced in a report

series, it should be cited as follows:
Court , Practice Direction/Note Number/Identifier :
Title of Practice Direction/Note Citation to Report Series ,
Pinpoint .
The citation to the report series should adhere to rule 2.2.2. A starting
page should be included, and pinpoint references should be to pages or
Legislative
Materials
pages and paragraphs (in accordance with rules 1.1.6–1.1.7).
Practice directions and practice notes of courts not published in a report
series should be cited as follows:
Court , Practice Direction/Note Number/Identifier :
Title of Practice Direction/Note , Full Date , Pinpoint .
Where the identifier is clearly specified as a number, ‘No’ should be
included before the number, separated by a space.
78
Examples Supreme Court of Victoria, Practice Note No 8 of 2010: Management of
Group Proceedings (2010) 30 VR 693.
79 Supreme Court of Victoria, Practice Note SC Gen 10: Conduct of Group
Proceedings (Class Actions), 30 January 2017. [Not: … Practice Note No
SC Gen 10: Conduct …]
80
High Court of Australia, Practice Direction No 2 of 2010: Use of Initials
or Pseudonyms in Applications, 2 November 2010.
81 Federal Court of Australia, Central Practice Note: National Court
Framework and Case Management, 25 October 2016, para 4.1.
Note Practice directions and practice notes are often reproduced in the
issuing court’s authorised report series and should be cited from there
if possible.

83
4 General Rules for Citing Secondary

Sources
4.1 Author
4.1.1 General Rule
Rule In citations of secondary sources, authors’ and editors’ names should

appear exactly as they do on the title page of the source. This is subject
to the following exceptions:
x initials in names should not be separated by spaces and should
not be followed by full stops;
Secondary
Sources
x post-nominals (such as ‘AM’ and ‘LLB’) should not be
included; and
x in general, honorific titles (such as ‘the Hon’ and ‘Dr’) should
not be included. However, ‘Sir’ and ‘Dame’ and peerage titles
(such as ‘Lord’ and ‘Viscount’) should be included where they
appear on the source.
Secondary sources authored by (current and former) judicial officers
should appear in accordance with rule 4.1.5.
Examples Referring to an individual Referring to an author in a

discursively in the text or citation:
footnotes:
Associate Professor Katy Barnett Katy Barnett

Dame Nellie Melba Dame Nellie Melba
Lord Nicholls Lord Nicholls
Professor Ian Malkin Ian Malkin
Baroness Hale Baroness Hale
Dr Cockburn John Cockburn
Ms Sharon Rodrick Sharon Rodrick
Mr Gageler SC Stephen Gageler
HLA Hart HLA Hart
Chief Justice Susan Kiefel Chief Justice Susan Kiefel
84 Part III — Secondary Sources
1 Justice KM Hayne, ‘Directors’ Duties and a Company’s Creditors’ (2014)

38(2) Melbourne University Law Review 795. [Not: The Hon Justice KM
Hayne AC …]
Note Honorific titles or titles indicating qualification, such as ‘the Hon’, ‘Dr’
or ‘Professor’ and conventional titles such as ‘Ms’ or ‘Mr’, may be
included in discursive text (in both the body and the footnotes) before
a person’s name.
4.1.2 Multiple Authors
Rule If there are two or three authors, the names of all authors should be
included and the word ‘and’ should separate the names of the last two
authors.
If there are more than three authors, the name of the author appearing
first on the source should be included, followed by ‘et al’.
This rule should also be followed when using subsequent references
(see rule 1.4.1).
2
Examples James Edelman and Elise Bant, Unjust Enrichment (Hart Publishing,
2nd ed, 2016).
3 Paul Rishworth et al, The New Zealand Bill of Rights (Oxford University
Press, 2003).
…
5 Edelman and Bant (n 2) 260. See Rishworth et al (n 3).
4.1.3 Editors
Rule For books with an editor (and no author) the name of the editor should
appear in the same manner as an author’s name. It should be followed
by ‘(ed)’ for one editor or ‘(eds)’ for multiple editors and should also
appear as such in subsequent references (see rule 1.4.1).
6
Examples Peter Birks (ed), New Perspectives in the Roman Law of Property: Essays
for Barry Nicholas (Clarendon Press, 1989).
7 Cedric Ryngaert et al (eds), Judicial Decisions on the Law of International
Organizations (Oxford University Press, 2016).
8 Birks (ed) (n 6).
4.1.4 Publications Authored by a Body
Rule If a publication is authored by a body (eg a government department or

a non-governmental organisation), the name of that body should appear
as the author.
Where a government department is the author and the jurisdiction is not
apparent from the department’s name, the abbreviated jurisdiction may
be included in parentheses after the department’s name.
If the author is a subdivision of a body or a prominently identified
individual writing on behalf of a body, both the name of the subdivision
or individual and the body should be included in the form:
Individual/Subdivision , Body
Secondary
Where there are multiple subdivisions, only the most specific
Sources
subdivision should be included (unless this creates ambiguity, in which
case the minimum number of subdivisions necessary for clarity should
be included).
If an author is not prominently credited on the title or publication details
pages of the source, no author should be included.
If the publication is authored on behalf of the Commonwealth of
Australia, this should be rendered as ‘Commonwealth’.
If the body is a company, terms designating the corporate status of the
company (eg ‘Pty’, ‘Ltd’, ‘Co’, ‘Inc’) should be omitted from its name,
as should ‘the’ at the start of the name.
Where a body has a bilingual or multilingual title, only the English-
language title should be included.
9
Examples Family Court of Australia, ‘Response of the Family Court of Australia to
the Attorney-General’s Department Paper on Primary Dispute Resolution
Services in Family Law’ (1997).
10 Information Management Committee, Department of Justice and Attorney-
General (Qld), ‘Terms of Reference’ (4 March 2015).
11 Review of the Law of Negligence (Final Report, September 2002).
[Not: Panel of Eminent Persons, Review of the Law of Negligence … nor
… Commonwealth of Australia …]
12 Queensland Government, ClimateSmart 2050: Queensland Climate
Change Strategy 2007 (2007).
13 Department for Women (NSW), Heroines of Fortitude: The Experiences of

Women in Court as Victims of Sexual Assault (1996).
14 Russell Cocks, Law Institute of Victoria, Ethics Handbook: Questions and
Answers (2004) 133.
4.1.5 Judicial Officers
Rule Judicial officers writing curially (that is, in a judgment) should be

referred to by their surname and their judicial title (such as ‘Justice’) or
peerage title (such as ‘Lord’), both in the text and in citations. Typically,
but not always, the judicial title should be indicated by an abbreviation
placed after the judicial officer’s name (in accordance with rules 2.4.1,
10.2.8, 24.1.6 and 25.1.8).
References to two or more judicial officers in text, writing curially,
When citing (both in the text and in citations) a judicial officer writing
extra-curially (sitting as a judge at the time the source was written),
the unabbreviated judicial or peerage title (such as ‘Justice’ or
‘Chief Justice’) should be included before the judicial officer’s name,
unless the judicial officer has a title (such as ‘Sir’, ‘Dame’ or a peerage
title) that makes a judicial title unnecessary.
When citing a former judicial officer writing extra-curially (no longer
sitting at the time the source was written), their former judicial title
should not be included. ‘Sir’, ‘Dame’ or any peerage title should be
included. Honorifics may be included in the text, but not in citations (in
accordance with rule 4.1.1).
In both curial and extra-curial writing, any territorial designation of a
peer (such as ‘of Chieveley’) should not be included unless necessary
to avoid confusion.
Examples Context Example(s)
Citing a judicial officer As Dixon J noted in Essendon Corporation v

writing curially (in Criterion Theatres Ltd,15 …
text):
16
Citing a judicial officer Essendon Corporation v Criterion Theatres
writing curially (in a Ltd (1947) 74 CLR 1, 18 (Dixon J).
citation):
Citing a judicial officer Opening the Law Librarians’ Symposium,

writing extra-curially Sir Daryl Dawson stated: ‘The modern law library
(in text): is something which I could not have envisioned in
my student days.’17 … Justice Virginia Bell …
Lord Hoffmann …
18
Citing a judicial officer Sir Anthony Mason, ‘Future Directions in
Secondary
Sources
writing extra-curially Australian Law’ (1987) 13(3) Monash Law
(in a citation): Review 149; Lord Cooke, ‘Foreword’ in Janet
McLean (ed), Property and the Constitution
(Hart Publishing, 1999); Justice Michael
Kirby, ‘Transnational Judicial Dialogue,
Internationalisation of Law and Australian
Judges’ (2008) 9(1) Melbourne Journal of
International Law 171.
Citing a former judicial As pointed out by the Hon Mary Gaudron in a
officer (in text): recent speech, …
20
Citing a former judicial Michael Kirby, ‘The Dreyfus Affair: Lessons
officer (in a citation): for Today’ (Speech, Central Synagogue, 24
May 2009).
Including the territorial This was a different approach from that of Lord
designation of a peer Nicholls.21 [Not: … Lord Nicholls of Birkenhead]
…
Lord Keith of Avonholm had a very different view
of negligence from that held by Lord Keith of
Kinkel.22
4.2 Title
Rule Titles of secondary sources should appear as they do in the original

source, subject to the following exceptions:
x punctuation should adhere to rule 1.6;
x capitalisation should adhere to rule 1.7;
x a colon should separate the title from any subtitle, regardless of
what form of punctuation appears on the title page of the source;
x if the source has multiple subtitles, only the first subtitle should
be included; however, if the second subtitle is simply a span of
dates, this should be included; and
x for older sources in which an initial short title is separated from
a longer complete title by a comma, only the initial short title
should be included.
Words in titles that would normally be italicised according to the rules
of this Guide should only be italicised if they are in italics in the original
source.
If the title of a source being cited should be italicised according to the
rules of this Guide (eg books), no part of the title should appear in
roman font.
23
Examples CB Cato, ‘The Mareva Injunction and Its Application in New Zealand’
[1980] (12) New Zealand Law Journal 270. [Not: … ‘The Mareva …]
24 FA Trindade and HP Lee (eds), The Constitution of Malaysia:
Further Perspectives and Developments (Oxford University Press, 1986).
[Not: … The Constitution of Malaysia: Further Perspectives and
Developments: Essays in Honour of Tun Mohamed Suffian …]
25 Adam Webster, ‘Sharing Water from Transboundary Rivers in Australia:
An Interstate Common Law?’ (2015) 39(1) Melbourne University Law
Review 263. [Original title: Sharing Water from Transboundary Rivers in
Australia — An Interstate Common Law?]
26 Loretta De Plevitz, ‘The Briginshaw “Standard of Proof” in Anti-
Discrimination Law: “Pointing with a Wavering Finger”’ (2003) 27(2)
Melbourne University Law Review 308. [Original title: The Briginshaw
‘Standard of Proof’ in Anti-Discrimination Law: ‘Pointing with a Wavering
Finger’]
Rule A short title for secondary sources may be provided and used in
subsequent references (in accordance with rule 1.4.1). ‘Ibid’ should be
used for all materials in this chapter in accordance with rule 1.4.3.
The short title should adhere to rule 1.4.4 (ie should be italicised in
accordance with the rules of this Guide and placed within single
inverted commas and parentheses following the initial citation). In
footnotes, it should appear after any pinpoints or parenthetical clauses.
The title should generally be provided in full when the secondary
source is first referred to in the text (in accordance with rule 1.4.4). The
first citation of a source in a footnote should also always be given in
Secondary
Sources
full.
title should also be provided in the text when it is first used in the text
Examples The last 20 years has seen a steady increase in the number of Investor
State Dispute Settlement (‘ISDS’) claims, with fewer than 10 being
initiated in 1997 to 62 being initiated in 2016.27
…
The damages sought ranged from USD10 million to USD16.5 billion.29
…
The potential financial consequences were outlined in Investor–State
Dispute Settlement: Review of Developments in 2016 (‘ISDS 2016
Review’).31 [Not: … outlined in ISDS 2016 Review.]
__________
27 Investment and Enterprise Division, UNCTAD, Investor–State Dispute
Settlement: Review of Developments in 2016 (IIA Issues Note No 1, 19 May
2017) 2 (‘ISDS 2016 Review’).
…
29
ISDS 2016 Review (n 27) 4.
…
31 ISDS 2016 Review (n 27) 3.
4.4 Uniform Resource Locator (‘URL’)
Rule A URL may be included as part of the citation to aid its retrieval. The
URL should be enclosed within point brackets (‘< >’) and placed at the
end of the citation after any pinpoints, but before a short title.
Where the full URL of a document appears cumbersome and the
document can be located easily from a general website, the URL of the
general website may be included instead.
The date of retrieval should not be included after the URL.
32
Examples ‘Flooding in the Philippines Highlights Urgency of Climate Leadership’,
Oxfam International (Web Page, 28 September 2009) <http://www.oxfam.
org/en/pressroom/pressrelease/2009-09-28/flooding-philippines-urgency-
climate-leadership>.
33
Family Court of Australia, Annual Report 16:17 (Report, 19 October 2017)
77 <http://www.familycourt.gov.au/wps/wcm/connect/fcoaweb/reports-
and-publications/annual-reports/2016-17/2016-17-annual-report-toc>
(‘FCA 2016–17 Annual Report’). [Not: … <http://www.familycourt.gov.
au/wps/wcm/connect/7456589e-fc98-409b-8d1c-7b909bd30dcf/2743-
Family_Court_of_Australia_2016_17_WEB.pdf?MOD=AJPERES
&CVID=> …]
4.5 Archived Sources
Rule A permalink may be used in addition to or instead of a URL.

The permalink should be preceded by the words ‘archived at’ and
should appear at the end of the citation. The permalink should adhere
to rule 4.4.
‘archived at’ should appear after the URL preceded by a comma and
followed by the permalink.
34
Example @AGLCTweets (Twitter, 2 February 2018, 7:00 pm AEDT) <https://
twitter.com/AGLCTweets/status/959622592524034049>, archived at
<https://perma.cc/DC8L-Y5GD>.
91
5 Journal Articles
‘A Personal
Sydney
Harold Journey
(2005) 27(3) Law 393 , 400
Luntz, through the
Examples Review
Law of Torts’
Lord ‘Droit Public: Public
[1995] (Spring) 57 , 60
Woolf, English Style’ Law
Volume
Starting Pin-
Element Author Title Year and Journal
Page Point
Issue
Rule 5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4 5.5 5.6 5.7
5.1 Author
Articles
Journal
Rule Names of authors should appear in accordance with rule 4.1.
1
Example RJ Ellicott, ‘The Autochthonous Expedient and the Federal Court’ (2008)
82(10) Australian Law Journal 700. [Not: RJ Ellicott QC …]
Note For unsigned journal articles, the type of article (such as ‘Comment’ or
‘Note’) should appear in place of the author’s name.
5.2 Title
Rule Article titles should appear in accordance with rule 4.2. They should
appear within single quotation marks and should not be italicised (other
than in accordance with rule 4.2).
2
Example Jani McCutcheon, ‘Curing the Authorless Void: Protecting Computer-
Generated Works following IceTV and Phone Directories’ (2013) 37(1)
Melbourne University Law Review 46.
5.3 Year
Rule For journals organised by volume number, the year of publication

should appear in parentheses ‘( )’. Where a volume spans multiple years
(eg the volume is for 1992–93), the year included should be that in
which the article cited was published.
For journals organised by year, the year of publication should appear in
square brackets ‘[ ]’. Where a volume spans multiple years, the span of
years should be included in square brackets and should appear in
accordance with rule 1.11.4 (eg ‘[1992–93]’).
3
Examples Jeremy Masters, ‘Easing the Parting’ (2008) 82(11) Law Institute Journal
68, 69–71.
4 John Kleinig, ‘Paternalism and Personal Integrity’ [1983] (3) Bulletin of
the Australian Society of Legal Philosophy 27.
Note A journal is organised by year if it does not have a volume number

(although it may have numbered issues within a given year).
5.4 Volume and Issue
Rule Both the volume and issue number should be included. The issue
number should follow the volume number in parentheses (eg ‘40(1)’).
For journals organised by year, the issue number (enclosed in
parentheses) should appear after the year, preceded by a space
(eg ‘[2000] (1)’).
Where an issue identifier other than a number is used (eg a season or a
month), this should appear — preceded by a space and enclosed in
parentheses — after the volume number or year (eg ‘31 (Winter)’ and
‘[1982] (Summer)’).
If one bound edition of a journal is designated as containing multiple
issues (and under this rule the issue numbers must be included), the
issues should be separated by an en-dash and enclosed inside
parentheses after the volume number or year (as appropriate)
(eg ‘21(2–3)’ and ‘[1957] (5–6)’).
5
Examples Andrew Edgar, ‘Administrative Regulation-Making: Contrasting
Parliamentary and Deliberative Legitimacy’ (2017) 40(3) Melbourne
University Law Review 738, 747–9. [Not: … (2017) 40 Melbourne …]
6 AP Simester, ‘Accessory Liability and Common Unlawful Purposes’
(2017) 133 (January) Law Quarterly Review 73.
7 Dawn Oliver, ‘Is the Ultra Vires Rule the Basis of Judicial Review?’ [1987]
(Winter) Public Law 543.
8 James Boyle, ‘The Second Enclosure Movement and the Construction of
the Public Domain’ (2003) 66(1–2) Law and Contemporary Problems 33,
37. [Not: … (2003) 66(1)–(2) …]
Note Where issues are published very frequently or are commonly indexed
by full date, it may be more appropriate to use a newspaper-style
citation (see rule 7.11).
5.5 Journal
Articles
Journal
Rule The full title of the journal should appear in italics, following the year
and any volume or issue number.
The journal title should not be abbreviated and should appear as it
appears on the cover of the journal, subject to the following exceptions:
x ‘the’ should not be included at the start of the journal title; and
x subtitles of journals should be omitted where this does not cause
ambiguity.
9
Examples … Australian Law Journal …
[Not: … The Australian Law Journal … nor … ALJ … nor … Australian
L J …]
10 … Yale Journal of Law and the Humanities …
[Not: … Yale Journal of Law & the Humanities …]
11 … Copyright Reporter …
[Not: … Copyright Reporter: Journal of the Copyright Society of
Australia …]
5.6 Starting Page
Rule The number of the first page of an article should follow the title of the
journal. No punctuation should separate the starting page from the title.
12
Example Hailegabriel G Feyissa, ‘European Extraterritoriality in Semicolonial
Ethiopia’ (2016) 17(1) Melbourne Journal of International Law 107.
5.7 Pinpoint References
Rule Pinpoint references should adhere to rules 1.1.6–1.1.7. They should

appear after the starting page, preceded by a comma and a space.
Where the pinpoint reference is to the starting page of an article, the
page number should be repeated.
13
Examples Sir Zelman Cowen, ‘The Press, the Courts and the Law’ (1979) 12(1)
Melbourne University Law Review 1, 1–9.
14
Gordon Goldberg, ‘Certain Contemporary Confusions Concerning
Consideration, a Common Count and Conversion’ (2000) 8(2) Restitution
Law Review 189, 189.
5.8 Articles Published in Parts
Rule If an article has been published in multiple parts, a full citation should
be given for each part cited.
‘(Pt Number )’ should be inserted between the title and the year
(regardless of whether the other parts are cited). Any reference to the
part within the title of the article should be omitted.
15
Examples RN Gooderson, ‘Claim of Right and Dispute of Title’ (Pt 1) [1966] (1)
Cambridge Law Journal 90.
16 RN Gooderson, ‘Claim of Right and Dispute of Title’ (Pt 2) [1966] (2)

Cambridge Law Journal 216.
17 Jacobus tenBroek, ‘California’s Dual System of Family Law: Its Origin,
Development, and Present Status’ (Pt 1) (1964) 16(2) Stanford Law Review
257. [Not: … ‘California’s Dual System of Family Law: Its Origin,
Development, and Present Status — Part I’ …]
18 Michelle Foster, Jane McAdam and Davina Wadley, ‘The Protection of
Stateless Persons in Australian Law: The Rationale for the Statelessness
Determination Procedure’ (Pt 1) (2016) 40(2) Melbourne University Law
Review 401. [Not: … Part One: The Protection of …]
19 Michelle Foster, Jane McAdam and Davina Wadley, ‘The Prevention and
Reduction of Statelessness in Australia: An Ongoing Challenge’ (Pt 2)
(2016) 40(2) Melbourne University Law Review 456.
5.9 Symposia
Rule Where a symposium is referred to as a whole, it should be cited in the
Articles
Journal
same manner as an article in a journal, except:
x ‘Symposium’ should appear instead of an author’s name;
x the title of the symposium should appear in inverted commas;
and
x the starting page should be that on which the first article in the
symposium (or any symposium title page or introductory
section) begins.
Individual articles within a symposium should be cited as regular
journal articles in accordance with the other rules in this chapter.
20
Examples Symposium, ‘Contemporary Human Rights in Australia’ (2002) 26(2)
Melbourne University Law Review 251.
21 Symposium, ‘Zelman Cowen Conference’ (2015) 38(3) Melbourne
University Law Review 859.
5.10 Articles Published in Online Journals
Rule Articles appearing in journals that are only available online should, to
the extent possible, be cited in the same manner as articles in printed
journals. However, it will often not be possible to include a volume
number, issue number or starting page.
Where an article has an article number or some other identifier, this
should be used instead of the starting page number.
Pinpoint references should adhere to rules 1.1.6–1.1.7 and should
appear after the article number/identifier, preceded by a comma and a
space. The most appropriate form of pinpointing should be used
depending on the form the article takes (paragraph, part, etc).
However, if the article appears as a Portable Document Format (‘PDF’)
or equivalent, the starting page and pinpoint should appear as follows
when pinpointing:
Article Number/Identifier : Page Range of Article , Pinpoint .
The article number/identifier should appear as it does on the source.
The page range spans the number of pages contained in the PDF
(or equivalent) version of the article (eg ‘1–15’).
The pinpoint refers to a position within the page range (and where
appropriate may include a paragraph pinpoint).
22
Examples Azzurra Annunziata et al, ‘Do Consumers Want More Nutritional and
Health Information on Wine Labels? Insights from the EU and USA’
(2016) 8(7) Nutrients 416:1–19, 8.
23 Azzurra Annunziata et al, ‘European Consumers’ Interest Toward
Nutritional Information on Wine Labeling: A Cross-Country Analysis’
(2015) 5 BIO Web of Conferences 04003:1–5, 4.
24 Kate Lewins, ‘What’s the Trade Practices Act Got to Do with It?
Section 74 and Towage Contracts in Australia’ (2006) 13(1) eLaw Journal:
Murdoch University Electronic Journal of Law 58, 59.
25 William van Caenegem, ‘Copyright Liability for the Playing of “Music on
Hold”: Telstra Corporation Ltd v Australasian Performing Right
Association Ltd’ (1996) 2 High Court Review 5:1–7, 4–6 [9]–[12].
5.11 Forthcoming and Advance Journal Articles
Rule For forthcoming articles, the starting page should be replaced with
‘(forthcoming)’.
For articles that are available as an advance, the starting page should be
replaced with ‘(advance)’.
Where not all the information for a forthcoming or advance article is
available, as much information as is available should be included.
26
Examples Geneviève Helleringer and Anne-Lise Sibony, ‘European Consumer
Protection through the Behavioral Lens’ (2017) 23 Columbia Journal of
European Law (forthcoming).
27 Michael Crommelin, ‘Powers of the Head of State’ (2015) 38(3) Melbourne
University Law Review (advance).
Articles
Journal
98
6 Books
Malcolm N International (Cambridge University
578
Shaw, Law Press, 7th ed, 2014)
Examples
George Nineteen
(Penguin Books, 2011) pt 1 ch 2
Orwell, Eighty-Four
Element Author Title Publication Details Pinpoint
Rule 6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4
6.1 Author
Rule Names of authors should appear in accordance with rule 4.1.
1
Examples Ralph H Folsom, Principles of European Union Law (Thomson West,
2005). [Not: Ralph H. Folsom …]
2 St John Ambulance Australia, Australian First Aid, ed Shirley Dyson
(4th ed, 2006).
3 Paul Rishworth et al, The New Zealand Bill of Rights (Oxford University
Press, 2003).
6.2 Title
Rule Titles of books should be italicised and should otherwise appear in

4
Examples Jason L Pierce, Inside the Mason Court Revolution: The High Court of
Australia Transformed (Carolina Academic Press, 2006).
5 Alistair Pound and Kylie Evans, An Annotated Guide to the Victorian
Charter of Human Rights and Responsibilities (Lawbook, 2008).
6
Prue Vines, Law and Justice in Australia: Foundations of the Legal System
(Oxford University Press, 2nd ed, 2009). [Not: … Justice in Australia —
Foundations of …]
6.3 Publication Details
6.3.1 Publisher
Rule The publisher’s name should be included in parentheses after the title.
It should be followed by a comma.
The publisher’s name should appear as on the title page, subject to the
following exceptions:
x if no publisher appears on the title page, the publisher listed on
the publication information page should be used;
x ‘the’ at the start of a publisher’s name should be omitted;
x abbreviations related to the publisher’s corporate status (‘Pty’,
‘Ltd’, ‘Co’, etc) should be omitted;
x geographical designations (‘Australia’, ‘A/Asia’, etc) in
company names should generally be omitted, unless they are an
important part of the name and are necessary to avoid
ambiguity; and
x subdivisions within companies should be omitted.
A publisher’s name should only be included if it appears in the book.
A publisher’s name should not be included where the names of the
Books
publisher and author are the same.
If there are multiple publishers, only the first-listed publisher should be
included. If the book specifies an imprint, only the imprint should be
included.
For books published by a publisher on behalf of another organisation,
only the publisher should be included.
Where a publisher has a bilingual or multilingual name, only the
English-language name should be included. If no English-language
name is listed, the first-listed name should be included.
For older works that list a series of printers or booksellers (rather than
a publisher per se), no publisher name should be included.
7
Examples Isabelle Bartkowiak-Théron and Nicole Asquith (eds), Policing
Vulnerability (Federation Press, 2012). [Not: … The Federation Press …]
8 James O’Donovan and Vicky Priskich, Lender Liability (Lawbook, 2nd ed,
2016). [Not: … Lawbook Co … nor … Lawbook Company …]
9 Ronald Dworkin, Justice for Hedgehogs (Belknap Press, 2011) 10.
[Not: … Belknap Press of Harvard University Press …]
10 McGill Law Journal, Canadian Guide to Uniform Legal Citation (Carswell
Thomson, 4th ed, 1998). [Not: … Carswell Thomson Professional
Publishing …]
11 Martin Davies and Ian Malkin, Torts (LexisNexis Butterworths, 5th ed,
2008). [Not: … LexisNexis Butterworths Australia …]
12 Law Institute of Victoria, Legal Directory 2006 (2005). [Not: … Legal
Directory 2006 (Law Institute of Victoria, 2005).]
13 Philip Loots and Donald Charrett, Practical Guide to Engineering and
Construction Contracts (CCH Australia, 2009). [Not: … (CCH, 2009).]
Note A publisher’s name is often unnecessary for documents (which are

published as books) where a government or government department is
the author, as these are usually self-published.
6.3.2 Edition Number
Rule Where there are multiple editions of a book and an edition number
appears in the book being cited, the edition number should be included
after the publisher’s name. The ordinal indicator of the edition should
appear in superscript.
The edition number should appear as follows:
Ordinal Edition Number ed,
14
Examples RP Austin and IM Ramsay, Ford’s Principles of Corporations Law
(LexisNexis Butterworths, 15th ed, 2013).
15 David Bamford and Mark Rankin, Principles of Civil Litigation (Lawbook,
2nd ed, 2014).
6.3.3 Revised Editions
Rule Where a book is a ‘revised’, ‘expanded’ or ‘updated’ edition but does

not have a new edition number, this should be indicated by including
‘rev ed’.
If there is an edition number, ‘rev ed’ should be included after the
edition number and preceded by a space.
If there is no edition number, ‘rev ed’ should be included after the
publisher’s name and preceded by a comma.
16
Examples Konstantinos D Kerameus and Phaedon J Kozyris (eds), Introduction to
Greek Law (Kluwer Law International, 3rd rev ed, 2008).
17 Ernest J Weinrib, The Idea of Private Law (Oxford University Press,
rev ed, 2012) 55.
Note An unnumbered revised edition is generally a revision of the first

edition of a work. ‘1st rev ed’ should be used only where the edition
number appears in the book.
6.3.4 Publication Year
Rule The year of publication should appear following the name of the
publisher and any edition number. The year of publication is of the
Books
edition being cited. The year of first publication should not be included.
A completed multi-volume work that was published over a range of
years should include the first and final years of publication (as a span).
If publication is still in progress, the first year and an en-dash should be
used.
18
Examples David Pannick, Judicial Review of the Death Penalty (Duckworth, 1982).
19 Jonathan I Charney, Lewis M Alexander and Robert W Smith (eds),
International Maritime Boundaries (Martinus Nijhoff, 1993–2002).
20 Jeremy Bentham, Rationale of Judicial Evidence (Garland Publishing,
1978) vol 1.
21 Pamela Andre (ed), Documents on Australian Foreign Policy 1937–49
(Department of Foreign Affairs and Trade, 1975–) vol 16, 159.
22 Thomas Hobbes, Leviathan (Clarendon Press, 1909). [Not: Thomas
Hobbes, Leviathan (Clarendon Press, first published 1651, 1909 ed).]
6.4 Pinpoint References
Rule Pinpoint references should adhere to rules 1.1.6–1.1.7. They should

appear after the publication details without a comma. However, when
citing one volume of a multi-volume book, a comma should separate
the volume number from the pinpoint (see rule 6.5).
Pinpoints are generally to pages. Pinpoints to paragraphs may also be
used (in addition to page numbers) where appropriate. When
pinpointing to a chapter or a part of the book, ‘ch’ or ‘pt’ (plural: ‘chs’
or ‘pts’) should be used instead of the page range of the chapter or part.
23
Examples PS Atiyah, Essays on Contract (Clarendon Press, 1986) 247–8.
[Not: … (Clarendon Press, 1986), 247–8.]
24 Charles Mitchell and Stephen Watterson, Subrogation: Law and Practice
(Oxford University Press, 2007) 9 [2.02].
25
Cheryl Saunders, The Constitution of Australia: A Contextual Analysis
(Hart Publishing, 2011) ch 5 [Not: … (Hart Publishing, 2011) 147–183.]
6.5 Multi-Volume Books
Rule If a book contains more than one volume, the number of the volume
cited should appear after the publication details, preceded by ‘vol’.
Alternatively, if the source refers to its individual volumes as ‘books’,
the number of the ‘book’ cited should appear after the publication
details, preceded by ‘bk’.
The volume number should be rendered in Arabic numerals, regardless
of how it appears in the source (eg ‘2’ not ‘II’).
26
Examples Joel Feinberg, The Moral Limits of the Criminal Law (Oxford University
Press, 1984–88) vol 4, 45.
27 Evan C Lewis and DI Cassidy, Tenancy Law of New South Wales
(Butterworths, 1966) bk 2.
Note Where the volumes of a book were published in different years, the
span of years over which all volumes were published should be
included in the publication information (see rule 6.3.4).
6.6 Edited Books
6.6.1 Chapters in Edited Books
Rule Chapters in edited books should be cited as follows:

Author , ‘ Chapter Title ’ in Editor (ed), Title
( Publication Details ) Starting Page , Pinpoint .
Chapter titles should appear in the same way that journal titles appear
(see rule 5.2). There should be no other punctuation between the title
and ‘in’. The starting page is that on which the cited chapter begins.
Where there are multiple editors, ‘eds’ should be used in accordance
with rule 4.1.3.
Where multiple chapters from an edited book are cited, the details of
the edited book should be included (in full) in the first reference to each
chapter.
Pinpoint references should appear at the end of the citation, separated
from the starting page by a comma and a space.
Subsequent references (see rule 1.4.1) to a chapter from an edited book
should use the names of the authors of that particular chapter and should
refer to the footnote in which the chapter is first cited.
Books
28
Examples Jeremy Waldron, ‘Do Judges Reason Morally?’ in Grant Huscroft (ed),
Expounding the Constitution: Essays in Constitutional Theory (Cambridge
University Press, 2008) 38.
29 Meg Russell, ‘Reform of the House of Lords: Lessons for Bicameralism’
in Nicholas Aroney, Scott Prasser and JR Nethercote (eds), Restraining
Elective Dictatorship: The Upper House Solution? (University of Western
Australia Press, 2008) 119.
…
31 Janet Ransley, ‘Illusions of Reform: Queensland’s Legislative Assembly
since Fitzgerald’ in Nicholas Aroney, Scott Prasser and JR
Nethercote (eds), Restraining Elective Dictatorship: The Upper House
Solution? (University of Western Australia Press, 2008) 248, 252–3.
[Not: … in Aroney, Prasser and Nethercote (eds) (n 29) 248, 252–3.]
32 Russell (n 29) 122.
33 Ransley (n 31) 255. [Not: Ransley (n 29) 255.]
6.6.2 Books with an Author and Editor
Rule Books with both an author (or multiple authors) and an editor (or
multiples editors) should be cited as follows:
Author , Title , ed Editor ( Publication Details ).
The abbreviation ‘ed’ should be used regardless of how many editors
there are (‘ed’ in this context stands for ‘edited by’).
34
Examples JS Mill, Utilitarianism, ed Roger Crisp (Oxford University Press, 1998) 14.
35 Ludwig Wittgenstein, On Certainty, ed GEM Anscombe and GH von
Wright, tr Denis Paul and GEM Anscombe (Harper Torchbooks, 1972).
6.7 Translated Books
Rule Translated books should be cited as follows:

Author , Translation Title , tr Translator ( Publication Details ).
The title used is the translated version of the title.
The abbreviation ‘tr’ should be used regardless of how many translators
there are (‘tr’ stands for ‘translated by’).
Where it would aid the retrieval of a translated book, the original title
and its year of publication may be included, after any pinpoints, as
follows:
[trans of: Original Title ( Year of Publication )].
36
Examples Sigmund Freud, Civilization and its Discontents, tr Joan Riviere (Hogarth
Press, 1930).
37 Friedrich Nietzsche, Thus Spoke Zarathustra: A Book for Everyone and No
One, tr RJ Hollingdale (Penguin Books, 1961) 210–13.
38 Franz Kafka, ‘The Metamorphosis’, tr Willa Muir and Edwin Muir in Franz
Kafka, The Complete Stories, ed Nahum N Glatzer (Schocken Books,
1971) 89.
39 Jean-Paul Sartre, Being and Nothingness: An Essay on Phenomenological
Ontology, tr Hazel E Barns (Methuen, 1969) 151 [trans of: L’Etre et le
Néant (1943)]
6.8 Forthcoming Books
Rule For forthcoming books, the date of publication should be replaced with
‘forthcoming’. Where not all the information of the forthcoming book
is available, as much information as available should be included.
40
Example Quentin Bryce, Dear Quentin: Letters of a Governor-General (Miegunyah
Press, forthcoming).
6.9 Audiobooks
Rule Audiobooks should be cited as follows:

Author , Title (Audiobook, Publisher , Publication Year )
Pinpoint .
The publisher and publication year are that of the audiobook (not the
text version) and should appear in accordance with rule 6.3.
The word ‘audiobook(s)’ should be omitted from the publisher name
where it appears as part of the publisher name.
The pinpoint should be to a point in time or a span of time in accordance
Books
with rules 1.11.3–1.11.4.
41
Examples George Orwell, 1984 (Audiobook, Blackstone Audio, 2007) 11:15:05.
42 William Ury, Roger Fisher and Bruce Patton, Getting to Yes: Negotiating
an Agreement Without Giving In (Audiobook, Random House, 2012)
0:05:00–1:01:00.
43 John Steinbeck, Of Mice and Men (Audiobook, Hachette Audio, 2010).
106
7 Other Sources
7.1 Reports and Similar Documents
7.1.1 General Rule
Rule Reports and similar documents should be cited as follows:

Author , Title ( Document Type/Series No Document Number ,
The author should be cited in accordance with rule 4.1. If a report does
not prominently indicate an author — as is often the case with reports
of Royal Commissions and with other ad hoc reports — no author
should be included in the citation of the report.
If the title includes a reference to the document type (eg ‘Interim
Report’, ‘Final Report’), this may be omitted from the title and included
within the parentheses. Where the document type forms an integral part
of the title, this should not be omitted from the title, nor should it be
repeated in the document type; instead, the generic document type
should be used as the document type. For example, if the title of a
document is ‘Annual Report’, this should be used as the title and the
document type should be ‘Report’, not ‘Annual Report’.
If the report prominently indicates a document number, this should be
included. Where the document is not part of a numbered series,
the document number should be omitted.
Where there is no full date on the source, as much of the full date as
appears should be included (eg ‘September 1997’ or ‘1998’).
Pinpoint references should adhere to rules 1.1.6–1.1.7. Pinpoints should
generally be to page numbers and, where appropriate, to paragraphs.
Where a report contains multiple volumes, the volume number should
be included in pinpoint references (even where the volumes are
consecutively paginated), in accordance with rule 6.5.
A URL may be included after the first reference to a source, where this
would aid its retrieval, in accordance with rules 4.4–4.5.
The following sub-rules illustrate how this general rule may be applied
to particular types of sources.
1
Examples Review of the Law of Negligence (Final Report, September 2002) 37–57.
[Not: Panel of Eminent Persons, Review of the Law of Negligence …]
2 Community Law Australia, Unaffordable and Out of Reach: The Problem
of Access to the Australian Legal System (Report, July 2012).
3 Qantas Airways, Qantas Annual Report 2017: Positioning for
Sustainability and Growth (Report, 2017) 12. [Not: … Qantas Annual
Report 2017: Positioning for Sustainability and Growth (Annual Report,
2017) 12.]
4 Investment and Enterprise Division, UNCTAD, Improving Investment
Dispute Settlement: UNCTAD Policy Tools (IIA Issues Note No 4, 23
November 2017).
7.1.2 Parliamentary Papers, Committee Reports, Bills

Digests and Alert Digests
Rule Where the author is a committee of a Parliament, the author should be

cited as follows:
Committee , Legislature
Where a committee is from one chamber of Parliament and this is not
apparent from the committee’s name, the name of the chamber should
be added to the start of the committee’s name.
When citing bills digests, alert digests and similar documents, the
document type should be changed accordingly and ‘of Year ’ should Sources
Other
also be included as part of the document number, unless it forms part
of the title. Where this is a span of years, it should be cited in
5
Examples Environment and Natural Resources Committee, Parliament of Victoria,
Inquiry into the Environment Effects Statement Process in Victoria
(Parliamentary Paper No 59, September 2011).
6 Law Reform Committee, Parliament of Victoria, Inquiry into Alternative
Dispute Resolution and Restorative Justice (Final Report, May 2009) 26.
7 Senate Legal and Constitutional References Committee, Parliament of

Australia, Administration and Operation of the Migration Act 1958
(Report, March 2006) 280–1 [9.30]–[9.38].
8 Senate Standing Committee for the Scrutiny of Bills, Parliament of
Australia, Alert Digest (Digest No 9 of 2007, 13 August 2007) 11.
9 Legislation Review Committee, Parliament of New South Wales,
Legislation Review Digest (Digest No 13 of 2008, 10 November 2008) 6.
10 Department of Parliamentary Services (Cth), Bills Digest (Digest No 75 of
2008–09, 27 January 2009) 8.
Australia, Scrutiny Digest (Digest No 1 of 2018, 7 February 2018).
Australia, Tenth Report of 2016 (Report, 30 November 2016) 671.
[Not: … Tenth Report of 2016 (Report No 10 of 2016, 30 November 2016)
671.]
7.1.3 Royal Commission Reports
Rule If a royal commission report does not prominently indicate an author,

no author should be included in the citation of the report.
No jurisdiction should be included in the citation.
For submissions to royal commissions, see rule 7.5.2.
13
Examples Royal Commission into Trade Union Governance and Corruption
(Final Report, December 2015) vol 2. [Not: JD Heydon, Royal …]
14 Royal Commission into Trade Union Governance and Corruption
(Interim Report, December 2014) vol 1.
15 Royal Commission into Family Violence: Report and Recommendations
(Report, March 2016) vol 3, 1–2.
7.1.4 Law Reform Commission Publications
Rule The type of publication (‘Report’, ‘Discussion Paper’, ‘Issues Paper’,

etc) should be included, where appropriate, as the document type.
16
Examples New South Wales Law Reform Commission, Set-Off (Report No 94,
February 2000).
17 Australian Law Reform Commission, Elder Abuse (Discussion Paper

No 83, December 2016).
18 Victorian Law Reform Commission, Review of the Adoption Act 1984
(Consultation Paper, August 2016).
19
Victorian Law Reform Commission, Civil Justice Review (Report No 14,
March 2008).
20 Law Reform Commission, Evidence Law Reform Stage 2 (Discussion
Paper No 23, August 1985) 4.
21 Law Reform Commission, Evidence (Report No 26, 1985) vol 1.
[Or: … Evidence (Interim Report, 1985) vol 1.] [Not: … Evidence (Interim
Report No 26, 1985) vol 1.]
22 Australian Law Reform Commission, For Your Information: Australian
Privacy Law and Practice (Report No 108, May 2008) vol 1, 339 [7.7].
7.1.5 Australian Bureau of Statistics (‘ABS’) Materials
Rule When citing ABS materials, the author should be ‘Australian Bureau of
Statistics’.
An ABS source should be cited by reference to its catalogue number.
The document type should therefore be ‘Catalogue’.
23
Examples Australian Bureau of Statistics, Corrective Services, Australia, September
Quarter 2017 (Catalogue No 4512.0, 30 November 2017).
24 Australian Bureau of Statistics, International Merchandise Trade:
Confidential Commodities List, Dec 2017 (Catalogue No 5372.0.55.001,
11 January 2018).
25 Australian Bureau of Statistics, Australian Bureau of Statistics: Annual Sources
Other
Report, 2016–17 (Catalogue No 1001.0, 19 October 2017) 16–17.
[Also: Australian Bureau of Statistics, Annual Report: 2016–17 (Report,
19 October 2017) 16–17.]
26 Australian Bureau of Statistics, Statistics of the Colony of Victoria, 1860
(Catalogue No 1309.2, 1 October 1861).
27 Australian Bureau of Statistics, Year Book Queensland, 1901 (Catalogue
No 1301.3, 23 December 1901).
7.2 Research Papers, Theses and Similar Documents
7.2.1 General Rule
Rule Research papers, discussion papers, working papers, theses,

dissertations and similar documents should be cited as follows:
Author , ‘ Title ’ ( Document Type/Series No Document Number ,
Institution/Forum , Full Date ) Pinpoint .
If the document is published by an organisation, but a particular author
is prominently indicated, the author’s name should be used and the
organisation should be included after the document type.
The document type should be reproduced as it appears on the source
(eg ‘Working Paper’, ‘Discussion Paper’, ‘Research Report’,
‘Conference Paper’).
If the document prominently indicates a document number, this should
be included. Where the document is not part of a numbered series,
the document number should be omitted.
For the institution/forum, the most specific subdivision and the
umbrella body’s name should be included (see rule 4.1.4).
generally be to page numbers, and where appropriate, to paragraphs.
The following sub-rules illustrate how this general rule may be applied
to particular types of sources.
7.2.2 Research Papers and Working Papers
Rule If a research paper or working paper has a unique identifier — as is

often the case with papers that are part of a research series hosted by
universities — the identifier should be included as it appears on the
paper.
28
Examples Matthew H Kramer, ‘The Illusion of Neutrality: Abortion and the
Foundations of Justice’ (Research Paper No 9/2017, Faculty of Law,
University of Cambridge, January 2017).
29 Theodor Baums and Paul Krüger Andersen, ‘The European Model
Company Law Act Project’ (Working Paper No 97/2008, European
Corporate Governance Institute, March 2008).
30 John Howe and Ingrid Landau, ‘“Light Touch” Labour Regulation by State
Governments in Australia: A Preliminary Assessment’ (Working Paper
No 40, Centre for Employment and Labour Relations Law, The University
of Melbourne, December 2006) 6 <http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/
papers.cfm?abstract_id=961528>.
31 Jens Tapking and Jing Yang, ‘Horizontal and Vertical Integration in
Securities Trading and Settlement’ (Working Paper No 245, Bank of
England, 2004) 11–12.
32 Paul Memmott and Peter Blackwood, ‘Holding Title and Managing Land
in Cape York: Two Case Studies’ (Research Discussion Paper No 21,
Native Title Research Unit, Australian Institute of Aboriginal and Torres
Strait Islander Studies, 2008) 37.
Note Where a document of a body is published as a book, it should be cited

in accordance with chapter 6.
Sources
Other
7.2.3 Parliamentary Research Papers, Notes and Briefs
Rule For parliamentary research papers, notes and briefs, the

institution/forum should appear as follows:
Parliamentary Library, Legislature
‘Parliamentary Library’ may be replaced with the specific research
service provider for Parliament in each jurisdiction (eg ‘Parliamentary
Research Service’ in New South Wales).
33
Examples Amanda Biggs, ‘Medicare: A Quick Guide’ (Research Paper,
Parliamentary Library, Parliament of Australia, 12 July 2016).
34 Scott Bennett, ‘The Rise of the Australian Greens’ (Research Paper No 8,
Parliamentary Library, Parliament of Australia, 22 September 2008) 15.
35 Kate Raynor, Igor Dosen and Caley Otter, ‘Housing Affordability in
Victoria’ (Research Paper No 6, Parliamentary Library and Information
Service, Parliament of Victoria, December 2017).
36 Caley Otter, ‘Voluntary Assisted Dying Bill 2017’ (Research Note No 1,
Parliamentary Library and Information Service, Parliament of Victoria,
October 2017).
7.2.4 Conference Papers and Similar Documents
Rule Ordinal numbers (eg ‘1st’, ‘5th’ ) of conferences should not be included.
The geographical location of the conference should not be included,
unless it forms part of the name of the relevant forum.
37
Examples Ian Mutton, ‘Extra-Territoriality: A Case Study’ (Conference Paper,
International Trade Law Conference, 29 May 1997). [Not: … 23rd
International Trade Law Conference …]
38 Jacqueline Campbell, ‘When Family Law Meets Bankruptcy’ (Seminar
Paper, Law Institute of Victoria, 17 February 2015). [Not: … Law Institute
of Victoria, Melbourne …]
Note Where a conference paper has been published in a journal or book, it

should be cited in accordance with chapters 5 and 6.
7.2.5 Theses and Dissertations
Rule The degree for which the thesis or dissertation was submitted should be
indicated as the document type.
Where applicable, the full name of the relevant university or
institution’s name should be used. The department or faculty to which
the thesis or dissertation was submitted should not be included.
For collegiate or federal universities, only the title of the university
itself should be included. The name of the constituent college should
not be included.
39
Examples Antonio Kurt Esposito, ‘The History of the Torrens System of Land
Registration with Special Reference to Its German Origins’ (LLM Thesis,
The University of Adelaide, 2000). [Not: … School of Law, The University
of Adelaide …]
40
Jonathan G Ercanbrack, ‘The Law of Islamic Finance in the United
Kingdom: Legal Pluralism and Financial Competition’ (PhD Thesis,
University of London, 2011). [Not: … School of Oriental and African
Studies, University of London …]
7.3 Speeches
Rule Speeches should be cited as follows:

Author , ‘ Title ’ (Speech, Institution/Forum , Full Date ) Pinpoint .
If the speech is a named lecture, the lecture name should be included in
place of ‘Speech’. If the name of the lecture is preceded by ‘The’, this
should be omitted in the citation.
If the speech is part of a lecture series, its ordinal number should not be
included.
If no specific forum is indicated, the city or town in which the speech
was delivered should be included. If a forum is specified, the city or
town should not be included.
would aid its retrieval, in accordance with rules 4.4–4.5. Sources
Other
41
Examples Justice Dyson Heydon, ‘Threats to Judicial Independence: The Enemy
Within’ (Speech, Inner Temple, 23 January 2012). [Not: … Inner Temple,
London …]
42 Virginia Bell, ‘Section 80: The Great Constitutional Tautology’ (Lucinda
Lecture, Monash University, 24 October 2013). [Not: … the Lucinda
Lecture …]
43 Lord Sumption, ‘The Limits of Law’ (Sultan Azlan Shah Lecture, Kuala
Lumpur, 20 November 2013). [Not: … 27th Sultan Azlan Shah Lecture …]
44 Chief Justice Robert French, ‘Native Title: A Constitutional Shift?’

(JD Lecture Series, Melbourne Law School, 24 March 2009) <http://www.
hcourt.gov.au/publications/speeches/current/speeches-by-chief-justice-
french-ac>.
Note Where a speech has been published in a journal or book, it should be

cited in accordance with chapters 5 and 6.
7.4 Press and Media Releases
Rule Press and media releases should be cited as follows:

Author , ‘ Title ’ ( Release Type Document Number , Body ,
The author of the press or media release — and the body releasing the
press or media release — should be included and should adhere to
rule 4.1. Where the author is the same as the body, the body should be
omitted. The release type should appear as it does on the source
(eg ‘Press Release’, ‘Media Release’, ‘Press Statement’). Where the
release type does not appear on the source and it is otherwise apparent
that it is a press/media release, ‘Media Release’ should be used as the
release type.
A document number should be included only if it appears on the release.
The document number should be reproduced using any abbreviations
as they appear on the release and should be cited in accordance with
rule 1.6.1 (ie full stops should not be used in abbreviations).
45
Examples Department of Defence (Cth), ‘Highest East Timorese Honour for Army
Officers’ (Media Release MSPA 172/09, 22 May 2009).
46 ASX, ‘ASX Selects Distributed Ledger Technology to Replace CHESS’
(Media Release, 7 December 2017) 1.
7.5 Other Parliamentary Materials
7.5.1 Parliamentary Debates
Rule Parliamentary debates (or ‘Hansard’) should be cited as follows:

Jurisdiction , Parliamentary Debates, Chamber ,
Full Date of Debate , Pinpoint ( Name of Speaker ).
If a speaker’s name is included, their first and last names should appear.
‘MP’, ‘MLC’, ‘MLA’, ‘Senator’ and other designations indicating
membership of Parliament should not be included in the speaker’s
name.
If it is relevant, the position of the speaker within a ministry or shadow
ministry (or any part of their position which is relevant) may be
included after their name, preceded by a comma.
47
Examples Commonwealth, Parliamentary Debates, Senate, 7 February 2017, 39
(George Brandis, Attorney-General). [Not: … Senator the Hon George
Brandis QC …]
48
Victoria, Parliamentary Debates, Legislative Council, 14 December 2017,
6854.
7.5.2 Written Submissions to Government and Parliamentary

Inquiries, Committees and Agencies
Rule Written submissions to government and parliamentary inquiries, Sources

committees, agencies etc, should be cited as follows: Other
Author , Submission No Number to Body ,

Name of Inquiry ( Full Date ) Pinpoint .
Where the author of the submission is subject to name suppression or
is otherwise anonymous, no author should be included, unless
otherwise identified (eg a code name).
Where the government or parliamentary body does not allocate a
number to submissions, the submission number should be omitted.
For submissions to parliamentary committees or inquiries, ‘Body’

should be replaced with:
Committee , Legislature
Where the name of the inquiry is not included on the submission or
evidence, it should be omitted. Where the submission is to a royal
commission, the name of the inquiry should be omitted.
49
Examples Australian Institute of Company Directors, Submission No 119 to Senate
Standing Committees on Economics, Parliament of Australia, The
Performance of the Australian Securities and Investments Commission
(21 October 2013) 2.
50 Mobil Oil Australia, Submission No 25 to Australian Competition and
Consumer Commission, Inquiry into the Price of Unleaded Petrol (27 July
2007) 6–7.
51 Human Rights Law Resource Centre, Submission No 21 to Senate Standing
Committees on Legal and Constitutional Affairs, Parliament of Australia,
Inquiry into the Anti-Terrorism Laws Reform Bill 2009 (11 September
2009) 3 [6].
52 Ambulance Victoria, Submission No 208 to Law Reform, Road and
Community Safety Committee, Parliament of Victoria, Inquiry into Drug
Law Reform (24 March 2017).
53 Criminal Bar Association, Submission to Law Reform Committee,
Parliament of Victoria, Inquiry into Forensic Sampling and DNA
Databases in Criminal Investigations 2–3.
54 Anonymous 489, Submission to Royal Commission into Family Violence
(29 May 2015).
Note Submissions by parties in cases should be cited in accordance with rule

2.8.
7.5.3 Evidence to Parliamentary Committee
Rule Evidence to a parliamentary committee given during a hearing should

be cited as follows:
Evidence to Committee , Legislature , Location , Full Date ,
Pinpoint ( Name of Speaker ).
Pinpoint references should adhere to rules 1.1.6–1.1.7 and should
generally be to page numbers.
The position of the person giving evidence may be included after their
name where it is relevant.
55
Examples Evidence to House Standing Committee on Tax and Revenue, Parliament
of Australia, Canberra, 30 November 2016, 2 (Peter Strong).
56 Evidence to Senate Standing Committee on Foreign Affairs, Defence and
Trade, Parliament of Australia, Canberra, 26 February 2007, 12 (Angus
Houston, Air Chief Marshal).
Note Evidence to a parliamentary committee given during a hearing can

generally be found in a ‘Committee Hansard’ publication.
The page numbers in Committee Hansard are often preceded by an
abbreviation of the committee name (eg ‘SL&C’). Such abbreviations
should be omitted from pinpoint references.
Sources
Other
7.5.4 Australian Constitutional Convention Debates
Rule Debates of the Australasian federal conventions should be cited as

follows:
Title , Location , Full Date , Pinpoint ( Name of Speaker ).
Pinpoint references should adhere to rules 1.1.6–1.1.7 and be to page
numbers.
Names of speakers should adhere to rules 4.1 and 7.5.1. In particular:

x first and last names should be included; and
x all titles (such as ‘the Hon’, ‘Mr’ and ‘Dr’) should be omitted,
except for ‘Sir’, ‘Dame’ and peerage titles.
57
Examples Official Record of the Debates of the Australasian Federal Convention,
Sydney, 2 September 1897, 19 (Edmund Barton).
58 Official Report of the National Australasian Convention Debates,
Adelaide, 29 March 1897, 206–7 (Sir John Downer).
7.6 Dictionaries
Rule Entries in hard copies of dictionaries should be cited as follows:

Dictionary Title ( Edition Number ed, Publication Year )
‘ Entry Title ’ (def Definition Number ).
Entries in online dictionaries should be cited as follows:
Dictionary Title (online at Date of Retrieval ) ‘ Entry Title ’
(def Definition Number ).
Edition numbers should be cited according to rule 6.3.2.
For entries in online dictionaries, the date at which the definition was
retrieved should be included.
Entry titles should appear (unitalicised) within single quotation marks.
If there are multiple entries for the same word, indicate which entry is
being referred to by using the abbreviation used in the dictionary
(eg ‘adj’ or ‘n1’). If a number is required, a superscript should be used.
If there are multiple definitions, provide the number of the relevant
definition preceded by ‘def’.
59
Examples Macquarie Dictionary (5th ed, 2009) ‘demise’ (def 4).
60 Chambers Dictionary (13th ed, 2014) ‘éclair’.
61 Oxford English Dictionary (2nd ed, 1989) ‘school’ (v2, def 2b).
62 Macquarie Dictionary (online at 20 February 2018) ‘punctilious’.
63 Encyclopaedic Australian Legal Dictionary (online at 20 February 2018)

‘default judgment’ (def 1).
7.7 Legal Encyclopedias
Rule Hard copies of legal encyclopedias should be cited as follows:

Publisher , Title of Encyclopedia , vol Volume Number
(at Full Date ) Title Number Name of Title ,
‘ Chapter Number Name of Chapter ’ [ Paragraph ].
Online legal encyclopedias should be cited as follows:
Publisher , Title of Encyclopedia (online at Date of Retrieval )
Title Number Name of Title ,
‘ Chapter Number Name of Chapter ’ [ Paragraph ].
The publisher’s name should adhere to rule 6.3.1.
Where a legal encyclopedia indicates the date of last update of a
chapter, this date should be included.
For entries in online legal encyclopedias, the date at which the entry
was retrieved should be included.
Pinpoint references should adhere to rules 1.1.6–1.1.7 and should be to
paragraphs.
64
Examples LexisNexis, Halsbury’s Laws of Australia, vol 15 (at 25 May 2009) 235 Sources
Other
Insurance, ‘2 General Principles’ [235-270].
65 Westlaw AU, The Laws of Australia (online at 15 February 2018) 2
Administrative Law, ‘2.3 Access to Information’ [2.3.10].
66 LexisNexis, Halsbury’s Law of England (online at 20 February 2018)
Equitable Jurisdiction, ‘4 Principles of Equitable Jurisdiction’ [101].
7.8 Looseleaf Services
Rule Looseleaf services should be cited as follows:

Publisher , Title , vol Volume Number
(at Most Recent Service Number for Pinpoint or Full Date )
Pinpoint .
Online looseleaf services should be cited as follows:
Publisher , Title (online at Date of Retrieval ) Pinpoint .
The publisher’s name should adhere to rule 6.3.1. Where an author of a
looseleaf service is clearly identified, the author’s name should be
included before the publisher, followed by a comma.
Pinpoints should adhere to rules 1.1.6–1.1.7 and should refer to
paragraphs. However, where a looseleaf service uses a paragraph
symbol (¶), this should immediately precede any paragraph numbers
(which should then not appear in square brackets).
Looseleaf services may include the most recent service number or the
date of last update.
For entries in online looseleaf services, the date at which the entry was
retrieved should be included.
67
Examples Neil J Williams, LexisNexis Butterworths, Civil Procedure: Victoria,
vol 1 (at Service 299) [21.01.1].
68 Marcus Jacobs, Thomson Reuters, International Commercial Arbitration
in Australia: Law and Practice, vol 1 (at Release 5) [3.230].
69 JW Carter, LexisNexis, Carter on Contract (online at 20 February 2018)
[04-001].
70 CCH Australia, Australian Intellectual Property Commentary (online at 20
February 2018) [¶7-000].
Note Printed looseleaf services are updated periodically by replacing old

pages with updated pages. The service number is usually a numerical
identifier (indicating the sequential number of the update) or a date, and
generally appears in a corner of the page.
7.9 Intellectual Property (‘IP’) Materials
Rule IP materials should be cited as follows:

Jurisdiction Code Intellectual Property Type
Additional Information No Identification Number , filed/lodged on
Full Date ( Latest Registration Status Change on Full Date ).
The jurisdiction code should adhere to the codes listed in the World
Intellectual Property Organisation Standard ST.3.
The intellectual property type should appear as listed in the IP
registration documentation (eg ‘Design’, ‘Plant Breeder’s Right’).
Additional information relating to the identification number of the IP
material (eg ‘Registration’, ‘Application’, ‘Filing’, ‘Serial’) should be
included where available. Where there is a registration number, this
should be used in preference to all other numbers. Where there is no
additional information in relation to the identification number, the
number should appear without any additional information.
The latest registration status change of the patent (eg ‘Registered’,
‘Granted’, ‘Accepted’, ‘Lapsed’, ‘Ceased’, ‘Withdrawn’) should be
included in parentheses followed by ‘on’ and the date on which the
status change occurred. Where there has been no status change (other
than being filed/lodged) the latest registration status change
information should be omitted.
71
Examples US Trademark Registration No 4938522, filed on 6 December 2013 Sources
(Registered on 12 April 2016). [Not: US Trade Mark Registration …] Other
72 AU Trade Mark No 1701985, filed on 22 June 2015 (Registered on
28 January 2016) (‘AGLC Trade Mark’).
73
AU Patent Application No 2001248388, filed on 19 March 2001 (Ceased
on 26 September 2006).
74
US Patent No D805553, filed on 11 May 2016 (Issued on 19 December
2017).
75 EM Trade Mark Filing No 000004721, filed on 12 December 1996
(Refused on 27 September 2002).
76 AU Patent Application No 2017905190, filed on 22 December 2017.
77 AU Patent Application No 2001245761, filed on 16 March 2001 (Granted

on 8 March 2007).
Note The intellectual property type terminology name may vary in each
jurisdiction even when referring to the same type of IP material. For
example, ‘Trademark’ may be used in one jurisdiction and ‘Trade Mark’
may be used in another. The term that is used in the IP registration
documentation of the IP material being cited should be adhered to.
Renewals of the IP material are not considered a change in the status of
the IP material; rather they maintain the registered status of the IP
material.
7.10 Constitutive Documents of a Corporation
Rule Constitutive documents of a corporation should be cited as follows:

Document Type , Company Name (at Full Date ) Pinpoint .
Terms designating the corporate status of the company (eg ‘Pty’, ‘Ltd’,
‘Co’, ‘Inc’) should be omitted from its name, as should ‘the’ at the start
of the name.
Where the document indicates the date of the last update, this date
should be included. Otherwise, the date of retrieval should be included.
Pinpoint references should adhere to rule 3.1.4 and should not include
page numbers.
78
Examples Constitution, ASX (at 5 October 2012) cl 1.1.
79 Board Charter, ASX (at September 2017) cl 2.
80 Constitution, Carlton Football Club (at 14 December 2011).
81 Articles of Incorporation, Mitsubishi Corporation (at 19 June 2015) art 1
<https://www.mitsubishicorp.com/jp/en/ir/library/articles/pdf/articles.
pdf>.
7.11 Newspaper Articles
7.11.1 Printed Newspapers
Rule Newspaper articles should be cited as follows:

Author , ‘ Title ’, Newspaper ( Place of Publication ,
The author’s name should adhere to rule 4.1.
The title of an article should be appear in accordance with rule 5.2.
The full name of the newspaper should be used, including ‘The’ where
it appears in the masthead.
If an article appears in a named section of a newspaper (eg ‘Sport’) and
the newspaper is not consecutively paginated, the name of the section
should be included before that of the newspaper in the form:
Section , Newspaper
If an article appears in a section of a newspaper without a name and the
newspaper is not consecutively paginated, this should be indicated in
the pinpoint reference (eg ‘C14’).
The place of publication is the place of the newspaper’s headquarters.
Where possible, it should be given as a city. A state, province or country
may also be included to clarify the place of publication where it may
otherwise be ambiguous (eg ‘London, Ontario’) or where the place of
publication may be unfamiliar to readers (eg ‘N’Djamena, Chad’). Sources
Other
Where there is more than one edition of a newspaper for a given date
(eg a ‘Late Edition’), the edition information should be included before
the place of publication, followed by a comma.
82
Examples Stephanie Peatling, ‘Female Chief Justice Rewrites the Script’, The Age
(Melbourne, 31 January 2017) 6.
83 Abigail Hunter, ‘He Stole My Son, Now I’m Alone in Hell’, Times2,
The Times (London, 3 December 2009) 3.
84 Eleanor Laise, ‘TCW Slams Gundlach in Lawsuit over His Exit’, The Wall
Street Journal (New York, 8 January 2010) C1.
85 Carolyn Holbrook, ‘Brownie Points’, Epicure, The Age (Melbourne,

9 August 2005) 4.
7.11.2 Electronic Newspapers
Rule Electronic newspaper articles should be cited as follows:

Author , ‘ Title ’, Newspaper (online, Full Date )
Pinpoint < URL >.
A pinpoint reference should only be included where the article has
pages or paragraphs.
A URL should be included after the full date (or any pinpoint reference)
in accordance with rules 4.4–4.5.
86
Examples Farrah Tomazin, ‘Kinder Wages Breakthrough’, The Age (online at 19 May
2009) <http://www.theage.com.au/national/education/kinder-wages-
breakthrough-20090519-bcwh.html>.
87 Owen Bowcott, ‘Trolling Legislation Needs To Be Simplified, Says Law
Commission’, The Guardian (online at 13 July 2016) <https://www.
theguardian.com/technology/2016/jul/13/trolling-legislation-needs-to-be-
simplified-says-law-commission>, archived at <https://perma.cc/SQ5P-
BDRW>.
7.11.3 Periodicals, Newsletters and Magazines
Rule Any periodical (whether a journal or not) should be cited in accordance

with chapter 5 where possible.
In the case of newsletters or more intermittent periodicals where the
issue is defined by reference to a date/month/season rather than volume
and issue or year and issue, it may be appropriate to cite them as
follows:
Author , ‘ Title ’ ( Date/Month/Season )
Periodical/Newsletter/Magazine Name Pinpoint .
88
Examples Gopal Sri Ram, ‘The Role of Judges and Lawyers in Evolving a Human
Rights Jurisprudence’ (January 2003) Infoline: The Official Newsletter of
the Malaysian Bar 17.
89 Jill Lepore, ‘The History Test’ (27 March 2017) The New Yorker 66.
7.11.4 Unsigned and Untitled Articles and Editorials
Rule For untitled articles, a description of the piece (eg ‘Letter to the Editor’)
should replace the title. The description should not be enclosed in
quotation marks.
For unsigned articles, the author should be omitted. However, for
editorials, ‘Editorial’ should replace the author’s name.
90
Examples ‘Fury at WA Council Plan’, The Australian Financial Review (Sydney,
1 May 2006) 5.
91 Editorial, ‘Medicare by Name, No Longer by Nature’, News, The Age
(Melbourne, 12 March 2004) 12.
92 Rose Healy, Letter to the Editor, The Herald Sun (Melbourne, 10 June
2002) 16.
7.12 Written Correspondence
Rule Written correspondence should be cited as follows:

Type of Correspondence from Author to Recipient , Full Date ,
Pinpoint .
Types of correspondence include letters, faxes and emails. The position
of the correspondents may be included after their names.
If the correspondence is contained in an archive, details of the archive
and the correspondence’s place within it should be included in brackets Sources
Other
after the date.
Where correspondence is reproduced within another hard copy or
online source, that source should also be cited (in accordance with the
appropriate rules of this Guide). It should appear after the full date
(or any pinpoint) and be preceded by a comma and followed by the
appropriate phase (eg ‘reproduced in’). Alternatively, a URL may be
included where this would aid retrieval of the correspondence, in
accordance with rules 4.4–4.5.
93
Examples Email from Vanessa Li to Samantha Jones, 4 November 2015.
94 Letter from Sir Peter Cosgrove to Malcolm Turnbull, 3 July 2016
<https://www.gg.gov.au/sites/default/files/files/gg/2016/Election%20
Letters%20PM%20GG.pdf>, archived at <https://perma.cc/59PC-
V4YW>.
95 Letter from Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu, Melbourne, to Opes Prime Clients,
1 April 2008, 3 <http://www.deloitte.com.au/media/docs/OpesPrime_
groupcircular.pdf>.
Note Attachments sent via email may be cited in this manner, unless the
attachment is covered by another rule in this Guide.
7.13 Interviews and Similar Formats
Rule Interviews and similar formats should be cited as follows:

Interview with Name of Interviewee
( Name of Interviewer , Forum or Form of Interview , Full Date ).
‘Interview’ may be replaced with the appropriate format of the source
being cited (eg ‘Conversation’).
The position of the interviewee may be included after their name,
preceded by a comma.
The forum of the interview may be included after the name of the
interviewer, preceded by a comma.
96
Examples Conversation with Chief Justice John G Roberts Jr, Chief Justice of the
Supreme Court of the United States (Carolyn Evans, Melbourne Law
School, The University of Melbourne, 20 July 2017).
Note Where an interview has been published in a journal or book, it should

be cited in accordance with chapters 5 and 6. Where an interview is
televised it may be cited in accordance with rule 7.14.
7.14 Film, Television and Other Media
7.14.1 General Rule
Rule Film, television and other media should be cited as follows:

‘ Episode Title ’, Film Title/Series Title ( Version Details ,
Studio/Production Company/Producer , Year ) Pinpoint .
Titles should adhere to rule 4.2. The name of the studio or production
company should adhere to rule 6.3.1. Where there are multiple studios
or companies, only the first-named/first-displayed studio or company
should be included.
Where there are multiple versions of a source, the version being cited
may be included. Where the version being cited is the standard version
of the source (eg the theatrical version of a film), the version details
may be omitted.
Pinpoint references should be to a point in time or a time span in the
recording in accordance with rules 1.11.3–1.11.4.
A URL to the transcript or recording may be included in accordance
with rules 4.4–4.5, where it would aid retrieval.
Note Video and audio recordings uploaded to social media platforms (such
as YouTube) should be cited using rule 7.16 unless covered by this rule.
7.14.2 Films and Audiovisual Recordings Sources

Other
Rule When citing films or audiovisual recordings, the episode title should be
omitted.
Where there are multiple versions (eg ‘Director’s Cut’, ‘Uncensored
Version’) and the version being cited is not the standard version, the
version details should be included.
References to the version should be omitted from the title. Where the
version forms an integral part of the title, it should be included as part
of the title.
97
Examples Blade Runner: The Final Cut (Ladd Company, 2007). [Not: Blade Runner
(The Final Cut, Ladd Company, 2007).]
98 12 Angry Men (Metro Goldwyn Mayer, 1957).
99
Donnie Darko (Director’s Cut, Newmarket Films, 2004).
100 The Dark Knight (Warner Brothers Pictures, 2008) 0:54:58–0:55:11.
[Not: The Dark Knight (Theatrical Version, Warner Brothers …]
7.14.3 Television Series
Rule Where an episode does not have a title and is numbered consecutively,
it should appear as follows:
‘Episode Number ’
Where an episode does not have a title, and is numbered by season, it
should appear as follows:
‘Season Number , Episode Number ’
The title should be the title of the television series.
Where there are multiple versions (eg ‘Extended Version’) and the
version being cited is not the standard version, the version details
should be included.
Where referring to a television series as a whole and not to a specific
season or episode, the season and episode number should be omitted.
The production details should be that of the first episode.
101
Examples ‘The Paradise Papers’, Four Corners (Australian Broadcasting
Corporation, 2017) 0:40:00–0:45:00 <http://www.abc.net.au/4corners/the-
paradise-papers/9124930>.
102 ‘Indefensible’, Making A Murderer (Netflix, 2015).
103 ‘Season 9, Episode 10’, Gruen (Australian Broadcasting Corporation,
2017).
104 ‘Pilot’, Suits (Extended Version, Open 4 Business Productions, 2011)
0:14:53.
105 The West Wing (John Wells Productions, 1999).
7.14.4 Radio Segments and Podcasts
Rule In general, where the episode number or date is part of the episode title,
it should not be omitted or altered, and the original episode title should
appear as it does in the original source. Quotation marks in episode
titles should adhere to rule 1.5.1.
For radio segments, the studio, production company or producer of the
radio segment should be included in parentheses. This will usually be
the radio station on which the radio segment originally aired.
For podcasts, the title that should be used is the title that appears on the
podcast listening platform. The studio, production company or
producer of the podcast should be included in parentheses. Where the
studio, production company or producer and the series title are the
same, the studio, production company or producer should be omitted.
The full date should be included and should be based on the time zone
from which the podcast or radio segment originates. This may mean
that the date displayed for American podcasts in some third party
podcast providers, when used in Australia, is a different date to the date
that should be cited.
Where referring to a series as a whole and not to a specific episode, the
episode number should be omitted. The production details should be
that of the first episode.
106
Examples ‘S02 Episode 07: Hindsight, Part 1’, Serial (This American Life,
18 February 2016). [Not: … Life, 19 February 2016).]
107 ‘Inventions: Who Owns Them?’, The Law Report (ABC Radio National, Sources
Other
8 September 2009) <http://www.abc.net.au/rn/lawreport/stories/2009/
2678819.htm#transcript>.
108 ‘Dan Drezner on “The Ideas Industry”’, The Lawfare Podcast (Lawfare
Institute, 17 June 2017) <https://lawfareblog.com/lawfare-podcast-ideas-
industry>.
109 ‘What Could Tomorrow Look Like?’, The Lawyers Weekly Show (Lawyers
Weekly, 2 February 2018) 00:06:20.
110 ‘The Battle over Your Right to Vote’, Life of the Law (Nancy Mullane, 28
November 2017).
111 ‘Law Matters Program 120, 6th December 2017’, Law Matters (Aboriginal
Legal Service of Western Australia, 6 December 2017) <http://www.als.
org.au/law-matters-program-120-6th-december-2017/>.
7.15 Internet Materials
Rule Internet materials should be cited as follows:

Author , ‘ Document Title ’, Web Page Title ( Document Type ,
Full Date ) Pinpoint < URL >.
The author should only be included if an author is indicated on the
webpage being cited, such as when citing a blog post on an institutional
blog. The author should be cited in accordance with rule 4.1.
The document title should be treated like the title of a journal article
(see rule 5.2).
The website title should be treated like the title of a book (see rule 6.2).
Where the author and web page title are identical, the author should not
be included.
Document types include ‘Blog Post’, ‘Forum Post’, etc. Where the
document type of the source is not clear, ‘Web Page’ should be used.
Where available, the full date of last update of the web page should be
included after the document name. If this is not shown, the full date of
creation should be included. Where there is not a full date on the web
page or document, as much of the full date as appears should be
included. Where there is no date, the full date should be omitted.
Web pages do not usually include pinpoints. Where they appear on a
web page, pinpoints are usually paragraph numbers, which should be
included in citations in square brackets.
A URL should be included after the first reference to a source in
A source should only be cited according to this rule if it does not exist
in a published form and no other rule within this Guide applies to it.
112
Example ‘James Edelman’, High Court of Australia (Web Page)
<http://www.hcourt.gov.au/justices/current/justice-james-edelman>.
113 Martin Clark, ‘Koani v The Queen’, Opinions on High (Blog Post, 18
October 2017) <http://blogs.unimelb.edu.au/opinionsonhigh/2017/10/18/
koani-case-page/>, archived at <https://perma.cc/FD2P-M22L>.
7.16 Social Media Posts
Rule Social media posts, forum posts and online videos uploaded to sites
such as YouTube may be cited as follows:
Username , ‘ Title ’ ( Social Media Platform ,
Full Date , Time ) < URL >.
The username should appear as it does on the social media platform
(ie capitalisation should not be altered). For Twitter accounts, ‘@’
should be included in the username. Where it is important to include
the name of the author of the post and this is not clear from the
username, the name may be included in parentheses after the username,
preceded by a space.
Where the social media post does not have a title, the title should be
omitted.
The full date should be included. The time zone from which the post is
accessed (eg ‘AEDT’) should be included if the social media platform
adjusts the time based on the local time zone. Where there are multiple
posts within the same day, a time should be included to avoid
ambiguity.
When citing videos, any pinpoint references should be to a point
in time or to a time span in the recording and should adhere to
rules 1.11.3–1.11.4.
A URL should be included after the first reference to a source in Sources
accordance with rule 4.4. Where the post/video has been deleted or is Other
likely to be deleted, a permalink should be included in accordance with
rule 4.5.
114
Examples Brooking Creative Labs, ‘Is America Dreaming?: Understanding Social
Mobility’ (YouTube, 20 July 2015) 00:00:00–00:01:00 <https://www.
youtube.com/watch?v=vG6-UaBECN4>.
115 chapteriiibestbits (Instagram, 21 July 2016 AEST) <https://www.
instagram.com/p/BIICBevgk31>.
116 @s_m_stephenson (Scott Stephenson) (Twitter, 17 July 2017, 9:37pm
AEST) <https://twitter.com/s_m_stephenson/status/8871694255514419
21>, archived at <https://perma.cc/7A63-G2RT>.
Note Profile pages in social media platforms should be cited in accordance

with rule 7.15.
133
8 Treaties
Treaty on the opened for (entered
729
Non-Proliferation signature into force
UNTS art 3
of Nuclear 1 July 5 March
161
Weapons, 1968, 1970)
Agreement
Examples regarding the
(entered
Transfer of the 8
Denmark– signed 12 into force
Administration of LNTS art 2
Germany, July 1921, 17 January
Justice in the 397
1922)
Territories of
Northern Slesvig,
Date
Opened Date of
Parties’ Treaty Pin-
Element Treaty Title for Entry into
Names Series point
Signature Force
or Signed
Rule 8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4 8.3 8.7
8.1 Treaty Title
Rule A citation to a treaty should include the treaty title in italics as it appears
on the first page of the treaty. However:
x purely procedural components of the title (which are not part of
the substantive name, such as the date and place of signature)
should be omitted;
Treaties
x punctuation should adhere to rule 1.6 (ie full stops should not be
used in abbreviations); and
134 Part IV — International Materials
1
Example International Covenant on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights, opened
for signature 16 December 1966, 993 UNTS 3 (entered into force 3 January
1976). [Not: International Covenant on Economic, Social and Cultural
Rights. Adopted by the General Assembly of the United Nations on 16
December 1966, opened for signature …]
Note If parties’ names are included in the treaty title, they should be
reproduced in citations exactly as they appear in that title, even if they
appear in an elaborate form.
An authoritative English language version of a treaty name should be
used wherever possible. Where an authoritative version of a treaty is
only available in a language other than English, provide the full title in
the original language with a translation appearing in square brackets
following the translated element in accordance with chapter 26.
8.2 Parties’ Names
Rule For multilateral treaties with more than three signatories, the names of
the parties should not be included after the treaty title.
If the names of the parties to a bilateral or trilateral treaty appear in the
treaty title, they should not be repeated after the title. If they do not
appear in the title, they should be included (unitalicised) after the treaty
title, preceded and followed by a comma and joined by en-dashes.
The conventional shortened forms of states parties’ names should be
used (if any exist), rather than their full elaborate forms
(eg ‘Venezuela’, not ‘Bolivarian Republic of Venezuela’). However, the
full form should be used if necessary to avoid ambiguity
(eg to differentiate the ‘Democratic Republic of the Congo’ from the
‘Republic of the Congo’).
2
Examples Convention Relating to the Non-Fortification and Neutralisation of the
Aaland Islands, opened for signature 20 October 1921, 9 LNTS 211
(entered into force 6 April 1922). [Not: … Aaland Islands, Germany–
Denmark–Estonia–Finland–France etc …]
3 Agreement on Cultural and Educative Integration between the Republic of

Venezuela and the Republic of Peru, signed 12 January 1996, 2408 UNTS
125 (entered into force 13 March 1997) art 4. [Not: … between the
Republic of Venezuela and the Republic of Peru, Venezuela–Peru,
signed …]
4 International Agreement on the Scheldt, Belgium–France–Netherlands,
signed 3 December 2002, 2351 UNTS 13 (entered into force 1 December
2005) art 3(1)(a).
5
Financing Agreement (Additional Financing for Household Energy and
Universal Access Project) between the Republic of Mali and the
International Development Association, signed 3 October 2008, 2563
UNTS 25 (entered into force 5 January 2009).
8.3 Date Opened for Signature or Signed and Date of

Entry into Force
8.3.1 Opened for Signature (Open Multilateral Treaties)
Rule Multilateral treaties that are opened for signature to states generally
should be cited as follows:
Treaty Title , opened for signature Date of Conclusion ,
Treaty Series (entered into force Date of Entry into Force ).
6
Example Convention Relating to the Status of Refugees, opened for signature 28 July
1951, 189 UNTS 150 (entered into force 22 April 1954).
Note Where a treaty is adopted by the United Nations General Assembly, the
date of adoption is generally the date of conclusion.
Treaties
8.3.2 Signed by All Parties (Closed Multilateral or Bilateral

Treaties)
Rule Treaties that are signed by all parties and are not opened for signature
to others (often bilateral and trilateral treaties) should be cited as
follows:
Treaty Title , signed Date of Conclusion ,
Treaty Series (entered into force Date of Entry into Force ).
Where the date of conclusion and entry into force are the same, such
treaties should be cited as follows:
Treaty Title , Treaty Series (signed and entered into force
Date of Conclusion and Entry into Force ).
7
Examples Agreement between the Government of Australia and the Government of
the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland Providing for
the Reciprocal Recognition and Enforcement of Judgments in Civil and
Commercial Matters, signed 23 August 1990, [1994] ATS 27 (entered into
force 1 September 1994).
8 Agreement Relating to Co-operation on Antitrust Matters, Australia–
United States of America, 1369 UNTS 43 (signed and entered into force
29 June 1982).
8.3.3 Treaties Not Yet in Force
Rule For treaties that are not yet in force, ‘(not yet in force)’ should replace
the date of entry into force.
Example 9 Multilateral Convention to Implement Tax Treaty Related Measures to

Prevent Base Erosion and Profit Shifting, opened for signature 31
December 2016, [2017] ATNIF 23 (not yet in force).
Note Drafts of treaties should be cited in accordance with the appropriate

rules of this Guide for the source type. They are commonly contained
in UN documents (see chapter 9). Where it is not otherwise apparent
that a reference is to a draft treaty, this should be clarified discursively.
8.4 Treaty Series
Rule A citation to a treaty series should be included and the series name
should be abbreviated.
Where the treaty series is organised by volume, the citation should
appear as follows:
Volume Number Treaty Series Abbreviation Starting Page
(eg ‘23 UNTS 35’).
Where the treaty series is organised by year, the citation should appear
as follows:
[ Year of Volume ] Treaty Series Abbreviation
Starting Page or Treaty Number
(eg ‘[2010] ATS 5’).
Where the treaty series is organised by sequential order of deposit
independent of year (that is, the treaty is the nth treaty ever deposited in
the series), the citation should appear as follows:
Treaty Series Abbreviation No Sequential Number
(eg ‘CETS No 207’).
Parallel citations should not be used, in accordance with rule 2.2.7.
The following treaty series should be used in order of preference:
x the United Nations Treaty Series (‘UNTS’) or the League of
Nations Treaty Series (‘LNTS’);
x an official treaty series of a state party; or
x another international or regional treaty series.
Treaties
The latter two categories include:

Treaty Series Abbreviation
Australian Treaty Series ATS
Australian Treaties Not Yet in Force ATNIF
Canada Treaty Series CTS
Consolidated Treaty Series ConTS
Council of Europe Treaty Series CETS
European Treaty Series ETS
Pacific Islands Treaty Series PITS
United States Treaties and Other UTS
International Agreements
For treaties between members of the European Union that do not appear
in the UNTS or an official treaty series of a member (as well as in
accordance with rule 14.2.1, the Official Journal of the European Union
(‘OJ’) should be cited.
If a treaty is not published in a treaty series, other sources containing
the treaty, such as International Legal Materials (abbreviated ‘ILM’),
should be cited.
10
Examples Vienna Convention on the Law of Treaties, opened for signature 23 May
1969, 1155 UNTS 331 (entered into force 27 January 1980).
11 Agreement between the Government of Australia and the Government of
Samoa Relating to Air Services, signed 11 August 2000, [2001] ATS 18
(entered into force 29 October 2001).
12 Convention on Cybercrime, opened for signature 23 November 2001, ETS
No 185 (entered into force 1 July 2003) art 4(1).
13 Sustainable Fisheries Partnership Agreement between the European Union
and the Republic of Liberia, opened for signature 9 September 2015, [2015]
OJ L 328/3 (entered into force 9 December 2015).
Notes The very first page of a treaty (as it appears in a treaty series) should be
included as the starting page, even though this page does not usually
indicate a page number and contains only the title, party names and
other formal details.
Although International Legal Materials is not technically a treaty series
or report series, it may be abbreviated ‘ILM’ and treated for citation
purposes as if it were both. The issue number should not be included.
8.5 Reservations or Declarations to Articles of a Treaty
Rule Where a country has lodged a reservation or declaration in relation to

an article of a treaty, that country’s instrument of ratification or other
document that contains the reservation or declaration, should be cited.
14
Example Sale of Goods (United Nations Convention) Act 1995 (Singapore) s 3(2).
8.6 Memoranda of Understanding
Rule Memoranda of understanding (‘MOU’) should be cited as follows:

MOU Title , Parties’ Names , signed Date of Signature
(Memorandum of Understanding) Pinpoint .
The title of an MOU should be cited in accordance with rule 8.1. The
names of the parties to an MOU should be cited in accordance with rule
8.2. Any pinpoint references should adhere to rule 8.7.
If an MOU has been included in any treaty series, a citation to the treaty
series should be included immediately after the date of signature and
be preceded by a comma, in accordance with rule 8.4.
Where ‘Memorandum of Understanding’ appears in the title of the
agreement itself, it should not be included after the date of signature.
Where it is not included, the pinpoint should be preceded by a comma.
Examples 15
Memorandum of Understanding between the Government of the United
Treaties
States of America and the Government of the Republic of Cuba, signed 16

February 2016, s 2 <https://www.state.gov/e/eb/rls/othr/ata/c/cu/252525.
htm>. [Not: … United States of America and the Government of the
Republic of Cuba, United States of America–Cuba, 16 February 2016
(Memorandum of Understanding) …]
16
Memorandum of Understanding between the Republic of Nauru and the
Commonwealth of Australia, Relating to the Transfer to and Assessment of
Persons in Nauru, and Related Issues, signed 29 August 2012.
8.7 Pinpoint Reference
Rule A pinpoint reference should follow the date of entry into force,
preceded by a space. A pinpoint reference should not be preceded by
any punctuation.
Pinpoint references should be to the articles, paragraphs, sections, etc,
of a treaty. They should not be to the pages of the treaty series. Pinpoint
references should adhere to rules 1.1.6–1.1.7. They should use the
abbreviations in rule 3.1.4 (eg ‘art’, ‘para’, ‘s’) as appropriate.
In accordance with rule 3.1.4, the highest ‘level’ of article, paragraph,
etc, in the pinpoint should be used (eg ‘art 31.1’, not ‘para 31.1’). The
designator ‘annex’ should always be written out in full.
17
Examples International Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of Racial
Discrimination, opened for signature 21 December 1965, 660 UNTS 195
(entered into force 4 January 1969) art 3.
18 Convention on the Privileges and Immunities of the United Nations, opened
for signature 13 February 1946, 1 UNTS 15 (entered into force
17 September 1946) art III s 9.
19 Agreement Establishing the Advisory Centre on WTO Law, opened for
signature 30 November 1999, 2299 UNTS 249 (entered into force 15 July
2001) annex II.
Note Articles are commonly separated from paragraphs by parentheses

(eg ‘art 33(1)’) or decimal points (eg ‘art 33.1’). Both Roman
numbering (eg ‘art XX’) and Arabic numbering (eg ‘art 12’) are
common in treaties. The form of pinpoint reference in the treaty cited
should be used in citations.
Rule A short title may be introduced in accordance with rule 1.4.4.

A short title may be given to a portion of a treaty (eg an annex, an
appendix or a schedule) in accordance with rule 1.4.4. The short title
should be placed after the pinpoint to the relevant portion. Pinpoints
following the short title in subsequent references refer to sections,
paragraphs, etc, within that portion of a treaty.
‘Ibid’ should be used for all materials in this chapter in accordance with
rule 1.4.3.
Subsequent references should be cited in accordance with rule 1.4.1.
20
Examples Treaty on the Zone of Cooperation in an Area between the Indonesian
Province of East Timor and Northern Australia, signed 11 December 1989,
1654 UNTS 105 (entered into force 9 February 1991) art 4(2)(a) (‘Timor
Gap Treaty’).
…
22 Timor Gap Treaty (n 20) art 6(1).
23
Convention on the Prohibition of the Development, Production, Stockpiling
and Use of Chemical Weapons and on Their Destruction, opened for
signature 13 January 1993, 1974 UNTS 45 (entered into force 29 April
1997) annex (‘Annex on Chemicals’).
…
25 Annex on Chemicals (n 23) pt B sch 2 para 2.
Treaties
142
9 United Nations Materials
9.1 Constitutive Document
Rule The Charter of the United Nations should be cited as follows:

Charter of the United Nations Pinpoint .
1
Example Charter of the United Nations art 51.
Note The Statute of the International Court of Justice should be cited in

9.2 Official Documents of the United Nations
Rule A citation of a United Nations (‘UN’) document should include the

elements listed in the table below that appear in the document. If the
document may be easily located online using the UN document number
through an official UN database (eg <https://www.undocs.org>),
elements 9.2.4–9.2.9 may be omitted. The elements should be included
in the order shown below. (The examples in the table are not taken from
a single document.)
Element Example Rule
Author H S Amerasinghe, 9.2.1
Informal Single Negotiating Text

Title Part IV Presented by the President 9.2.2
of the Conference,
Resolution or Decision
GA Res 3314, 9.2.3
Number
Official Records UN GAOR, 9.2.4

th
Committee Number 4 Comm, 9.2.5
Session (and Part) 34th sess,

9.2.6
Number 28th sess, 1st pt,
75th mtg,
Meeting Number 9.2.7
46th plen mtg,
Agenda Item Agenda Item 2, 9.2.8
Supplement Supp No 3, 9.2.9
UN Document
UN Doc A/RES/150 9.2.10
Number
Full Date (20 August 2008) 9.2.11
Annex annex I 9.2.12
Pinpoint Reference [2] 9.2.13
Elements before the UN document number should be separated by

(non-italic) commas. Elements after the UN document number should
generally not be separated by any punctuation, but the full date should
appear in parentheses.
In accordance with rule 1.10.1, all ordinal numbers in citations should
appear in figures and their letters should be superscript.
In accordance with rule 1.6.1, full stops should not be used in
abbreviations. However, full stops should be included within a
UN document number in accordance with rule 9.2.10.
2
Example Millennium Summit of the United Nations, GA Res 54/254, UN
Doc A/RES/54/254 (23 March 2000, adopted 15 March 2000) para 3.
[Need not be: Millennium Summit of the United Nations, GA Res 54/254,
UN GAOR, 54th sess, 93rd plen mtg, Agenda Item 49(b), Supp No 49, UN
Doc A/RES/54/254…]
Note For examples of commonly cited types of UN documents, see rule 9.6.
Documents of the World Health Organization (‘WHO’), International
Labour Organization (‘ILO’) and other similar bodies may be cited
Materials
using this rule, replacing the UN document number with the appropriate
UN
alternative document number. A WHO document number may be cited,

for example, as ‘WHO Doc WHO/EVD/OHE/PED/16.1 Rev. 2’.
9.2.1 Author
Rule Where an individual or body (other than a principal organ of the UN)
is identified as the author of a document, the individual’s or body’s
name should be included.
The author’s official position may be included if it is not evident from
the document title. It should be included after their name, preceded by
a comma.
3
Examples Fatma Zohra Ksentini, Report of the Special Rapporteur on Human Rights
and the Environment, UN Doc E/CN.4/Sub.2/1994/9 (6 July 1994).
4 Giorgio Gaja, Special Rapporteur, Second Report on Responsibility of
International Organizations, UN Doc A/CN.4/541 (2 April 2004).
9.2.2 Title
Rule The title of a UN document should appear in italics.
5
Example Human Rights Committee, General Comment No 33: Obligations of States
Parties under the Optional Protocol to the International Covenant on Civil
and Political Rights, 94th sess, UN Doc CCPR/C/GC/33 (25 June 2009).
Note Not every UN document has a title (eg Security Council resolutions
generally do not have titles).
9.2.3 Resolution and Decision Number
Rule When citing a resolution or decision, the organ and the resolution or
decision number should be included. They should appear using the
abbreviations below:
Organ and Type Abbreviation
Economic and Social Council Decision ESC Dec
Economic and Social Council Resolution ESC Res
General Assembly Decision GA Dec
General Assembly Resolution GA Res
Security Council Decision SC Dec
Security Council Resolution SC Res
6
Examples United Nations Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples, GA
Res 61/295, UN Doc A/RES/61/295 (2 October 2007, adopted 13
September 2007). [Not: … General Assembly Resolution 61/295 …]
7 SC Res 1441, UN Doc S/RES/1441 (8 November 2002).
9.2.4 Official Records
Rule Where a document is contained in the Official Records of a UN organ,

this should be indicated using the following abbreviations:
Organ and Official Records Abbreviation
General Assembly Official Records UN GAOR
Security Council Official Records UN SCOR
Economic and Social Council Official Records UN ESCOR
Trusteeship Council Official Records UN TCOR
8
Examples Universal Declaration of Human Rights, GA Res 217A (III), UN GAOR,
UN Doc A/810 (10 December 1948).
9 SC Res 1734, UN SCOR, UN Doc S/RES/1734 (22 December 2006).
10 Sub-Commission on the Promotion and Protection of Human Rights,
Norms on the Responsibilities of Transnational Corporations and Other
Business Enterprises with Regard to Human Rights, UN ESCOR, UN Doc
E/CN.4/Sub.2/2003/12/Rev.2 (26 August 2003, adopted 13 August 2003).
11 Amendment of the Rules of Procedure of the Trusteeship Council, UN
TCOR, UN Doc T/RES/2200 (LXI) (25 May 1994) annex para 3.
9.2.5 Committee Number
Rule Where a UN document originates from a committee of the General

Assembly, this should be indicated by including the committee number
as follows:
Ordinal Number of Committee Comm
(eg ‘2nd Comm’).
12
Example Summary Record of the 35th Meeting, UN GAOR, 3rd Comm, 47th sess,
Materials
35th mtg, Agenda items 94 and 96 UN Doc A/C.3/47/SR.35 (4 December

UN
1992) 11 [57].
Note The United Nations General Assembly has six main committees,
numbered from the First to the Sixth Committee.
9.2.6 Session (and Part) Number
Rule Where a document originates from a session of a UN organ, committee

or other body, the session number should be included. It should appear
as follows:
Ordinal Number of Session sess
(eg ‘4th sess’).
If the session is organised into parts, the part number should also be
included in the same form, preceded by a comma. ‘Part’ should be
abbreviated ‘pt’ (eg ‘4th sess, 3rd pt’).
Session numbers should not be included for UN Security Council
resolutions.
13
Examples UN SCOR, 62nd sess, 5663rd mtg, UN Doc S/PV.5663 (17 April 2007).
14 UN GAOR, 6th Comm, 3rd sess, 1st pt, 77th mtg, UN Doc A/C.6/SR.77
(18 October 1948).
9.2.7 Meeting Number
Rule A meeting number should be included as follows:

Ordinal Number of Meeting mtg
(eg ‘37th mtg’).
Where the meeting is a ‘plenary meeting’, ‘mtg’ should be replaced
with ‘plen mtg’.
15
Examples SC Res 1546, UN SCOR, 59th sess, 4987th mtg, UN Doc S/RES/1546
(8 June 2004).
16 Measures to Eliminate International Terrorism, GA Res 49/60, UN
GAOR, 49th sess, 84th plen mtg, UN Doc A/RES/49/60 (9 December 1994).
9.2.8 Agenda Item
Rule An agenda item should be included as follows:

Agenda Item Agenda Item Number
(eg ‘Agenda Item 137’).
Where more than one agenda item appears on a UN document, ‘Agenda
Items’ should precede the agenda item numbers. The last two agenda
item numbers should be separated by ‘and’.
17
Examples The Ethiopian Millennium, GA Res 61/270, UN GAOR, 61st sess,
103rd plen mtg, Agenda Item 44, UN Doc A/RES/61/270 (27 June 2007,
adopted 15 June 2007).
18
International Migration and Development: Report of the Secretary-
General, UN GAOR, 60th sess, Agenda Item 54(c), UN Doc A/60/871
(18 May 2006).
19 Gratis Personnel Provided by Governments, GA Res 53/218, UN GAOR,
Agenda Items 112 and 119, Supp No 49, UN Doc A/RES/53/218 (21 April
1999).
Note Documents marked with an ‘agenda item’ are created or distributed in

pursuance of an item on a UN body’s official agenda.
9.2.9 Supplement
Rule Where a UN document appears in a supplement to the Official Records,

the supplement should be included as follows:
Supp No Supplement Number
(eg ‘Supp No 98’).
20
Example 2005 World Summit Outcome, GA Res 60/1, UN GAOR, 60th sess, 8th plen
mtg, Agenda Items 46 and 120, Supp No 49, UN Doc A/RES/60/1
(24 October 2005, adopted 16 September 2005).
Note UN reports, resolutions and decisions are published as supplements to

the Official Records (which are independently paginated sections
within or volumes of the Official Records).
Materials
UN
From the 31st session (1976), General Assembly resolutions were

published in Supp No 49.
9.2.10 UN Document Number
Rule Almost all UN documents are assigned a unique document number,

which should be included as follows:
UN Doc Document Number
(eg ‘UN Doc A/RES/54/275’).
A document number should appear exactly as it does on the document

cited (including slashes and full stops). Abbreviations in document
numbers should appear in upper case.
Where multiple document numbers are necessary (eg due to an
addendum or corrigendum), ‘Doc’ should be replaced by ‘Docs’ and
only as much of the second document number as is different should be
included. The document numbers should be separated by ‘and’
(eg ‘UN Docs A/63/804 and Corr.1’).
21
Examples International Day of Peace, GA Res 55/282, UN Doc A/RES/55/282
(28 September 2001, adopted 7 September 2001) para 3.
22 SC Res 1905, UN Doc S/RES/1905 (21 December 2009). [Not: … UN Doc
S/RES/1905 (2009) (21 December 2009).]
23 The Situation in the Occupied Territories of Azerbaijan: Report of the
Secretary-General, UN Doc A/63/804 and Corr.1 (30 March 2009).
[Not: … UN Doc A/63/804 and A/63/804/Corr.1 …]
24 International Law Commission, Provisional Summary Record of the 3253rd
Meeting, 67th sess, 1st pt, 3253rd mtg, Agenda Item 9, UN
Doc A/CN.4/SR.3253 (15 July 2015) 6.
25 Committee on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights, General Comment
No 14 (2000): The Right to the Highest Attainable Standard of Health
(Article 12 of the International Covenant on Economic, Social and Cultural
Rights), UN ESCOR, 22nd sess, Agenda Item 3, UN Doc E/C.12/2000/4
(11 August 2000).
Note The following abbreviations, which indicate the body under whose
auspices the document was produced, often form the first component
of a UN document number:
Abbreviation Meaning
A General Assembly
CAT/C Committee against Torture
CCPR/C Human Rights Committee
CEDAW/C Committee on the Elimination of
Discrimination against Women
CERD/C Committee on the Elimination of Racial
Discrimination
CRC/C Committee on the Rights of the Child
DP UN Development Programme
E Economic and Social Council
S Security Council
ST Secretariat
TD UN Conference on Trade and Development
UNEP United Nations Environment Programme
The following abbreviations, which indicate the specific body that

authored or received the document, often form the second component
of a UN document number:
AC Ad hoc committee
C Standing, permanent or main committee
CONF Conference
CN Commission
GC Governing Council
PC Preparatory committee
SC Sub-Committee
Sub Sub-Commission
WG Working group
Materials
UN
The following abbreviations, which indicate a description of the

document type or its characteristics, often form the third (and
sometimes final) component of a UN document number:
CRP Conference room paper
INF Information series
L Limited distribution
NGO Statement by non-governmental
organisations
PET Petition
PRST Statement by the President of the Security
Council
PV Verbatim record of meeting
R Restricted distribution
RES Resolution
SR Summary record of meeting
WP Working paper
The following components, which indicate subsequent additions or

changes to a document, often form a fourth (and final) component of a
UN document number:
Add Addendum
Amend Amendment
Corr Corrigendum
Rev Revision
Summary Summarised version
* Reissuance of document for technical
reasons
Document numbers of General Assembly resolutions prior to the

31st session (1976) include the session number (and, for special and
emergency special sessions, an abbreviation for the type of session) in
parentheses after the document number. Examples are ‘(XXV)’ for the
25th regular session, ‘(S-VI)’ for the sixth special session, and ‘(ES-V)’
for the fifth emergency special session.
9.2.11 Full Date
Rule The full date of the document should be included in parentheses after
the UN document number.
Where there are multiple dates on a document, the date that appears
directly below the document number should be included.
Where the date of adoption differs from the document date and the date
of adoption is important, the date of adoption may be included after the
full date as follows:
( Full Date , adopted Full Date of Adoption )
(eg ‘(27 July 2001, adopted 14 June 2001)’).
Where there is not a full date on the document, as much of the full date
as appears should be included.
26
Examples Maurice Kamto, Special Rapporteur, Third Report on the Expulsion of
Aliens, UN Doc A/CN.4/581 (19 April 2007) 6 [11].
27 UN GAOR, 5th Comm, 51st sess, 68th mtg, UN Doc A/C.5/51/SR.68
(12 August 1997). [Not: … (4 June 1997).]
28 General and Complete Disarmament, GA Res 49/75, UN Doc
A/RES/49/75 (9 January 1995, adopted 15 December 1994) pt K.
29 Rules of Procedure of the General Assembly, UN Doc A/520/Rev.17
(2008).
Note The date of a UN document (the date of issuance) often precedes or

follows the date of its adoption.
9.2.12 Annex
Rule Where an annex is included as a pinpoint reference, ‘annex’ should

appear as the pinpoint. Where there are multiple annexes, a reference
to one annex should include its number or other designation as it
appears on the document (eg ‘annex 1’, ‘2nd annex’, ‘annex A’).
Where the annex is not cited as a document in its own right and does
not have a separate title, any pinpoints within that annex should be
Materials
preceded by a comma (eg ‘annex, 5’).

UN
Where an annex to a UN document is effectively a document in its own

right (eg where the annex has separate pagination or pinpoints from the
rest of the document or has a separate title) and reference is made to
pinpoints within the annex, the first reference to the annex should
appear as follows:
Citation to UN Document Containing Annex
annex (‘ Title of Annex ’) Pinpoint within Annex .
Subsequent references should appear as follows:
Title of Annex , UN Doc
Document Number of UN Document Containing Annex
(n Footnote Number ) Pinpoint within Annex .
Where there are multiple annexes, ‘annex’ should be replaced with the
numbered annex as it appears on the source.
30
Examples United Nations Convention against Transnational Organized Crime, GA
Res 55/25, UN Doc A/RES/55/25 (8 January 2001, adopted 15 November
2000) annex II (‘Protocol to Prevent, Suppress and Punish Trafficking in
Persons, Especially Women and Children, Supplementing the United
Nations Convention against Transnational Organized Crime’) art 1.
31 SC Res 1512, UN Doc S/RES/1512 (27 October 2003) annex.
32 Protocol to Prevent, Suppress and Punish Trafficking in Persons,
Especially Women and Children, Supplementing the United
Nations Convention against Transnational Organized Crime, UN
Doc A/RES/55/25 (n 30) art 2(a).
Rule Pinpoint references should appear at the end of the citation.

Where a UN document is a resolution, decision or in the nature of a
treaty, pinpoint references should adhere to and appear using the
abbreviations in rule 3.1.4. In particular:
x ‘paragraph’ should be abbreviated ‘para’; and
x where multiple combinations of abbreviations and numbers
form one pinpoint reference, commas should not separate them
(eg to refer to paragraph 2 in part B ‘pt B para 2’, not ‘pt B,
para 2’, should be included).
Pinpoint references to operative paragraphs in resolutions and decisions

should not be preceded by any designation. Pinpoint references to
preambular paragraphs in resolutions and decisions should appear as
follows:
Preamble para Number
(eg ‘Preamble para 3’).
Where a UN document is in the nature of a report, judicial
decision or secondary source, pinpoint references should adhere to
rules 1.1.6–1.1.7.
Where such a document has page and paragraph numbers, paragraph
numbers must be included and page numbers may be included in
addition.
Where such a document has only page numbers or paragraph numbers,
pinpoints should be to page numbers or paragraphs as appropriate.
Paragraph numbers should appear in square brackets.
33
Examples 2005 World Summit Outcome, GA Res 60/1, UN Doc A/RES/60/1
(24 October 2005) paras 138–9.
34 SC Res 1717, UN Doc S/RES/1717 (13 October 2006) Preamble
paras 3–4.
35 Report of the Secretary-General Pursuant to General Assembly Resolution
53/35: The Fall of Srebrenica, UN Doc A/54/549 (15 November 1999)
6 [3]–[4].
36 Committee against Torture, Decision: Communication No 227/2003,
37th sess, UN Doc CAT/C/37/D/227/2003 (14 December 2006) [8.6]–[8.7]
(‘AAC v Sweden’).
Note Preambular paragraphs are usually not numbered. When citing

preambular paragraphs, Arabic numerals should be assigned to them in
order.
Materials
UN
9.2.14 Documents of Multiple Organs
Rule Where a document is considered by or addressed to multiple UN organs

(eg both the General Assembly and Security Council):
x parallel citations to the Official Records of both organs should
be included, separated by a semicolon; and
x both document numbers should be included, separated by ‘and’.
37
Example Letter Dated 5 November 2001 from the Chargé d’affaires ai of the
Permanent Mission of the Syrian Arab Republic to the United Nations
Addressed to the Secretary-General, UN GAOR, 56th sess, Agenda
Items 42, 88 and 166; UN SCOR, 56th sess, UN Docs A/56/601 and
S/2001/1045 (5 November 2001).
9.3 Individual Communications to UN Treaty

Committees
9.3.1 Decisions of UN Treaty Committees
Rule Decisions of UN treaty committees on individual communications

should be cited in accordance with rule 9.2. However, they should
always be given a short title (see 1.4.4) as follows:
( Complainant’s Surname v Respondent State )
38
Examples Human Rights Committee, Views: Communication No 1011/2001,
81st sess, UN Doc CCPR/C/81/D/1011/2001 (26 August 2004) 21 [9.8]
(‘Madafferi v Australia’).
…
40 Madafferi v Australia, UN Doc CCPR/C/81/D/1011/2001 (n 38) 22 [10].
9.3.2 Parties’ Communications and Submissions
Rule Communications and submissions to UN treaty committees should be

cited as follows:
Author , ‘ Document Title ’, Document Type to the
UN Committee in Complainant’s Surname v
Respondent State , Full Date , Pinpoint .
The document type should generally be ‘Submission’ or
‘Communication’ as appropriate. Pinpoint references should adhere to
rules 1.1.6–1.1.7. Pinpoints should be to paragraph numbers where
available, or otherwise to page numbers.
A URL may be included after the full date or any pinpoint reference
where this would aid retrieval of the document. It should appear in
41
Example Human Rights Law Resource Centre, ‘Individual Communication under
the Optional Protocol to the International Covenant on Civil and Political
Rights — Original Communication’, Communication to the Human Rights
Committee in Nystrom v Australia, 4 April 2007, [77]–[103].
9.4 United Nations Yearbooks
Rule Where material is available as a UN document, it should be cited in

accordance with rule 9.2 (even if reproduced in a UN yearbook). Where
material in a UN yearbook is not otherwise available, it should be cited
in accordance with this rule.
Where the yearbook is organised by year, it should be cited as follows:
‘ Title ’ [ Year ] Yearbook Title Starting Page ,
Pinpoint .
Where there are multiple volumes for one year, the volume number
should be included in Roman numerals after the year (eg ‘[2002] II’).
Materials
Where a volume is split into parts, the part number should be included,
UN
enclosed in parentheses, immediately after the volume number

(eg ‘[1999] II(2)’).
Where the yearbook is organised by volume, it should be cited as

follows:
‘ Title ’ ( Year ) Volume Number Yearbook Title
Starting Page , Pinpoint .
Where a volume is split into multiple issues or parts, the issue or part
number should be included immediately following the volume number
in parentheses (eg ‘34(I)’).
An author’s name may be included before the document title, followed
by a comma, where an individual or body is clearly identified as the
author. A UN document number should not be included.
42
Examples ‘National Legislation Providing for the Levying of Certain Air Travel
Taxes — The United Nations Should Be Exempt from Such Taxes under
Section 7(a) of the Convention on the Privileges and Immunities of the
United Nations’ [1973] United Nations Juridical Yearbook 132, 135.
43 ‘Judge Bruno Simma’ (2005) 59 International Court of Justice Yearbook
54.
44 ‘Developments and Trends, 2007’ (2007) 32(II) United Nations
Disarmament Yearbook 3, 4.
Note Where the material being cited is contained in a UN yearbook with a

UN document number but that material (eg a section or chapter) does
not have an independent UN document number, it may be preferable to
cite that material as part of a yearbook in accordance with this rule
rather than as a UN document (see rule 9.2), so as to provide more
information on that material (such as the title and starting page).
UN yearbooks include the Yearbook of the United Nations, the United
Nations Juridical Yearbook, the International Court of Justice
Yearbook and the Yearbook of the International Law Commission.
Rule A short title for UN documents may be introduced in accordance with

rule 1.4.4 and the rules of this chapter.
Subsequent references to UN documents should then appear as follows:
Short Title , UN Doc UN Document Number
(n Footnote Number ) Pinpoint .
The footnote number should refer to where the source was first cited in
full in accordance with rule 1.4.1.
Individual communications to UN treaty committees (see rule 9.3.2)
and UN yearbooks (see rule 9.4) may be given a short title in
accordance with rule 1.4.4. Subsequent references should be cited in
rule 1.4.3.
45
Examples SC Res 1325, UN SCOR, 4213th mtg, UN Doc S/RES/1325 (31 October
2000) (‘Resolution 1325’).
46 Ibid para 3.
…
48
Resolution 1325, UN Doc S/RES/1325 (n 45) para 7.
49 ‘Legal Aspects of International Political Relations’ (1988) 42 Yearbook of
the United Nations 796, 801.
…
51 ‘Legal Aspects of International Political Relations’ (n 49) 797.
Materials
UN
9.6 Commonly Cited Documents
Examples The table below sets out example citations of common types of UN
documents. The citations apply the rules above.
Document Type Example
52
General Assembly Prevention of Armed Conflict, GA Res 57/337, UN
Resolution Doc A/RES/57/337 (18 July 2003, adopted 3 July
2003).
Security Council 53 SC Res 827, UN Doc S/RES/827 (25 May 1993).
Resolution
54
Meeting Record UN GAOR, 63rd sess, 55th plen mtg, UN
Doc A/63/PV.55 (19 November 2008).
55
Report of Principal Report of the Economic and Social Council for
Organ 2005, UN Doc A/60/3/Rev.1 (11 July 2007).
Report of Treaty 56 Human Rights Council, Report of the Working
Committee Group on the Universal Periodic Review: Central
African Republic, UN Doc A/HRC/12/2 (4 June
2009).
57
Economic and Basic Program of Work of the Economic and Social
Social Committee Council for 2001, ESC Dec 2001/203, UN ESCOR,
Decision 3rd plen mtg, Supp No 1, UN Doc E/2000/99
(4 February 2000).
58
Secretary- In Larger Freedom: Towards Development,
General’s Report Security and Human Rights for All — Report of the
Secretary-General, UN Doc A/59/2005 (21 March
2005).
59
Secretariat Secretary-General’s Bulletin — Organization of the
Document Office of Central Support Services, UN
Doc ST/SGB/1998/11 (1 June 1998).
Annex 60 Responsibility of States for Internationally
Wrongful Acts, GA Res 56/83, UN
Doc A/RES/56/83 (28 January 2002, adopted
12 December 2001) annex (‘Responsibility of States
for Internationally Wrongful Acts’) art 4(2).
Draft Resolution 61 Draft Resolution — International Cooperation in
the Peaceful Uses of Outer Space, UN
Doc A/C.4/62/L.2 (14 November 2007).
159
10 International Court of Justice and
ICJ and
Permanent Court of International
PCJ
Justice
10.1 Constitutive and Basic Documents
Rule The statutes of both the International Court of Justice (‘ICJ’) and the
Permanent Court of International Justice (‘PCIJ’) should be cited as
follows:
Statute of the Court Pinpoint .
The rules of both the ICJ and PCIJ should be cited as follows:
Court , Rules of Court (adopted Full Date ) Pinpoint .
1
Examples Statute of the Permanent Court of International Justice art 22.
2 International Court of Justice, Rules of Court (adopted 14 April 1978) pt 1.
10.2 Reported Decisions
(Portugal v (Judg- ICJ

East Timor [1995] 90 , 93
Australia) ment) Rep
Western (Advisory ICJ
[1975] 12 , 17
Examples Sahara Opinion) Rep
Mavrommatis (Greece v
(Juris- PCIJ
Palestine United [1924] No 2 , 10
diction) (Ser A)
Concessions Kingdom)
Report
Parties’ Starting
Series
Names or Page and Pin-
Element Case Name Phase Year and
Advisory Case Point
Series
Opinion Number
Letter
Rule 10.2.1 10.2.2 10.2.3 10.2.4 10.2.5 10.2.6 10.2.7
10.2.1 Case Name
Rule A citation of a decision of the ICJ or PCIJ should include the case name
in italics as it appears on the first page of the report. However:
x ‘The’, ‘Case concerning’ and ‘Case concerning the’ at the start
of a case name and ‘Case’ or ‘Cases’ at the end of a case name
should be omitted;
x ‘Question of the’ and ‘The Question of the’ at the start of an
advisory opinion should be omitted;
x punctuation should adhere to rule 1.6.1 (ie full stops should not
be used in abbreviations); and
3
Examples Certain Phosphate Lands in Nauru (Nauru v Australia) (Preliminary
Objections) [1992] ICJ Rep 240. [Not: Case concerning Certain Phosphate
Lands …]
4 Fisheries Jurisdiction (Spain v Canada) (Jurisdiction) [1998] ICJ Rep 432.
[Not: Fisheries Jurisdiction Case …]
10.2.2 Parties’ Names or Advisory Opinion
Rule The names of parties should be italicised and included after the case
name as they appear on the first page of the report (even if in elaborate
form). They should be enclosed within parentheses and separated
by ‘v’.
Where parties do not appear on the first page of the report, their names
should be included in the conventional shortened form (if any exists),
rather than the full elaborate form (eg ‘Zimbabwe’, not ‘Republic of
Zimbabwe’). However, the full form should be used where necessary
to avoid ambiguity.
Where multiple cases are joined together, only the names of the parties
to the first-listed case should be included.
For advisory opinions, ‘(Advisory Opinion)’ should appear instead of
party names.
5
Examples Application of the Convention on the Prevention and Punishment of the
ICJ and
Crime of Genocide (Bosnia and Herzegovina v Yugoslavia) (Preliminary
PCIJ
Objections) [1996] ICJ Rep 595.
6 North Sea Continental Shelf (Federal Republic of Germany v Denmark)
(Merits) [1969] ICJ Rep 3. [Not: … (Federal Republic of Germany v
Denmark; Federal Republic of Germany v Netherlands) …]
7 Legal Consequences of the Construction of a Wall in the Occupied
Palestinian Territory (Advisory Opinion) [2004] ICJ Rep 136.
10.2.3 Phase
Rule The phase should be italicised and appear in parentheses (after the
parties’ names). It should be included as it appears on the first or second
page of the report, in accordance with chapter 1. However:
x any date in the phase should be omitted;
x where the phase is an order with respect to ‘provisional
measures’, ‘interim measures of protection’ or similar measures,
the phase should appear as ‘(Provisional Measures)’;
x where the phase is an order or judgment with respect to
‘preliminary objections’ or similar matters, the phrase should
appear as ‘(Preliminary Objection)’ or ‘(Preliminary
Objections)’ as appropriate; and
x where the phase is expressed as ‘Jurisdiction of the Court’,
it should appear as ‘(Jurisdiction)’.
For procedural orders of the court on a particular matter, the phase
should be included in the following form:
(Order on Name of Matter )
The name of the matter should appear as it does on the first page of the
case. The name of the subject matter of the application, and not the date
of the order would be used (eg ‘(Order on Application by Malta for
Permission to Intervene)’). However, where the date is the only
description of the order on the first page of the case, the phase should
be included in the following form:
(Order on Full Date )
8
Examples United States Diplomatic and Consular Staff in Tehran (United States of
America v Iran) (Provisional Measures) [1979] ICJ Rep 7, 12 [10]–[11].
[Not: … (Request for the Indication of Provisional Measures) [1979] …]
9 South West Africa (Ethiopia v South Africa) (Preliminary Objections)
[1962] ICJ Rep 319, 378. [Not: … (Ethiopia v South Africa) (Judgment of
21 December 1962) …]
10 Right of Passage over Indian Territory (Portugal v India) (Merits) [1960]
ICJ Rep 6.
11 Asylum (Colombia v Peru) (Judgment) [1950] ICJ Rep 266.
12 Nuclear Tests (New Zealand v France) (Order on Application by Fiji for
Permission to Intervene) [1973] ICJ Rep 324. [Not: … (Order of 12 July
1973 — Application by Fiji for Permission to Intervene) …]
13 Nuclear Tests (New Zealand v France) (Order on 6 September 1973)
[1973] ICJ Rep 341.
Note Cases before the ICJ and PCIJ may involve a number of separate
decisions of the court. The ‘phase’ is the broad characterisation of the
stage of the decision cited in the course of a case. The most common
phases are:
x ‘(Provisional Measures)’;
x ‘(Preliminary Objections)’;
x ‘(Jurisdiction)’;
x ‘(Merits)’; and
x ‘(Judgment)’.
A phase should always be included in a contentious case. Where there
are not multiple phases in a particular contentious case, the phase
‘(Judgment)’ will usually be appropriate.
10.2.4 Year
Rule The year of the volume of the report series in which the case appears
should be included (after the phase) in square brackets.
14
Examples LaGrand (Germany v United States of America) (Judgment) [2001] ICJ
Rep 466.
15 Certain German Interests in Polish Upper Silesia (Germany v Poland)
(Judgment) [1925] PCIJ (ser A) No 6.
Note The official report series of both the ICJ and PCIJ are organised by year.
ICJ and
The year therefore appears in square brackets (in accordance with
PCIJ
rule 2.2.1).
10.2.5 Report Series and Series Letter
Rule The report series abbreviation should appear (unitalicised) after the
year.
For decisions of the PCIJ, the letter(s) of the series (‘A’, ‘B’ or ‘A/B’)
should also be included in the form:
(ser Letter(s) of Series )
(eg ‘(ser B)’).
16
Examples Oil Platforms (Islamic Republic of Iran v United States of America)
(Preliminary Objection) [1996] ICJ Rep 803.
17
SS ‘Lotus’ (France v Turkey) (Judgment) [1927] PCIJ (ser A) No 10.
Note The ICJ publishes its decisions in Reports of Judgments, Advisory

Opinions and Orders (abbreviated ‘ICJ Rep’).
The PCIJ published its decisions in series A, series B and series A/B of
Publications of the Permanent Court of International Justice
(abbreviated ‘PCIJ’).
10.2.6 Starting Page and Case Number
Rule For decisions of the ICJ, the starting page should be included after the
report series abbreviation.
For decisions of the PCIJ, the case number should be included (instead
of a starting page) after the series.
18
Examples Frontier Dispute (Benin v Niger) (Judgment) [2005] ICJ Rep 90.
19 Factory at Chorzów (Germany v Poland) (Merits) [1928] PCIJ (ser A)
No 17.
Note For decisions of the ICJ, the starting page is generally that on which the
judgment begins. The page numbers of the title page and the page
containing information about mode of citation should not be used as the
starting page. (However, the information on mode of citation indicates
the correct starting page in its suggested citation of the decision.)
Decisions of the PCIJ were assigned a sequential number by the Court
(eg ‘No 3’). This number should be used to cite PCIJ decisions because
the page numbering of each decision (even within a series) is
non-consecutive.
Rule Pinpoint references should adhere to rules 1.1.6–1.1.7 and 2.2.5. In

particular:
x where the pinpoint reference is to the first page of the report, the
page number should be repeated;
x a series of pinpoint references should be separated by commas
rather than ‘and’;
x where cases are paginated, pinpoint references should be to
pages; and
x where a report has both page numbers and paragraph numbers,
page numbers should always be included in a pinpoint reference
and paragraph numbers may be included in addition.
20
Examples Railway Traffic between Lithuania and Poland (Advisory Opinion) [1931]
PCIJ (ser A/B) No 42, 109.
21 Barcelona Traction, Light and Power Company Ltd (Belgium v Spain)
(Judgment) [1970] ICJ Rep 3, 5, 9, 10–11.
22 Certain Property (Liechtenstein v Germany) (Preliminary Objections)
[2005] ICJ Rep 6, 19 [26], 20 [31]–[32], 21–5 [34]–[45].
10.2.8 Identifying Judges
ICJ and
PCIJ
Rule Where a judgment of the court is referred to, neither a judge’s name nor
‘(The Court)’ should be included.
Where a separate or dissenting opinion or a declaration is referred to,
the name(s) of the relevant judge(s) (if not otherwise apparent) may be
included in parentheses after the pinpoint reference. Judges’ names
should appear in accordance with rule 2.4.1, except that ‘Judge(s)’,
‘President’ and ‘Vice-President’ should be written out in full before
judges’ surnames.
‘Separate Opinion’, ‘Dissenting Opinion’ and ‘Declaration’ (and any
other abbreviations of these terms) should not be included with judges’
names.
23
Examples Interhandel (Switzerland v United States of America) (Preliminary
Objections) [1959] ICJ Rep 6, 78 (President Klaestad).
24 Elettronica Sicula SpA (ELSI) (United States of America v Italy)
(Judgment) [1989] ICJ Rep 15, 98 (Judge Schwebel). [Not: … Dissenting
Opinion of Judge Schwebel). Nor … (Dis Op Judge Schwebel).
Nor … (DO Judge Schwebel).]
25 Avena and Other Mexican Nationals (Mexico v United States of America)
(Judgment) [2004] ICJ Rep 12, 79 (Judge Vereshchetin).
26 Arrest Warrant of 11 April 2000 (Democratic Republic of the Congo v
Belgium) (Judgment) [2002] ICJ Rep 3, 63–4 [2]–[3] (Judges Higgins,
Kooijmans and Buergenthal).
Note Where it is important that a judge made a declaration or gave a separate

or dissenting opinion, this should be made clear in body of the text or
discursively in the footnote.
10.3 Reported Pleadings or Other Documents

Originating in ICJ or PCIJ Proceedings
Rule Reported pleadings and other material of parties and of the court
originating in proceedings before the ICJ should be cited as follows:
‘ Document Title ’, Case Name ( Parties’ Names )
.[ Year ] ICJ Pleadings Starting Page , Pinpoint
( Speaker’s Name ).
Reported pleadings and other material of parties and of the court
originating in pleadings before the PCIJ should be cited as follows:
.[ Year ] PCIJ (ser C) No Number , Starting Page , Pinpoint
( Speaker’s Name ).
The title of the document should appear as it does in the source, subject
to chapter 1 of this Guide. Case names and parties’ names should adhere
to rules 10.2.1–10.2.2. The year should be that of the volume cited. If
the title page of a volume does not include a year, the year should be
that of the decision (in that phase) to which the volume relates. Pinpoint
references should adhere to rule 10.2.7 and should be to page numbers.
A speaker’s name (if not otherwise apparent) may be included after a
pinpoint reference. Judges’ names should adhere to rule 10.2.8.
Names of counsel should adhere to rule 2.4.4.
For ICJ pleadings, where more than one volume is published for a case,
the volume number (in Roman numerals) should precede
‘ICJ Pleadings’.
For PCIJ (ser C), the number and the starting page of the document
should be included. Where there are multiple parts within a number, the
part (in Roman numerals) should follow the number, preceded by ‘pt’.
27
Examples ‘Written Statement of the Government of the Kingdom of Denmark’,
Certain Expenses of the United Nations (Advisory Opinion) [1962] ICJ
Pleadings 137.
28 ‘Speech by Dr Budding’, Rights of Minorities in Upper Silesia (Germany v
Poland) [1928] PCIJ (ser C) No 14 pt II, 20, 25–7.
29 ‘Questions Put to Professor Glennon by Judge Schwebel’, Military and
ICJ and
Paramilitary Activities in and against Nicaragua (Nicaragua v United
PCIJ
States of America) [1986] V ICJ Pleadings 78, 78 (Judge Schwebel),
79 (Professor Glennon).
Note The ICJ publishes Pleadings, Oral Arguments, Documents (abbreviated

‘ICJ Pleadings’), which contains documents and transmissions of the
parties and the Court (such as the application to institute proceedings,
submissions, minutes of oral argument and evidence). The ICJ
Pleadings series is organised by case, then volume number.
The PCIJ published similar documents in series C of Publications of
the Permanent Court of International Justice (abbreviated ‘PCIJ’).
PCIJ (ser C) is organised by numbers (eg ‘No 2’). A number sometimes
contains multiple parts. Each part is separately paginated and contains
documents relating to a separate case.
10.4 Unreported Materials
10.4.1 Decisions
Rule Decisions of the ICJ that are not reported should be cited as follows:
Case Name ( Parties’ Names ) ( Phase ) (International Court of
Justice, General List No Number , Full Date ) Pinpoint .
Case names and parties’ names should adhere to rules 10.2.1–10.2.2.
The general list number should be included as it appears on the page on
which the judgment commences. The full date is that of the judgment.
Pinpoint references should be to paragraphs (and should adhere to
rules 1.1.6–1.1.7). Judges’ names may be included after pinpoints in
30
Examples Certain Questions of Mutual Assistance in Criminal Matters (Djibouti v
France) (Judgment) (International Court of Justice, General List No 136,
4 June 2008).
31 Dispute regarding Navigational and Related Rights (Costa Rica v

Nicaragua) (Judgment) (International Court of Justice, General List
No 133, 13 July 2009) [34].
32 Sovereignty over Pedra Branca/Pulau Batu Puteh, Middle Rocks and
Southern Ledge (Malaysia v Singapore) (Judgment) (International Court of
Justice, General List No 130, 23 May 2008) [8] (Judge Parra-Aranguren).
Note Paragraph numbering generally begins afresh in a separate or dissenting

opinion. Paragraph references to a separate or dissenting opinion are
therefore to paragraphs within the opinion. A judge’s name must
therefore be included in such references.
10.4.2 Pleadings and Other Documents
Rule Pleadings and other material of parties and of the court originating in
proceedings before the ICJ that are not reported should be cited as
follows:
(International Court of Justice, General List No Number ,
to chapter 1. Case names and parties’ names should adhere to
rules 10.2.1–10.2.2. The general list number should be included as it
appears on the page on which the judgment commences. The full date
is that of the document cited.
paragraph numbers where available (and where these are continuous
across an entire document). Where a document has only page numbers,
pinpoints should be to page numbers. Pinpoint references to verbatim
proceedings (and other transcripts) should be to page numbers.
pinpoint reference. Judges’ names should adhere to rule 10.2.8. Names
of counsel should adhere to rule 2.4.4.
33
Examples ‘Application Instituting Proceedings’, Aerial Herbicide Spraying
(Ecuador v Colombia) (International Court of Justice, General List
No 138, 31 March 2008) 28 [41].
34 ‘Memorial Submitted by Romania’, Maritime Delimitation in the Black Sea
ICJ and
(Romania v Ukraine) (International Court of Justice, General List No 132,
PCIJ
19 August 2005) [6.21]–[6.22].
35 ‘Verbatim Record’, Dispute regarding Navigational and Related Rights
(Costa Rica v Nicaragua) (International Court of Justice, General List
No 133, 2 March 2009) 12 (Edgar Ugalde-Alvarez).
Rule Short titles for decisions of the ICJ and PCIJ should adhere to
rule 2.1.14. All other materials in this chapter may be given a short title
in accordance with rule 1.4.4.
rule 1.4.3.
36
Examples Reparation for Injuries Suffered in the Service of the United Nations
(Advisory Opinion) [1949] ICJ Rep 174, 178 (‘Reparations’).
37 Ibid 179.
38 ‘Memorial of Nicaragua’, Border and Transborder Armed Actions
(Nicaragua v Costa Rica) [1987] ICJ Pleadings 9, 55.
39 Ibid 56–7.
…
41 Reparations (n 36) 198 (Judge Hackworth).
42 ‘Memorial of Nicaragua’ (n 38) 17.
170
11 International Arbitral and Tribunal

Decisions
11.1 State–State Decisions
11.1.1 Reported Decisions
Expropriated
(France v (1920) 2 Hag Crt
Example Religious (Awards) 1 ,4
Portugal) Rep 2d (Scott)
Properties
Parties’ Year, Volume and Starting Pin-

Element Case Name Phase
Names Report Series Page Point
Rule State–state arbitral and tribunal decisions published in a report series

should be cited in accordance with rule 10.2, as shown above. In
particular:
x the case name should adhere to rule 10.2.1; and
x pinpoint references should adhere to rule 10.2.7.
However:
x the parties’ names should appear in the conventional shortened
form, not the full elaborate form, regardless of how they appear
in the decision;
x the phase should appear as it does on the decision cited, except
that any date should be omitted from the phase unless it is
necessary to unambiguously identify the decision;
x the year, volume and report series should adhere to
rules 2.2.1–2.2.3; and
x the starting page should adhere to rule 2.2.4.
Judges’ or arbitrators’ names should be included in accordance with
rule 10.2.8 (ie should appear only after pinpoint reference to separate
or dissenting opinions or declarations). However, tribunal members
may be referred to by a title other than ‘Mr’ or ‘Ms’ (such as ‘Dr’,
‘Prof’, etc).
1
Examples Cordillera of the Andes Boundary (Argentina v Chile) (Report of the
Tribunal Appointed by the Arbitrator) (1902) 9 RIAA 29.
2 Southern Bluefin Tuna (Australia v Japan) (Jurisdiction and Admissibility)
(2000) 23 RIAA 1. [Not: … (Australia and New Zealand v Japan) …]
3 Responsibility for the Deaths of Letelier and Moffitt (United States of
Int Arbitral
Decisions
America v Chile) (Decision) (1992) 25 RIAA 1, 12–13 (Prof Orrego
Vicuña).
Notes It is generally unnecessary to cite reports of modern state–state arbitral

and tribunal decisions due to their wide availability. However, where a
decision is difficult to locate or where there is a good reason for doing
so, a report of the decision may be cited.
Some commonly cited report series containing state–state arbitral
decisions are the Arb Mat, Hague Ct Rep (Scott), Hague Ct Rep 2d
(Scott), ILR and RIAA. In accordance with rule 2.2.3, the abbreviations
for report series should appear as they do in the Appendix to this Guide.
Where an otherwise unreported case is published in the International
Legal Materials (abbreviated ‘ILM’), the ILM should be cited.
Issue numbers should not be included.
11.1.2 Unreported Decisions
(Japan (International 6
Hoshin- (Judg- Case
Example v Tribunal for the August [1]
maru ment) No 14,
Russia) Law of the Sea, 2007)
Name of
Case Parties’ Case Full Pin-
Element Phase Arbitral Body
Name Names Number Date Point
or Tribunal
Rule Unreported state–state arbitral and tribunal decisions should be cited as

shown above.
The case name, parties’ names and phase should adhere to rule 11.1.1.
The name of the arbitral body or tribunal should appear as it does on
the title page of the decision (or, where cumbersome, in a conventional
shortened form).
A case number should be included only if it appears in the decision. It

should appear as it does on the title page, preceded by ‘Case No’. If
there is no full date, as much of the full date as appears should be
included.
Pinpoint references should adhere to rules 1.1.6–1.1.7. Where a
decision has paragraph numbers, pinpoints should be to paragraph
numbers. Where a decision has only page numbers, pinpoints should be
to page numbers.
Judges’ or arbitrators’ names should be included after pinpoint
references in accordance with rule 10.2.8 (ie should appear only after
pinpoint references to separate or dissenting opinions or declarations).
4
Examples Arctic Sunrise Arbitration (Netherlands v Russia) (Award on Merits)
(Permanent Court of Arbitration, Case No 2014-02, 14 August 2015) [152].
5 Maritime Boundary (Barbados v Trinidad and Tobago) (Award)
(UNCLOS Arbitral Tribunal, 11 April 2006) [198]. [Not: … (Arbitral
Tribunal Constituted Pursuant to Article 287, and in Accordance with
Annex VII, of the United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea, …]
11.2 Individual–State Decisions
11.2.1 Reported Decisions
Olguín v (Decision on (2000) 6 ICSID

Example 154 , 158
Paraguay Jurisdiction) Rep
Parties’ Year, Volume and Starting

Element Phase Pinpoint
Names Report Series Page
Rule Reported individual–state arbitral and tribunal decisions should be

cited as shown above. Parties’ names should adhere to rules 2.1 and
11.1.1. The phase should adhere to rule 10.2.3. The year, volume and
report series should adhere to rules 2.2.1–2.2.3. The starting page
should adhere to rule 2.2.4 (ie the first page of the decision being cited).
Pinpoint references should adhere to rule 10.2.7. Judges’ or arbitrators’

names should be included after pinpoint references in accordance with
rule 11.1.1 (ie should appear only after pinpoint references to separate
or dissenting opinions or declarations).
Int Arbitral
Decisions
6
Examples SD Myers v Canada (Partial Award) (2000) 40 ILM 1408, 1457 (Dr Bryan
Schwartz).
7 Ethyl Corporation v Canada (Award on Jurisdiction) (1998) 38 ILM 708.
8
Chas T Main International Inc v Mahab Consulting Engineers Inc (Award)
(1983) 3 Iran–US CTR 270.
9 Southern Pacific Properties (Middle East) Ltd v Egypt (Decision on
Jurisdiction of 27 November 1985) (1985) 3 ICSID Rep 112, 129–30.
[Not: … 1985) (1983) 3 ICSID Rep 101, 112 …]
10 Southern Pacific Properties (Middle East) Ltd v Egypt (Decision on
Jurisdiction of 14 April 1988) (1988) 3 ICSID Rep 131. [Not: … 1985)
(1983) 3 ICSID Rep 101, 131 …]
11 Azurix Corporation v Argentina (Jurisdiction) (2003) 43 ILM 262, 282.
Note It is generally unnecessary to cite reports of modern individual–state

arbitral and tribunal decisions due to their wide availability. However,
where a decision is difficult to locate or where there is a good reason
for doing so, a report of the decision may be cited.
A commonly cited report series containing investor–state arbitral
decisions is the ICSID Rep. In accordance with rule 2.2.3, the
abbreviations for report series should appear as they do in appendix A.
Disputes between individuals and international organisations (in
international forums applying international law) should also be cited in
accordance with this rule or rule 11.2.2.
11.2.2 Unreported Decisions
Enron (ICSID 14
(Juris- Case No
Example Corporation Arbitral January [39]
diction) ARB/01/3,
v Argentina Tribunal, 2004)
Name of
Parties’ Case Full Pin-
Element Phase Arbitral Body
Names Number Date Point
or Tribunal
Rule Unreported individual–state arbitral and tribunal decisions should be

cited as shown above.
Parties’ names should adhere to rule 2.1. A phase should be included
only if it appears in the decision and should adhere to rule 11.1.1. The
name of the arbitral body or tribunal, case number and full date should
adhere to rule 11.1.2.
Pinpoint references should adhere to rules 1.1.6–1.1.7. Where a
decision has paragraph numbers, pinpoints should be to paragraph
numbers. Where a decision has only page numbers, pinpoints should be
to page numbers.
Judges’ or arbitrators’ names should be included after pinpoint
references in accordance with rule 11.1.1 (ie should appear only after
pinpoint references to separate or dissenting opinions or declarations).
12
Examples Re Polystyrene and Impact Crystal from the United States of America
(United States of America v Mexico) (Panel Decision) (North American
Free Trade Agreement Chapter 19 Panel, Case No MEX-94-1904-03,
12 September 1996).
13 World Anti-Doping Agency v Bellchambers (Award) (Court of Arbitration
for Sport, Case No 2015/A/4059, 11 January 2016).
14 S (No 2) v International Labour Organization (Judgment) (ILO
Administrative Tribunal, Case No 3546, 30 June 2015).
15 CMS Gas Transmission Co v Argentina (Annulment) (ICSID Arbitral
Tribunal, Case No ARB/01/8, 25 September 2007) [158]–[159].
Rule Short titles should adhere to rule 2.1.14. In accordance with rule 2.1.14,
it may be necessary to give an international arbitral or tribunal decision
Int Arbitral
Decisions
a short title incorporating its phase to distinguish it from other decisions
with the same parties.
rule 1.4.3.
16
Examples Boundary Disputes between India and Pakistan Relating to the
Interpretation of the Report of the Bengal Boundary Commission, 12 and
13 August 1947 (India v Pakistan) (Decisions) (1948) 21 RIAA 3, 13
(‘Boundary Disputes (Decisions)’).
17
Ibid 16.
…
19 Boundary Disputes (Decisions) (n 16) 15.
176
12 International Criminal Tribunals and

Courts
12.1 Basic Documents
12.1.1 Constitutive Documents
Rule Constitutive documents of international criminal tribunals and courts

should be cited in accordance with the appropriate rules of this Guide
for the source type.
Where the constitutive document of an international criminal tribunal
or court was (partly) created by a UN Security Council resolution, an
appropriate short title (usually that of the instrument or an abbreviated
version, for example, ‘Statute of the International Tribunal for
Rwanda’) should be included in accordance with rule 9.5 (or rule 9.2.12
for an annex) after the initial citation of the resolution (or the relevant
annex). Subsequent references should appear as follows:
Short Title Pinpoint .
Where an amendment is important, or where it is important to indicate
the state of a constitutive document at a particular point in time, the
amending instrument should be included in the form:
Citation of Original Constitutive Document , as amended by
Citation of Amending Instrument .
Where this is the first reference to a constitutive document, the short
title should appear after the citation of the amending instrument.
Pinpoint references should adhere to rule 8.7 and should generally be
to articles and paragraphs.
1
Examples Rome Statute of the International Criminal Court, opened for signature
17 July 1998, 2187 UNTS 90 (entered into force 1 July 2002).
2 SC Res 955, UN Doc S/RES/955 (8 November 1994) annex (‘Statute of the
International Tribunal for Rwanda’).
3 SC Res 827, UN Doc S/RES/827 (25 May 1993), as amended by SC
Res 1877, UN Doc S/RES/1877 (7 July 2009) (‘ICTY Statute’).
4 Agreement between the United Nations and the Government of Sierra

Leone on the Establishment of a Special Court for Sierra Leone, signed
16 January 2002, 2178 UNTS 137 (entered into force 12 April 2002) annex
(‘Statute of the Special Court for Sierra Leone’).
5
SC Res 1966, UN Doc S/RES/1966 (22 December 2010) (‘MICT Statute’).
12.1.2 Rules
Rule The rules of international criminal tribunals and courts should be cited
as follows:
Tribunals
Int Crim
Name of Tribunal or Court , Title of Rules ,
Doc No Document Number (adopted Full Date ) Pinpoint .
A document number should be included only where it appears on the
rules. It should be preceded by ‘Doc No’ and adhere to rule 9.2.10.
Where rules have been revised, the full date should be the date of
adoption of the revision.
to rules and sub-rules.
6
Examples International Criminal Court, Rules of Procedure and Evidence, Doc
No ICC-ASP/1/3 (adopted 9 September 2002) r 74.
7 Mechanism for International Criminal Tribunals, Rules of Procedure and
Evidence, Doc No MICT/1/Rev.1 (adopted 8 June 2012) r 9.
8 Extraordinary Chambers in the Courts of Cambodia, Internal Rules
(adopted 16 January 2015) r 6.
12.2 Cases
(Special
Trial Case No 8
Prosecutor (Sentencing Court for
Examples Chamber SCSL- April [12]
v Sesay Judgement) Sierra
I, 04-15-T, 2009)
Leone,
Parties’ Case Full Pin-

Element Phase Court Chamber
Names Number Date point
Rule 12.2.1 12.2.2 12.2.3 12.2.4 12.2.5 12.2.6 12.2.7
12.2.1 Parties’ Names
Rule Parties’ names should appear in italics in the form:

.Prosecutor v Surname of Defendant .
The order of the names should be reversed for appeals (if they are on
the decision itself). Where there are multiple defendants or appellants,
only the name of the first defendant or appellant should be included.
9
Examples Prosecutor v Lubanga (Decision on the Manner of Questioning Witnesses
by the Legal Representatives of Victims) (International Criminal Court,
Trial Chamber I, Case No ICC-01/04-01/06, 16 September 2009) [6].
[Not: Situation in the Democratic Republic of the Congo in the Case of the
Prosecutor v. Thomas Lubanga Dyilo …]
10 Simba v Prosecutor (Judgement) (International Criminal Tribunal for
Rwanda, Appeals Chamber, Case No ICTR-01-76-A, 27 November 2007)
[40]–[41].
11 3URVHFXWRU Y 3UOLü 'HFLVLRQ RQ 'HIHQFH 0RWLRQ WR 5HRSHQ ,WV &DVH
(International Criminal Tribunal for the Former Yugoslavia, Trial Chamber
III, Case No IT-04-74-T, 3 July 2009). [Not: The Prosecutor v Jadranko
3UOLü %UXQR 6WRMLü 6ORERGDQ 3UDOMDN 0LOLYRM 3HWNRYLü 9DOHQWLQ ûRULü
%HULVODY3XãLü … nor 3URVHFXWRUY3UOLüHWDO …]
12.2.2 Phase
Rule The phase should be italicised and appear in parentheses.

Capitalisation should adhere to rule 1.7.
The phase should be included as it appears on the judgment (including
any date in the name of the phase). However, the defendant’s name
should be omitted from the phase if the name is included in accordance
with rule 12.2.1.
Tribunals
12
Examples 3URVHFXWRUY%ODãNLþ'HFLVLRQRQWKH3URVHFXWLRQDQG'HIHQFH0RWLRQV
Int Crim
Dated 25 January 1999 and 25 March 1999 Respectively) (International
Criminal Tribunal for the Former Yugoslavia, Trial Chamber I, Case
No IT-95-14-T, 22 April 1999) 4.
13 3URVHFXWRUY$O%DVKLU:DUUDQWRI$UUHVW(International Criminal Court,
Pre-Trial Chamber I, Case No ICC-02/05-01/09, 4 March 2009).
[Not: … :DUUDQWRI$UUHVWIRU2PDU+DVVDQ$KPDG$O%DVKLU…]
Note Common phases for international criminal tribunals include:

x ‘(Decision on …)’;
x ‘(Judgement…)’/‘(Judgement on …)’;
x ‘(Sentencing Judgment)’; and
x ‘(Warrant of Arrest)’
12.2.3 Court
Rule The name of the court should be included in its commonly used
shortened form (if any exists), not its full elaborate form.
Example 14 3URVHFXWRU Y .DUDGåLü (Decision on Prosecution Motion Seeking

Determination that the Accused Understands English for the Purposes of
the Statute and the Rules of Procedure and Evidence) (International
Criminal Tribunal for the Former Yugoslavia, Trial Chamber III, Case
No IT-95-5/18-PT, 26 March 2009) [6]. [Not: … (International Tribunal
for the Prosecution of Persons Responsible for Serious Violations of
International Humanitarian Law Committed in the Territory of the Former
Yugoslavia since 1991, …]
12.2.4 Chamber
Rule The name of the chamber should include both:

x the type of chamber (where an international criminal tribunal or
court has multiple types of chambers); and
x any numerical designation given to the chamber, which should
appear in Roman numerals.
15
Examples 3URVHFXWRU Y 7DGLü -XGJHPHQW (International Criminal Tribunal for the
Former Yugoslavia, Appeals Chamber, Case No IT-94-1-A, 15 July 1999).
16 Prosecutor v Ntaganda (Warrant of Arrest) (International Criminal Court,
Pre-Trial Chamber I, Case No ICC-01/04-02/06, 22 August 2006).
Note The International Criminal Court has three types of chambers: Pre-Trial
Chambers, Trial Chambers and Appeals Chambers. Other international
criminal tribunals and courts often have one or several Trial Chambers
and an Appeals Chamber. Such chambers are typically numbered using
Roman numerals (eg ‘Trial Chamber II’).
12.2.5 Case Number
Rule The case number should be preceded by the words ‘Case No’.
Otherwise, it should adhere to rule 9.2.10. In particular:
x the case number should appear as it does on the judgment cited
(including any component specific to that document, where
available);
x full stops should not be used in abbreviations, though should be
reproduced if they are used within a case number; and
x where there are multiple case numbers, all should be included
(preceded by ‘Case Nos’).
17
Examples Prosecutor v Renzaho (Decision on Motion for Extension of Time for the
)LOLQJ RI 1RWLFH RI $SSHDO DQG %ULHI LQ 5HSO\ (International Criminal
Tribunal for Rwanda, Appeals Chamber, Case No ICTR-97-31-A,
22 September 2009) [6].
18 Prosecutor v Kunarac (Judgement) (International Criminal Tribunal for
the Former Yugoslavia, Trial Chamber II, Case Nos IT-96-23-T and
IT-96-23/1-T, 22 February 2001).
Note The case number should be that assigned by the relevant international
criminal tribunal or court.
12.2.6 Full Date
Rule As much of the full date of the judgment as appears in the judgment
should be included.
19
Example Prosecutor v Kambanda (Decision Ordering the Continued Detention)
(International Criminal Tribunal for Rwanda, Trial Chamber I, Case
Tribunals
Int Crim
No ICTR-97-23-T, 1 May 1998).
Rule Pinpoint references should adhere to rules 1.1.6–1.1.7 and should be to

paragraph numbers where available.
Example 20 3URVHFXWRU Y -RNLü -XGJHPHQW RQ 6HQWHQFLQJ $SSHDO (International

Criminal Tribunal for the Former Yugoslavia, Appeals Chamber, Case
No IT-01-42/1-A, 30 August 2005) [24]. [Not: … 9 [24].]
Rule Judges’ names should be included after pinpoint references in

accordance with rule 10.2.8. In particular:
x where a judgment (including a ‘principal judgment’) of a
tribunal or court is referred to, neither the judges’ names nor
‘(The Court)’ should be included after a pinpoint reference;
x judges’ names should be included after pinpoint references to
separate or dissenting opinions; and
x ‘Judge’ should be written out in full before a judge’s name.
21
Examples 3URVHFXWRUY-HOLVLü (Judgement) (International Criminal Tribunal for the
Former Yugoslavia, Trial Chamber I, Case No IT-95-10-T, 14 December
1999) [105]. [Not: … [105] (The Court). Nor … [105] (Judges Jorda, Riad
and Rodrigues).]
22 3URVHFXWRUY(UGHPRYLü-XGJHPHQW(International Criminal Tribunal for

the Former Yugoslavia, Appeals Chamber, Case No IT-96-22-A, 7 October
1997) [6] (Judge Stephen).
12.3 Reports of Cases
Rule Reported judgments of international criminal tribunals should be cited

as follows:
. Parties’ Names ( Phase ) Year, Volume and Report Series .
Starting Page , Pinpoint .
Parties’ names and the phase should adhere to rules 12.2.1–12.2.2. The
year, report series and starting page should adhere to rules 2.2.1–2.2.4.
Pinpoint references should adhere to rule 10.2.7. The inclusion of
judges’ names should adhere to rule 12.2.8.
The name of the international tribunal or court and the relevant chamber
may be included after any pinpoint or judges’ names in accordance with
rule 2.2.6. It should appear in the form:
( Conventional Shortened Name of Tribunal or Court , Chamber )
The name of the tribunal or court and the chamber should adhere to
rules 12.2.3–12.2.4.
Examples 23 3URVHFXWRUY%ODãNLþ2EMHFWLRQWRWKH,VVXHRI6XESRHQDH'XFHV7HFXP

(1997) 110 ILR 608, 693 [15] (International Criminal Tribunal for the
Former Yugoslavia, Appeals Chamber).
24 Prosecutor v Ruggiu (Judgement and Sentence) (2000) 39 ILM 1338
(International Criminal Tribunal for Rwanda, Trial Chamber I).
25 Kaing v Prosecutor (Decision on Appeal against Provision Detention
Order of Kaing Guek Eav) (2007) 47 ILM 325 (Extraordinary Chambers in
the Courts of Cambodia, Pre-Trial Chamber)
Rule In accordance with rule 2.1.14, it may be necessary to give a decision

of an international criminal tribunal or court a short title incorporating
its phase or trial/appellate status to distinguish it from other decisions
with the same parties. All other materials in this chapter may be given
a short title in accordance with rule 1.4.4.
Tribunals
Int Crim
rule 1.4.3.
26
Examples International Criminal Tribunal for the Former Yugoslavia, Rules of
Procedure and Evidence, Doc No IT/32/Rev.44 (adopted 10 December
2009) (‘ICTY Rules’).
…
28 ICTY Rules (n 26) r 3(F).
29 Serushago v Prosecutor (Reasons for Judgment) (International Criminal
Tribunal for Rwanda, Appeals Chamber, Case No ICTR-98-39-A,
6 April 2000) (‘Serushago Appeal’).
30 Ibid [21]–[22].
…
32 Serushago Appeal (n 29) [27].
184
13 International Economic Materials
13.1 World Trade Organization
13.1.1 Constitutive and Basic Documents
Rule The Marrakesh Agreement Establishing the World Trade Organization

should be cited in accordance with chapter 8.
The other agreements and understandings of the World Trade
Organization (‘WTO’) are annexed to the Marrakesh Agreement, and
Marrakesh Agreement Establishing the World Trade Organization,
opened for signature 15 April 1994, 1867 UNTS 3 (entered
into force 1 January 1995) Pinpoint to Relevant Annex
(‘ Title of Agreement or Understanding ’)
Pinpoint within Relevant Annex .
The full title of the relevant agreement or understanding should appear
after the pinpoint to the annex containing it (in accordance with rule
8.8). A short title may be included after the full title and any pinpoints
in accordance with rule 1.4.4. Agreements or understandings annexed
to the Marrakesh Agreement should not be cited as separate treaties.
Subsequent references should adhere to rule 1.4.1 and should be cited
as follows (see rule 13.4):
Short Title/Title of Agreement or Understanding
1
Examples Marrakesh Agreement Establishing the World Trade Organization, opened
for signature 15 April 1994, 1867 UNTS 3 (entered into force 1 January
1995).
2 Marrakesh Agreement Establishing the World Trade Organization, opened
1995) annex 1A (‘General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade 1994’) art I(1)
(‘GATT 1994’).

1995) annex 2 (‘Understanding on Rules and Procedures Governing the
Settlement of Disputes’) (‘DSU’).
Note Annexes 1A and 4 to the Marrakesh Agreement both contain more than
one agreement or understanding. It is thus necessary to include the
name of the relevant agreement or understanding at the end of the
citation when referring to WTO agreements or understandings other
than the Marrakesh Agreement itself (to avoid ambiguity).
13.1.2 Official WTO Documents
Implementation of
Materials
Paragraph 6 of the (2 (Decision of
Int Econ
WTO Doc para
Example Doha Declaration on September 30 August
WT/L/540 2(a)
the TRIPS Agreement 2003) 2003)
and Public Health,
Document Document Pin-

Element Document Title Full Date
Number Description Point
Rule An official WTO document (except an Appellate Body report, panel

report or arbitrator’s decision) should be cited as shown above.
The title should appear in italics and be included as it appears in the
document, subject to chapter 1. In particular:
The document number should adhere to rule 9.2.10 (ie full stops should
not be used in abbreviations but the document number should be
reproduced exactly as it appears, with any punctuation).
Where there is not a full date in the document, as much of the full date
as appears should be included. The date of adoption (if any) may be
included in addition to the full date in the form:
( Full Date of Document , adopted Full Date of Adoption )
A document description should be omitted if it does not appear in the
WTO document.
Pinpoint references to resolutions, decisions, declarations, waivers and
other documents in the nature of a treaty should adhere to rule 3.1.4
(and the pinpoint abbreviations in that rule should be used).
Pinpoint references to documents in the nature of secondary sources
should adhere to rules 1.1.6–1.1.7 and pinpoint references should be to
paragraphs (in square brackets).
Annexes and schedules may be cited in accordance with rule 9.2.12.
4
Examples China — Tariff Rate Quotas for Certain Agricultural Products, WTO
Docs WT/DS517/1 and G/L/1171 (21 December 2016) (Request for
Consultations by the United States).
5 Doha Work Programme, WTO Doc WT/MIN(05)/DEC (22 December
2005, adopted 18 December 2005) (Ministerial Declaration)
para 50(1).
6 Notification, WTO Doc G/TBT/N/BHR/188 (24 February 2010) [7].
7 Cuba — Article XV:6, WTO Doc WT/L/1003 (12 December 2016)
(Decision on Extension of Waiver) paras 1–2, 4.
8 Accession of the People’s Republic of China, WTO Doc WT/L/432
(23 November 2001) (Decision of 10 November 2001) annex 7
(‘Reservations by WTO Members’).
Note The document description of a WTO document ordinarily appears

below the title. It usually appears underlined and in parentheses.
13.1.3 WTO Panel, Appellate Body and Arbitration Decisions
Colombia — Indicative WTO Doc

Panel (27 April
Prices and Restrictions WT/DS36 [7.1]
Report, 2009)
on Ports of Entry, 6/R
Example United States —
Appellate WTO Doc
Continued Existence (4 February
Body WT/DS35 [171]
and Application of 2009)
Report, 0/AB/R
Zeroing Methodology,

Element Case Name Full Date
Description Number Point
Materials
Rule A WTO panel report, Appellate Body report or decision of the arbitrator
Int Econ
should be cited as shown above.
The document description should be ‘Panel Report’, ‘Appellate Body
Report’ or ‘Decision by the Arbitrator’ as appropriate.
The case name should appear in italics and be included as it appears in
the report, subject to chapter 1. In particular:
Case names of subsequent stages in proceedings between the same
parties should include the second subtitle in the report, preceded by an
em-dash (eg ‘— Recourse to Article 21.5 by …’ or ‘— Recourse to
Arbitration by … under …’).
A date of adoption may be included in accordance with rule 13.1.2.
Where a report has not been adopted, ‘unadopted’ may be included after
the full date, preceded by a comma (eg ‘(12 May 2007, unadopted)’).
A citation of the Dispute Settlement Reports (‘DSR’) may be included
after the full date. It should appear in the form:
DSR Year : Volume , Starting Page
(eg ‘DSR 1999:III, 1377’).
Pinpoint references should adhere to rules 1.1.6–1.1.7. They should be

to paragraphs and should appear in square brackets. Even where a DSR
citation is included, page numbers should not be included in pinpoint
references. Pinpoint references should not be preceded by a comma,
unless a DSR citation is included.
9
Examples Panel Report, China — Measures Affecting the Protection and Enforcement
of Intellectual Property Rights, WTO Doc WT/DS362/R (26 January 2009)
[7.28]–[7.50].
10 Panel Report, Russia — Anti-Dumping Duties on Light Commercial
Vehicles from Germany and Italy, WTO Doc WT/DS479/R (27 January
2017) [7.50]–[7.51].
11
Appellate Body Report, Colombia — Measures Relating to the Importation
of Textiles, Apparel and Footwear, WTO Doc WT/DS461/AB/R (7 June
2016) [5.96].
12 Decision by the Arbitrator, Brazil — Measures Affecting Imports of
Retreaded Tyres — Arbitration under Article 21.3(c) of the Understanding
on Rules and Procedures Governing the Settlement of Disputes, WTO
Doc WT/DS332/16 (29 August 2008) [25]–[28].
13
Panel Report, Guatemala — Anti-Dumping Investigation regarding
Portland Cement from Mexico, WTO Doc WT/DS60/R (19 June 1998,
adopted 25 November 1998) DSR 1998:IX, 3797, [4.49].
13.2 General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade
13.2.1 Official GATT Documents
(Opening
Meeting of 19–20 GATT Doc (24 October
Example Remarks by [4]
October 1983, CG.18/W/77 1983)
Chairman)

Element Document Title Full Date
Number Description point
Rule A citation of an official document of the General Agreement on Tariffs

and Trade (‘GATT’) should appear as shown above.
The title and full date (including any date of adoption) should adhere to
rule 13.1.2.
The document number should adhere to rule 13.1.2, but should be
included only if it appears in the document. If there is no document
number, a comma should not follow the document title.
The document description should adhere to rule 13.1.2 (ie should be
included only if it appears in the document). However, if the document
description includes the full date, that date should be omitted from the
description.
Where a document is reproduced in Basic Instruments and Selected
Documents (abbreviated ‘GATT BISD’), a citation of GATT BISD
should be included after the full date. Citations of documents in the
original volumes of GATT BISD should appear as follows (with the
Materials
Int Econ
volume number in Roman numerals):
GATT BISD Volume No / Starting Page
(eg ‘GATT BISD I/120’).
Citations of GATT BISD supplements should appear as follows:
GATT BISD Supplement No S/ Starting Page
(eg ‘GATT BISD 31S/114’).
Pinpoint references should adhere to rule 13.1.2. However, where a
document does not have paragraph numbers, pinpoint references should
be to page numbers. There should be no punctuation between the full
date and the pinpoint. However, where a citation of GATT BISD is
included, a comma should precede the pinpoint reference.
14
Examples Communication from the Republic of the Philippines — Revised
Conditional Offer by the Philippines on Initial Commitments on Trade in
Services, GATT Doc MTN.GNS/W/131/Rev.1/Corr.1 (16 October 1992)
(Corrigendum).
15 Agreement on Trade in Civil Aircraft — Status of Acceptances on 1 July
1980, GATT Doc AIR/12 (2 July 1980) (Note by the Secretariat) 2–3.
16
Waiver in Respect of the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands (8 September
1948) (Decision) GATT BISD II/9 para 2.
17 Report on the 1993 Consultation with the Republic of South Africa,
GATT Doc BOP/R/211 (30 July 1993) [5].
18 European Communities — Transitional Measures to Take Account of the

External Economic Impact of German Unification, GATT Doc L/6792 (13
December 1990) (Decision) GATT BISD 37S/296. [Not: … L/6792
(Decision of 13 December 1990) …]
Note Some early GATT documents do not have a GATT document number.
Where possible, such documents should be cited in GATT BISD.
GATT BISD was first published in volumes I to IV. A revised volume
of GATT BISD I (denoted ‘IR’) was also published. In 1952, the first
Supplement (GATT BISD 1S) was published, and publication of GATT
documents continued in the Supplements.
13.2.2 GATT Panel Reports
Rule GATT Panel reports should be cited in the same manner as WTO panel
reports (in accordance with rule 13.1.3). However, GATT BISD
references should appear instead of DSR references where available
(and should adhere to rule 13.2.1).
In accordance with rule 13.1.3, even where a GATT BISD reference is
included, pinpoint references should be to paragraph numbers, which
should appear in square brackets.
19
Examples GATT Panel Report, United States — Taxes on Petroleum and Certain
Imported Substances, GATT Doc L/6175 (5 June 1987, adopted 17 June
1987) GATT BISD 34S/136, [4.1.1]–[4.1.4].
20 GATT Panel Report, EEC — German Exchange Rate Scheme for Deutsche
Airbus, GATT Doc SCM/142 (4 March 1992, unadopted) [5.9].
13.3 Investment and Trade Treaties and Investor–State

Arbitration
Rule Investment and trade treaties (such as bilateral investment treaties and
free trade agreements) should be cited in accordance with chapter 8.
Investor–state arbitrations should be cited in accordance with
chapter 11.
21
Examples North American Free Trade Agreement, Canada–Mexico–United States of
America, signed 17 December 1992, [1994] CTS 2 (entered into force 1
January 1994) art 2005.
22 United Parcel Service of America Inc v Canada (Merits) (North American
Free Trade Agreement Chapter 11 Arbitral Tribunal, 24 May 2007) [119].
Rule Agreements and understandings of the WTO annexed to the Marrakesh

Agreement may be given a short title in accordance with rule 13.1.1.
When first referred to in the text, the title of the portion referred to
should be written in full (it may then be given a short title).
Materials
Int Econ
WTO and GATT documents may be given a short title in accordance
with rule 1.4.4. Subsequent references should then take the form:
Short Title , WTO/GATT Doc Document Number
WTO panel reports, Appellate Body reports or decisions by the
arbitrator or GATT panel reports may be given a short title in
accordance with rule 1.4.4. Subsequent references should include the
document description (the name of the reporting body) before the short
title and should be cited as follows:
Name of the Reporting Body , Short Title , WTO/GATT Doc
Document Number (n Footnote Number ) Pinpoint .
rule 1.4.3.
Examples … Agreement on Technical Barriers to Trade (‘TBT Agreement’)23 … .

__________
1995) annex 1A (‘Agreement on Technical Barriers to Trade’) (‘TBT
Agreement’).
…
25 TBT Agreement (n 23) art 2.1.
…
27 Ministerial Declaration on Trade in Information Technology Products,
WTO Doc WT/MIN(96)/16 (13 December 1996) (‘Information
Technology Agreement’).
…
29 Information Technology Agreement, WTO Doc WT/MIN(96)/16 (n 27)
para 2.
30
Appellate Body Report, United States — Measures Relating to Zeroing and
Sunset Reviews — Recourse to Article 21.5 of the DSU by Japan, WTO
Doc WT/DS322/AB/RW (18 August 2009, adopted 31 August 2009)
(‘US — Zeroing (Article 21.5 — Japan)’).
31 Ibid [160].
…
33 Appellate Body Report, US — Zeroing (Article 21.5 — Japan), WTO
Doc WT/DS322/AB/RW (n 30) [162].
193
14 Supranational Materials
14.1 Constitutive Documents
Rule Constitutive treaties and documents of supranational organisations

other than those of the European Union should be cited in accordance
with chapter 8.
These include treaties establishing the existence of the organisations as
well as their courts and other bodies.
1
Examples Charter of the Association of Southeast Asian Nations, opened for signature
20 November 2007, 2624 UNTS 223 (entered into force 15 December
2008).
2 Charter of the Organization of American States, opened for signature
30 April 1948, 119 UNTS 3 (entered into force 13 December 1951).
3 Charter of the Organization of African Unity, opened for signature 25
Materials
Supranat
May 1963, 479 UNTS 39 (entered into force 13 September 1963).
4 Constitutive Act of the African Union, opened for signature 11 July 2000
(entered into force 26 May 2001).
5 Statute of the Inter-American Court of Human Rights (entered into force
1 January 1980).
Note Constitutive treaties of the European Union should be cited in

14.2 European Union Materials
14.2.1 Official Journal of the European Union
Council
Directive
93/13/EEC of 5
, art
Example April 1993 on [1993] OJ L 95 /29
3(1)
Unfair Terms in
Consumer
Contracts
Official Issue Starting Pin-

Element Document Title Year Series
Journal Number Page point
Rule A reference to a document of the European Union (‘EU’), European

Communities (‘EC’) or predecessor organisations should include a
citation to the Official Journal of the European Union (abbreviated
‘OJ’) where possible.
The document title should appear in italics and as it does on the
document cited, subject to chapter 1. In particular:
The year is that of publication in the OJ.
For documents published from 1 January 1968, the series should be
included after ‘OJ’, preceded by a space. Legislative acts are contained
in the ‘L’ series (abbreviated ‘OJ L’), and information and notices are
contained in the ‘C’ series (abbreviated ‘OJ C’). Each of these series
contains a subseries, being either ‘LI’ or ‘CI’ or ‘CA’, which were
introduced in 2016. Invitations to tender are contained in the ‘S’ series
(abbreviated ‘OJ S’), which does not contain a starting page.
The issue number and starting page should be separated by an
(unspaced) slash (eg ‘22/34’).
Part of the C series is published only in electronic format. References

to documents in this part of the C series should appear as follows:
Document Title [ Year ] OJ C Issue Number E/ Starting Page ,
Pinpoint .
For documents published before 1 January 1974, a parallel citation to
the English language Special Edition of the Official Journal
(‘OJ Spec Ed’), preceded by a semicolon, should be included (where
possible). It should appear in the form:
[ Year ] OJ Spec Ed Starting Page , Pinpoint .
Pinpoint references should adhere to rules 1.1.6–1.1.7 and be preceded
by a comma. Pinpoints may be to pages, paragraphs, articles or other
internal divisions of the relevant document. Abbreviations in pinpoints
6
Examples Commission Decision of 18 December 2002 Relating to National
Provisions on Limiting the Importation and Placement on the Market of
Certain NK Fertilisers of High Nitrogen Content and Containing Chlorine
Materials
Supranat
Notified by France Pursuant to Article 95(5) of the EC Treaty [2003]
OJ L 1/72, 79.
7 Notice for the Attention of Ghuma Abd’rabbah concerning His Inclusion in
the List Referred to in Articles 2, 3 and 7 of Council Regulation (EC)
No 881/2002 Imposing Certain Specific Restrictive Measures Directed
against Certain Persons and Entities Associated with Usama bin Laden,
the Al-Qaida Network and the Taliban [2009] OJ C 230/29,
paras 3(a), 4, 6.
8 Parliament and Council Directive EU/2015/1535 of 9 September 2015
Laying Down a Procedure for the Provision of Information in the Field of
Technical Regulations and of Rules on Information Society Services
(Codification) [2015] OJ L 241/1, art 3(2).
9 European Parliament — 2008–2009 Session — Sittings of 20 to 23
October 2008 — Strasbourg — Minutes — Proceedings of the Sitting
[2009] OJ C 3 E/1.
10 Regulation (EEC) No 2005/70 of the Commission of 6 October 1970 on the
Classification of Vine Varieties [1970] OJ L 224/1; [1970] OJ Spec Ed 623,
art 2(1), annex.
11 Contract Notice — Switzerland-Chur: Engineering Services [2016]
OJ S 240.
Note The Official Journal of the European Communities became the Official
Journal of the European Union on 1 February 2003. Both, as well as
previous equivalent publications, are abbreviated ‘OJ’.
Within the EU, legislative acts include regulations, directives and
decisions of the various organs (other than EU courts).
The OJ Spec Ed is a non-binding official translation of some documents
published in the OJ into the languages of non-member states or states
to whom the document does not apply. From 1 January 1974, the
official OJ was published in English, obviating the need to refer to the
OJ Spec Ed from this date.
14.2.2 Constitutive Treaties of the European Union
Rule The constitutive treaties of the EU and EC (and predecessor

organisations) should be cited as treaties in accordance with chapter 8.
However:
x a reference to the OJ (where available) should replace a
reference to the UNTS or an official national treaty series; and
x a short title or amendment information should be included in
accordance with this rule.
When referring to constitutive treaties of the EU and EC as in force
(that is, as amended and renumbered from time to time):
x a citation to the latest consolidation of the treaty in the OJ should
be included (if available); and
x the ‘short title for current references’ in the table below should
be included in the first citation and used for subsequent
references.
When referring to constitutive treaties of the EU and EC as made (prior

to any amendment):
x a citation to the UNTS or the OJ containing the treaty as made
should be included; and
x the ‘short title for historical references’ should be included in the
first citation and used for subsequent references.
Treaty Short Title Short Title for
for Current Historical
References References
Treaty on European Union EU Treaty on

European Union
Treaty on the Functioning of the FEU Treaty on the

European Union Functioning of the
European Union
Treaty Establishing the European EC EC Treaty

Community
Materials
Supranat
Treaty Establishing the European EA EAEC Treaty
Atomic Energy Community
Treaty Instituting the European CS ECSC Treaty

Coal and Steel Community
See the ‘notes’ section for an explanation on the use of these short titles.
Where the fact of amendment is important, or when referring to a
foundational EU treaty after amendment by a specific intermediate
amending treaty, amendment information may be included
(in accordance with rule 3.8) in the form:
Citation of Foundational EU Treaty , as amended by
Citation of Amending Treaty .
The dates of opening for signature and entry into force for all
foundational EU treaties should adhere to rule 8.3 (so should be those
of the treaty as made), regardless of whether the treaty is referred to as
in force or historically.
12
Examples Treaty on European Union, opened for signature 7 February 1992, [2009]
OJ C 115/13 (entered into force 1 November 1993) (‘EU’). [cited as
amended]
13 Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union, opened for signature
7 February 1992, [2009] OJ C 115/199 (entered into force 1 November
1993) (‘FEU’). [cited as amended]
14 Treaty Establishing the European Atomic Energy Community, opened for
signature 25 March 1957, 298 UNTS 167 (entered into force 1 January
1958) (‘EA’). [cited as amended]
15 Treaty on European Union, opened for signature 7 February 1992, [1992]
OJ C 191/1 (entered into force 1 November 1993) (‘Treaty on European
Union’). [cited historically]
16 Treaty Establishing the European Community, opened for signature 7
February 1992, [1992] OJ C 224/6 (entered into force 1 November 1993)
(‘EC Treaty’). [cited historically]
17 Treaty Establishing the European Economic Community, opened for
signature 25 March 1957, 298 UNTS 11 (entered into force 1 January 1958)
(‘EEC Treaty’).
18 Treaty Instituting the European Coal and Steel Community, signed 18 April
1951, 261 UNTS 140 (entered into force 23 July 1952) (‘ECSC Treaty’).
[cited historically]
OJ C 191/1 (entered into force 1 November 1993), as amended by Treaty
of Amsterdam Amending the Treaty on European Union, the Treaties
Establishing the European Communities and Certain Related Acts, opened
for signature 2 October 1997, [1997] OJ C 340/1 (entered into force 1 May
1999).
20 Treaty Establishing the European Community, opened for signature
7 February 1992, [1992] OJ C 224/6 (entered into force 1 November 1993),
as amended by Treaty of Nice Amending the Treaty on European Union,
the Treaties Establishing the European Communities and Certain Related
Acts, opened for signature 26 February 2001, [2001] OJ C 80/1 (entered
into force 1 February 2003).
OJ C 191/1 (entered into force 1 November 1993) art 2, as amended by
Treaty of Lisbon Amending the Treaty on European Union and the Treaty
Establishing the European Community, opened for signature 13 December
2007, [2007] OJ C 306/1 (entered into force 1 December 2009) art 1(4).
Note The system of short titles used in this rule is adapted from that used by
the European Court of Justice, due to the amendment and renumbering
of the provisions in the various constitutive EU treaties. The Treaty of
Amsterdam (with effect from 1 May 1999) renumbered several
provisions of the Treaty on European Union and the EC Treaty. The
Treaty of Nice (with effect from 1 February 2003) inserted several new
provisions into both treaties. The Treaty of Lisbon (with effect from 1
December 2009) recast the EC Treaty as the Treaty on the Functioning
of the European Union and substantially amended and renumbered the
Treaty on European Union.
The ECSC Treaty is commonly known as the ‘Treaty of Paris’. The
EEC Treaty is commonly known as the ‘Treaty of Rome’. The Treaty on
European Union is commonly known as the ‘Treaty of Maastricht’.
14.2.3 Courts of the European Union
Costa v ENEL (C-6/64) [1964] ECR 585 , 594
Materials
Supranat
Examples
Vainker v European , II-
(T-48/01) [2004] ECR-SC II-197
Parliament 207
Case Report Starting Pin-

Element Parties’ Names Year
Number Series Page point
Rule Reported decisions of the Court of Justice of the European Union

(‘CJEU’) (previously the European Court of Justice or ‘ECJ’), the
General Court of the European Union (‘General Court’) (previously
known as the Court of First Instance) and the European Union Civil
Service Tribunal should be cited as shown above.
The parties’ names, including those of EU organs, should be included
as they appear on the first page of the report, subject to chapter 1. They
should be italicised and separated by ‘v’.
The case number (including the prefixes ‘C-’ for cases decided by the
ECJ, ‘T-’ for cases decided by the General Court, and ‘F-’ for cases
decided by the European Union Civil Service Tribunal) should be
included after the parties’ names in parentheses.
Decisions not reported in the ECR/ECR-SC should be cited as follows:
Parties Names’ ( Name of Court/Tribunal , Case Number ,
The name of the court should be included as it appears on the decision.
The ECLI (if available), including the letters ‘ECLI’, should be
included after the case number, preceded and followed by a comma.
Pinpoint references should be to paragraphs.
22
Examples Grad v Finanzamt Traunstein (C-9/70) [1970] 2 ECR 825, 833.
23 Huawei Technologies Co Ltd v ZTE Corporation (Court of Justice of the
European Union, C-170/13, ECLI:EU:C:2015:477, 16 July 2015) [9].
24 O’Casey v Commission of the European Communities (T-184/94) [1998]
1 ECR-SC II-565, II-577–8 [52]–[54].
Note Until December 2009, the CJEU was known as the ‘European Court of
Justice’ (‘ECJ’) and the General Court was the ‘Court of First Instance
of the European Communities’ (‘CFI’).
Decisions of the Court of Justice are published in Reports of Cases
before the Court and, since 1990, Reports of Cases before the Court of
Justice and the Court of First Instance (both abbreviated ‘ECR’).
Decisions of the General Court are published (from 1990) in Reports of
Cases before the Court of Justice and the Court of First Instance.
Since 2012, the case reports are only published digitally and are the
authorised version.
Since 1995, cases between staff and EU institutions heard by the CFI
and (since its creation in 2005) the European Union Civil Service
Tribunal are reported in European Court Reports — Reports of
European Community Staff Cases (abbreviated ‘ECR-SC’). Judgments
are printed in Section II of the ECR-SC. (Section I summarises
decisions and orders. It is preferable to cite Section II, unless the case
in Section II is not in an accessible language.) Since 2010, the case
reports are only published digitally and are the authorised version.
14.3 Council of Europe
14.3.1 Basic Documents of the Council of Europe
Rule The Statute of the Council of Europe should be cited (in accordance
with chapter 8) as follows:
Statute of the Council of Europe, opened for signature 5 May 1949,
87 UNTS 103 (entered into force 3 August 1949).
The Convention for the Protection of Human Rights and Fundamental
Freedoms (commonly known as the ‘European Convention on Human
Rights’ or ‘ECHR’) should be cited as follows:
Convention for the Protection of Human Rights and Fundamental
Freedoms, opened for signature 4 November 1950, 213 UNTS 221
(entered into force 3 September 1953), as amended by
Relevant Amending Protocol .
Citations of substantive protocols should include details of
Materials
Supranat
amendments in the same manner. Citations of amending protocols
should adhere to chapter 8 (and the ETS should be the treaty series
cited, where available).
26
Examples Convention for the Protection of Human Rights and Fundamental
Freedoms, opened for signature 4 November 1950, 213 UNTS 222 (entered
into force 3 September 1953), as amended by Protocol No 14 to the
Freedoms, Amending the Control System of the Convention, opened for
signature 13 May 2004, CETS No 194 (entered into force 1 June 2010).
27 Protocol to the Convention for the Protection of Human Rights and
Fundamental Freedoms, opened for signature 20 March 1952, ETS No 9
(entered into force 18 May 1954), as amended by Protocol No 11 to the
Freedoms, opened for signature 11 May 1994, ETS No 155 (entered into
force 1 November 1998).
Note The European Treaty Series (abbreviated ‘ETS’), which included

Nos 1 to 193, is continued from 2004 (No 194) by the Council of
Europe Treaty Series (abbreviated ‘CETS’).
14.3.2 European Court of Human Rights
Wemhoff v Federal
Eur Court
Republic of (1968) 7 23
HR (ser A)
Examples Germany
Bouchelkia v Eur Court

[1997] I 47 , 67
France HR
Report Starting Pin-

Element Parties’ Names Year Volume
Series Page point
Rule Reported decisions of the European Court of Human Rights should be

cited as shown above.
The parties’ names should appear in the form:
Complainant’s Surname v Respondent State
Where there are multiple complainants or respondents, only the first-
named party should be included. The name of the respondent state
should appear as it does on the first page of the report. If it does not
appear on the first page of the report, the conventional shortened form
(if any exists), rather than the full elaborate form, should be included.
However, the full form should be used where this is necessary to avoid
ambiguity.
Where there are multiple reported phases in a case, the phase should be
included. It should be italicised and appear in parentheses after the
parties’ names (eg ‘(Preliminary Objections)’, ‘(Revision)’ or ‘(Just
Satisfaction)’).
Citations of decisions until the end of 1995 (that is, decisions reported
in Eur Court HR (ser A)) should not include a starting page. Where
there are multiple decisions in one volume, the letter of the case should
be included in the volume number, preceded by a hyphen.
Citations of decisions from 1996 (that is, decisions reported in Eur
Court HR) should include a volume number (in Roman numerals) after
the year and a starting page.
Pinpoint references should adhere to rule 10.2.7. Judges should be
identified after pinpoint references in accordance with rule 10.2.8.
Decisions of the Court not reported in Eur Court HR (ser A) or

Eur Court HR should be cited in an unofficial report series where
available, such as the European Human Rights Reports (abbreviated
‘EHRR’).
Unreported decisions of the Court should be cited as follows:
Parties Names’ (European Court of Human Rights, Chamber ,
Application No Number , Full Date ) Pinpoint .
The ‘Chamber’ of the Court refers to the manner of its configuration for
a case (as the ‘Grand Chamber’ or a ‘Chamber’). Pinpoint references
should be to paragraphs.
Citations of pleadings reported in Eur Court HR (ser B) should appear
as follows:
‘ Document Title ’, Complainant’s Surname v Respondent State
[ Year ] Eur Court HR (ser B) Starting Page , Pinpoint .
28
Examples Boujlifa v France [1997] VI Eur Court HR 2250, 2264.
Materials
Supranat
29 The Observer v United Kingdom (1991) 216 Eur Court HR (ser A) 10–11.
[Not: The Observer and The Guardian v United Kingdom …]
30 Loizidou v Turkey (Preliminary Objections) (1995) 310 Eur Court HR
(ser A).
31 MSS v Belgium [2011] I Eur Court HR 255.
32 Nasri v France (1995) 320-B Eur Court HR (ser A) 28 (Judge Pettiti).
33 S v United Kingdom (European Court of Human Rights, Grand Chamber,
Application Nos 30562/04 and 30566/04, 4 December 2008) [125].
34 ‘The Case of Gerard Richard Lawless — Memorial Submitted by the
European Commission of Human Rights’, Lawless v Ireland [1960–61]
Eur Court HR (ser B) 193, 201.
Note Until the end of 1995, judgments of the European Court of Human
Rights were published in Series A: Judgments and Decisions
(abbreviated ‘Eur Court HR (ser A)’), which is organised by volume.
The pagination begins again for each case (that is, in each volume or in
each part of a volume denoted by a letter).
From 1996, judgments of the Court have been published in Reports of

Judgments and Decisions (abbreviated ‘Eur Court HR’), which is
organised by year. Because the pagination is not consecutive across a
volume, the volume number should be included in citations of Eur
Court HR.
Until 1988, the Court published Series B: Pleadings, Oral Arguments
and Documents (abbreviated ‘Eur Court HR (ser B)’).
14.3.3 European Commission of Human Rights
Klass v Federal Eur

Example (1978) 1 20 , 29
Republic of Germany Comm HR
Report Starting Pin-

Element Parties’ Names Year Volume
Series Page point
Rule Reported decisions of the European Commission of Human Rights

should be cited as shown above.
The parties’ names should adhere to rule 14.3.2. The year should be that
of the decision. A volume number and starting page should always be
included. Pinpoints should adhere to rules 1.1.6–1.1.7 and be to pages.
35
Example X v Austria (1979) 17 Eur Comm HR 80, 85–6.
Note Decisions of the European Commission of Human Rights were

published between 1960 and 1974 in Collection of Decisions and
from 1974 to 1998 in Decisions and Reports (both abbreviated
‘Eur Comm HR’).
Until 1998, complaints under the European Convention on Human
Rights were sometimes heard by the European Commission of Human
Rights. Protocol 11 to the European Convention on Human Rights
abrogated the Commission.
14.4 Other Supranational Courts and Tribunals
14.4.1 Decisions
Gonzales (Inter-American 1
Series C
Example Lluy v (Judgment) Court of September [32]
No 298,
Ecuador Human Rights, 2015)
Parties’ Name of Court Case Pin-

Element Phase Full Date
Names or Tribunal Number point
Rule Parties’ names should adhere to rules 2.1 and 10.2.2.

Phases should be cited in accordance with rule 10.2.3. Common phases
may include:
x ‘(Provisional Measures)’;
x ‘(Preliminary Objections)’;
Materials
Supranat
x ‘(Jurisdiction)’/‘(Admissibility)’;
x ‘(Merits)’;
x ‘(Reparations)’;
x ‘(Costs)’; and
x ‘(Judgment)’
As much of the full date of the judgment as appears in the judgment
should be included.
A case number should be cited where available. The case number may
be cited as ‘Case No’, ‘App No’ or ‘Series No’ where appropriate to
reflect the case numbers adopted by the relevant supranational court or
tribunal.
pinpoints should be to page numbers.
36
Examples Omary v Tanzania (Merits) (African Court on Human and Peoples’ Rights,
App No 001/2012, 3 June 2016).
37 Rueda v Colombia (Provisional Measures) (Inter-American Court of

Human Rights, 28 May 2014). [Not: In the Matter of Colombia regarding
Danilo Rueda (Provisional Measures) …]
38 Tomlinson v Belize (Judgment) (Caribbean Court of Justice, App No OA 1
of 2013, 10 June 2016).
14.4.2 Advisory Opinions
Rights and
Guarantees of
Children in the
(Inter-American 19
Context of (Advisory Series A
Example Court of August [190]
Migration Opinion) No 21,
Human Rights, 2014)
and/or in Need
of International
Protection
Advisory Name of Court Doc Full Pin-

Element Title
Opinion or Tribunal Number Date point
Rule The title of the advisory opinion should appear in italics. Where the
supranational court or tribunal’s name is mentioned in the title of the
advisory opinion, the court or tribunal’s name should be omitted where
it would normally appear before the case number.
As much of the full date of the judgment as appears in the judgment
should be included.
The document number may be cited as ‘Series No’, ‘Doc No’,
‘Request No’ or by other iterations where so named by the institution
or where appropriate.
39
Examples Control of Due Process in the Exercise of the Powers of the Inter-American
Commission on Human Rights (Articles 41 and 44 to 51 of the American
Convention on Human Rights) (Advisory Opinion) (Inter-American Court
of Human Rights, Series A No 19, 28 November 2005) [14].
40
Request for Advisory Opinion by the African Committee of Experts on the
Rights and Welfare of the Child before the African Court on Human and
People’s Rights (Advisory Opinion) (Request No 002/2013, 5 December
2014) [6].
14.4.3 Rules of Procedure
Rule Rules of supranational courts and tribunals (other than those of the
European Union) should be cited as follows:
Court , Rules of Court/Procedure (adopted Full Date ) Pinpoint .
to rules or sub-rules.
41
Examples African Court on Human and Peoples’ Rights, Rules of Court (adopted
Materials
Supranat
2 June 2010) r 3(1).
42 Inter-American Court of Human Rights, Rules of Procedure (adopted
24 November 2000) art 48(2).
14.4.4 Pleadings and Other Documents
Rule Pleadings and other material of parties and of the court originating in
proceedings before supranational courts and tribunals (other than in the
European Union) should be cited as follows:
‘ Document Title ’, Parties’ Names or Title ( Court , Case Number ,
to chapter 1. The parties’ names or title of the proceeding and the case
number should adhere to rules 14.4.1–14.4.2. The full date is that of the
document cited.

pinpoint reference. Judges’ names should adhere to rule 10.2.8.
Names of counsel should adhere to rule 2.4.4.
43
Example ‘Preliminary Objection by the Government of the Republic of Trinidad and
Tobago’, Constantine v Trinidad and Tobago (Inter-American Court of
Human Rights, Series C No 82 1 September 2001).
14.5 Documents of Other Supranational Parliaments,

Councils, Bodies, etc
Rule Other documents of parliaments, councils and other like bodies of

supranational organisations (other than the European Union) should be
cited as follows.
Element Example
Supranational Organisation African Union,
Author or Relevant Body Pan-African Parliament,
Resolution on the Campaign on ‘Press

Document Title Freedom for Development and
Governance: Need for Reform’,
Document Number Doc No PAP/P(3)/RES/08(1),
Parliament, Council,
3rd parl, 1st ord sess,
Session, Meeting, etc
Full Date 8–19 October 2012,
Pinpoint Reference 1
Where the name of the supranational organisation is mentioned in the

author or body that created the document, the supranational
organisation should be omitted from the start of the citation.
The document title should appear in italics. If the document does not
have a title, the title may be omitted.
If parliament or other session numbers exist, as much of the information
as possible should be included in the citation.
As much of the full date as appears in the document itself should be
included.
44
Examples Assembly of the African Union, Decision on the Scale of Assessment
and Alternative Sources of Financing the African Union, Doc
No Assembly/AU/Dec.578(XXV), 25th ord sess, 14–15 June 2015.
[Not: African Union, Assembly of the African Union…]
45
African Union, African Commission on Human and Peoples’ Rights,
Principles and Guidelines on the Right to a Fair Trial and Legal Assistance
in Africa, Doc No DOC/OS(XXX)247, 2003.
46 African Union Commission of Inquiry on South Sudan, Final Report of the
African Union Commission of Inquiry on South Sudan, 15 October 2014,
14.
47 Chairman of the ASEAN Standing Committee on the Situation in the
Materials
Supranat
Korean Peninsula, Statement by the Chairman of the ASEAN Standing
Committee on the Situation in the Korean Peninsula at the ASEAN Foreign
Ministers’ Informal Meeting, Karambunai, Sabah, Malaysia, 19 March
2003. [Not: Association of Southeast Asian Nations, Chairman of the
ASEAN Standing Committee on the Situation in the Korean Peninsula…]
48 Association of Southeast Asian Nations, Secretary-General, Dr Surin
Pitsuwan’s Remarks at the Ceremony for the Deposit of Myanmar’s
Instrument of Ratification of the ASEAN Charter, 21 July 2008.
49 Organization of American States, Inter-American Commission on Human
Rights, Report on Admissibility: Raul Rolando Romero Feris, Doc
No OEA/Ser.L/V/II.Doc.5, 152nd extraord period sess, 29 January 2015.
50 Organization of American States, General Assembly, Declaration on the
Question of the Malvinas Islands, Doc No AG/DEC 72 (XLIII-O/13),
43rd regular session, 4–6 June 2013, 3.
Rule Short titles for treaties and subsequent references to treaties should
adhere to rule 8.8.
Short titles for judicial decisions should adhere to rule 2.14. Subsequent
references for judicial decisions should adhere to rule 1.4.1.
EU documents and documents of other supranational bodies may be
given a short title in accordance with rule 1.4.4. Subsequent references
should then take the form:
Short Title (n Footnote Number ) Pinpoint .
rule 1.4.3.
51
Examples Convention for the Protection of Human Rights and Fundamental
Freedoms, opened for signature 4 November 1950, 213 UNTS 221 (entered
into force 3 September 1953), as amended by Protocol No 11 to the
Freedoms, opened for signature 11 May 1994, ETS No 155 (entered into
force 1 November 1998) (‘ECHR’).
52 African Union, African Commission on Human and Peoples’ Rights,
Principles and Guidelines on the Right to a Fair Trial and Legal Assistance
in Africa, Doc No DOC/OS(XXX)247, 2003 (‘Guidelines to a Fair Trial’).
…
54 ECHR (n 51) art 6.
55 Guidelines to a Fair Trial (n 52) 4.
56
El Boujaïdi v France [1997] VI Eur Court HR 1980, 1994 (Judge Foighel)
(‘El Boujaïdi’).
…
58 El Boujaïdi (n 56) 1992–3.
59 Directive 2003/71/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 4
November 2003 on the Prospectus to Be Published When Securities Are
Offered to the Public or Admitted to Trading and Amending Directive
2001/34/EC [2003] OJ L 345/64 (‘European Prospectus Directive’).
…
61 European Prospectus Directive (n 59) art 3(2).
211
15 Canada
15.1 Cases
15.1.1 General Rule
Rule Canadian cases should be cited in accordance with chapter 2.
1
Example R v Sharpe [2001] 1 SCR 45.
Note When citing cases from foreign jurisdictions, it may be useful to include
the name of the court in a citation (in accordance with rule 2.2.6) where
the court is not otherwise apparent. However, this is unnecessary for
references to the Supreme Court Reports (abbreviated ‘SCR’) and other
report series specific to a particular court.
15.1.2 Official and Unofficial Report Series
Rule In accordance with rule 2.2.2, citations to Canadian cases should

include a citation to an authorised report series where possible.
Where a decision is not reported in an official report series,
Canada
a semi-official provincial report series or an unofficial report series,
such as the Dominion Law Reports (abbreviated ‘DLR’), should be
cited.
2
Examples Eli Lilly Canada Inc v Apotex Inc [2008] 2 FCR 636.
3 Aktiebolaget Hassle v Apotex Inc [1988] 1 FC 360.
4 The Coca-Cola Co of Canada Ltd v The Pepsi-Cola Co of Canada Ltd
[1938] Ex CR 263.
5 Bangoura v Washington Post (2005) 258 DLR (4th) 341 (Ontario Court of
Appeal).
212 Part V — Foreign Domestic Materials
Notes Only federal Canadian reports are authorised. Those series are:
Court Abbreviation Years
Supreme Court of Canada SCR 1876–
Canadian Federal Courts FC 1971–2003
FCR 2004–
Exchequer Court of Canada Ex CR 1875–1970
Semi-official provincial report series are published under the auspices

of a provincial law society or Bar association. Commonly cited semi-
official state report series include the AR, BCR, Nfld & PEIR, NWTR,
OR, RJQ and YR (or various series of them).
Unreported decisions should be cited in accordance with rule 2.3.
15.2 Legislation
Example Copyright Act, RSC 1985, c C-42 , s 25
Statute Volume
Element Title Year Chapter Pinpoint
and Jurisdiction
Rule 15.2.1 15.2.2 15.2.3 15.2.4 15.2.5
15.2.1 Title
Rule Canadian statute titles should adhere to rule 3.1.1, but should be
followed by a (non-italic) comma. ‘The’ should be omitted from the
beginning of a statute title.
6
Example Agri-Food Amendment Act, SS 1997, c 27. [Not: The Agri-Food …]
15.2.2 Statute Volume and Jurisdiction
Rule An abbreviated form of the statute volume and jurisdiction should be

included as follows:
Statute Volume Jurisdiction
The statute volume and jurisdiction should not be separated by a space

or any punctuation.
For the statute volume, a citation to the Revised Statutes or the
Re-enacted Statutes (both abbreviated ‘RS’) should be included where
available (eg ‘RSC’). Otherwise, a citation to the sessional or annual
volumes (abbreviated ‘S’) should be included (eg ‘SC’).
An abbreviated version of the jurisdiction should be included
(eg ‘RSO’). The following abbreviations should be used:
Canada (federal) C
Alberta A
British Columbia BC
Lower Canada LC
Manitoba M
New Brunswick NB
Newfoundland N
Newfoundland and Labrador NL
Northwest Territories NWT
Nova Scotia NS
Nunavut Nu
Canada
Ontario O
Prince Edward Island PEI
Province of Canada Prov C
Quebec Q
Saskatchewan S
Upper Canada UC
Yukon Territory Y
7
Examples Criminal Code, RSC 1985, c C-46, s 515.
8 Controlled Drugs and Substances Act, SC 1996, c 19, s 4.
9 Escheats Act, RSO 1980, c 142. [Not: … RS O 1980, …]
15.2.3 Year
Rule The year (or span of years) of the statute volume should be followed by
a comma.
A session number (eg ‘3rd Sess’) should be included after the year if
more than one parliamentary session occurred in that year and the
statute volume is divided by session (with non-consecutive chapter
numbering). A supplement number (eg ‘2nd Supp’) should be included
after the year where a statute appears only in a supplement to the RS.
Session and supplement numbers should be ordinal and should adhere
to rule 1.10.1 (ie letters in ordinal numbers should be superscript).
Session or supplement numbers should appear in parentheses. If a
session or supplement number is included, the year should not be
followed by a comma and the session or supplement number should be
followed by a comma.
10
Examples Clean Air Act, SNB 1997, c C-5.2.
11 Criminal Law Amendment Act, RSC 1985 (1st Supp), c 27.
12 An Act to Amend the Essential Services Emergency Act 1966, SS 1970
(2nd Sess), c 1.
Note Statutes generally appear in a supplement to the RS where they are

passed in the year of a consolidation too late to be included in that
consolidation.
15.2.4 Chapter
Rule The chapter number of the statute (including any letters) should be
included. Letters and numbers forming the chapter number should be
separated by a hyphen.
‘Chapter’ should be abbreviated ‘c’.
13
Examples Arthur Wishart Act (Franchise Disclosure), SO 2000, c 3.
14 Interpretation Act, RSC 1985, c I-21.
Rule Pinpoint references should be preceded by a comma. They should

adhere to (and use the abbreviations in) rules 3.1.4–3.1.7.
15
Example Tobacco Act, SC 1997, c 13, s 58.
15.3 Constitutions
15.3.1 Federal
Rule The federal Canadian constitutional statutes should be cited as shown

below. The short titles should be used for subsequent references in
accordance with rule 3.5 (and should be included regardless of whether
there are subsequent references):
Canada Act 1982 (UK) c 11, sch B (‘Constitution Act 1982’).
Constitution Act 1867 (Imp), 30 & 31 Vict, c 3 (‘Constitution
Act 1867’).
The Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms should be cited (in
accordance with rule 3.1.7) as follows:
Canada
Canada Act 1982 (UK) c 11, sch B pt I (‘Canadian Charter of
Rights and Freedoms’).
Note The Canadian constitution is contained in both the Constitution Act

1982 (itself a schedule to a UK statute) and the Constitution Act 1867
(an imperial statute). The Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms is
part I of the Constitution Act 1982.
15.3.2 Provincial and Territorial
Rule Provincial and territorial Canadian constitutions should be cited as

regular legislation (in accordance with rule 15.2).
16
Example Constitution Act, RSBC 1996, c 66.
15.4 Delegated Legislation (Regulations)
15.4.1 Revised Federal Regulations
Rule Revised federal regulations are published in the Consolidated

Regulations of Canada (abbreviated ‘CRC’). They should be cited as
follows:
Title , CRC, c Chapter Number , Pinpoint .
Pinpoint references should adhere to rules 3.1.4–3.1.7 and 3.4.
When referring to a consolidation other than the latest version, a year
should be included in parentheses after the chapter number or any
pinpoint reference.
17
Examples Maple Products Regulations, CRC, c 289, s 9.
18 Air Transport Regulations, CRC, c 34, s 23 (1987).
Note The Consolidated Regulations of Canada is a consolidation of

important federal regulations. There have been five consolidations to
date (in 1874, 1889, 1949, 1955 and 1978).
15.4.2 Unrevised Federal Regulations
Rule Unrevised federal regulations are published in the Statutory Orders and
Regulations (abbreviated ‘SOR’). They should be cited as follows:
Title , SOR/ Year - Regulation Number , Pinpoint .
Until 1999, only the last two digits of the year should be included.
From 2000, the full year should be included.
Pinpoint references should adhere to rules 3.1.4–3.1.7 and 3.4.
19
Examples Regulations Amending the Food and Drug Regulations, SOR/98-580.
20 Sex Offender Information Registration Regulations (Canadian Forces),
SOR/2008-247, s 2.
15.4.3 Provincial and Territorial Regulations
Rule Provincial and territorial regulations should be cited as follows:

Title , Citation to Regulation , Pinpoint .
The title may be omitted. Pinpoint references should adhere to
rules 3.1.4–3.1.7 and 3.4.
The citation to the regulation should appear as shown in the table below
for the relevant jurisdiction (examples appear in parentheses):
Jurisdiction Unrevised Regulations Revised Regulations
Alberta Alta Reg

Regulation No / Year
(‘Alta Reg 62/2009’)
British BC Reg
Columbia Regulation No / Year
(‘BC Reg 278/2008’)
Manitoba Man Reg Man Reg

Regulation No / Year* Regulation No / Year* R
(‘Man Reg 351/87’) (‘Man Reg 401/88R’)
New NB Reg
Canada
Brunswick Year* - Regulation No
(‘NB Reg 2006-23’)
Newfoundland Nfld Reg

(until 5 Regulation No / Year*
December (‘Nfld Reg 19/97’)
2000)
Newfoundland NLR CNLR Regulation No /

and Labrador Regulation No / Year† Year of Consolidation*
(from 6 (‘NLR 4/09’) (‘CNLR 1195/96’)
December
2000)
Northwest NWT Reg RRNWT

Territories Regulation No - Year* Year of Revision ,
(‘NWT Reg 26-2008’) c Chapter No
(‘RRNWT 1990, c P-26’)
Nova Scotia NS Reg

Regulation No / Year
(‘NS Reg 235/2007’)
Nunavut (from Nu Reg

1 April 1999) Regulation No - Year†
(‘Nu Reg 040-99’)
Ontario O Reg RRO Year of Revision ,

Regulation No / Year† Reg Regulation No
(‘O Reg 361/08’) (‘RRO 1990, Reg 469’)
Prince Edward PEI Reg

Island EC Year - Regulation No
(‘PEI Reg EC2002-249’)
Quebec OC Regulation No - Year* , RRQ 1981, c Chapter No ,

Full Date , r Rule No
GOQ Gazette Citation (‘RRQ 1981, c V-5, r 1’)
(‘OC 764-97, 25 June 1997,
GOQ 1997.II.2737’)
Saskatchewan Sask Reg RRS, c Chapter No ,

Regulation No / Year* Reg Regulation No
(‘Sask Reg 444/67’) (‘RRS, c C-4.01, Reg 1’)
Yukon YOIC
Territory Year / Regulation No
(‘YOIC 1995/87’)
* Only the last two digits of the year should be used for regulations prior to
2000.
† Only the last two digits of the year should be used.
Unless otherwise indicated, the year should appear in full.

Where nothing is shown in the ‘revised regulations’ column, there are
no revised regulations for that jurisdiction.
21
Example Elevating Devices Codes Regulation, Alta Reg 192/2015, s 3.
15.5 Other
Rule For further information on the citation of other Canadian materials, see
the latest edition of the Canadian Guide to Uniform Legal Citation.
Canada
220
16 China
Note The rules in this chapter should be used when citing Chinese language
materials. Published translations of Chinese primary materials should
be cited in accordance with rule 26.1.2 and rule 16.1 in this chapter.
16.1 Specific Rules for Chinese Language Materials
Rule In citations of Chinese primary materials, translations of elements

appearing in Chinese should adhere to rule 26.1.1 (ie should appear in
square brackets after the element translated).
Where text in Chinese is included in a citation, it should appear as it
does in the source (in simplified or traditional Chinese characters or
pinyin). To avoid ambiguity, Chinese characters that appear in the
source should not be transliterated into pinyin.
Chinese characters should not be italicised, in titles or otherwise.
Instead, where an element of a citation would ordinarily be italicised
according to the relevant rule of this Guide, Chinese characters forming
that element should appear between guillemets (« »).
Examples In the document, the word ‘interior’ (‘␔⦿’) is used instead of ‘China’
to reflect the fact that Hong Kong and Macau are part of the
People’s Republic of China. [Not: … the word ‘interior’ (‘neidi’) …]
[Original: ␔⦿]
__________
1
«₼◝ⅉ㺠␀✛⦌㈹䘾兞㿝≒扪㽤» [Circular Economy Promotion Law
of the People’s Republic of China] (People’s Republic of China) National
People’s Congress Standing Committee, Order No 4, 29 August 2008,
art 2.
2
«₼◝ⅉ㺠␀✛⦌㔳䏶㽤» [Passport Law of the People’s Republic of
China] (People’s Republic of China) National People’s Congress Standing
Committee, Order No 50, 29 April 2006.
16.2 Cases
16.2.1 General Rule
Rule Reported Chinese cases should be cited as follows:

Case Name [ Year of Decision ] Issue Number
Official Gazette or Report Series Starting Page in Report Series ,
Pinpoint .
Only those elements that appear in the report should be included.

A translation of parties’ names into English should be included where
possible. Chinese names of natural persons should be transliterated into
pinyin. Where the case name includes both the parties’ names and a
description of the case, the translation of the case name should appear
as follows:
[ Parties’ Names — Case Description ]
(eg ‘[Xinjiang Yinhai Real Property Development Co Ltd v Xinjiang
Hop Joint Stock Co Ltd — Company Transfer Contract Dispute
Appeal Case]’).
The title of the report series should be translated into English where
possible. Otherwise, it should be transliterated into pinyin.
Examples 3 «␃₩枅嫛ㄎね⒕嫛₝䂀⧂ゑ㧉⧉匰↌㦘棟⏻⚇⊮㷍⚗⚛儯兆㫗»
[Guangzhou Branch of Industrial Bank Co Ltd v Shenzhen Airport Co
Ltd — Loan Contract Dispute Case] [2009] 11 ₼◝ⅉ㺠␀✛⦌㦏浧ⅉ㺠
㽤棱⏻㔴 [Gazette of the Supreme People’s Court of the People’s Republic
China
of China] 30, 36.
4 «㡌㉯嗲♦忎㫗» [Shi Zhengrong — Case of Taking Bribes] [2009] 4
₼◝ⅉ㺠␀✛⦌㦏浧ⅉ㺠㭏⹮棱⏻㔴 [Gazette of the Supreme People’s
Procuratorate of the People’s Republic of China] 28, 29.
Note When citing cases from foreign jurisdictions, it may be useful to include
the name of the court at the end of a citation in parentheses where it is
not otherwise apparent (in accordance with rule 2.2.6).
Chinese courts include the following (in order of hierarchy):

Court Name in English Simplified Chinese Pinyin
Supreme People’s Court 㦏浧ⅉ㺠㽤棱 Zui Gao Ren Min
Fa Yuan
High People’s Court 浧儶ⅉ㺠㽤棱 Gao Ji Ren Min Fa
Yuan
Intermediate People’s ₼儶ⅉ㺠㽤棱 Zhong Ji Ren Min
Court Fa Yuan
Basic People’s Court ⪉⻑ⅉ㺠㽤棱 Ji Cheng Ren Min
Fa Yuan
16.2.2 Report Series
Rule Decisions of the Supreme People’s Court (㦏浧ⅉ㺠㽤棱 [Zui Gao

Ren Min Fa Yuan]) should be cited from an official government gazette
where available.
Other Chinese decisions should be cited from a report series where
available.
Examples 5 «⹅⥼⏻⚇幘㭽㈦䛭⏻⚇⚗⚛儯兆㫗» [Jiayuan Co v Senderui Co —

Contract Dispute Case] [2007] 2 ₼◝ⅉ㺠␀✛⦌㦏浧ⅉ㺠㽤棱⏻㔴
[Gazette of the Supreme People’s Court of the People’s Republic of China]
39, 41.
6 «㧷ㆉ䵚, 淞杒㟔㎞㧏ⅉ㫗» [Yang Jianli, Wei Ling — Intentional
Homicide Case] [2002] 4 ⅉ㺠㽤棱㫗√折 [Selected Cases of the People’s
Courts] 7 (Zheng Zhou City, He Nan Province Intermediate People’s Court,
People’s Republic of China).
Note The official report series of the Supreme People’s Court is

₼◝ⅉ㺠␀✛⦌㦏浧ⅉ㺠㽤棱⏻㔴 [Zhong Hua Ren Min Gong He
Guo Zui Gao Ren Min Fa Yuan Gong Bao — Gazette of the Supreme
People’s Court of the People’s Republic of China].
A commonly used report series is ⅉ㺠㽤棱㫗√折 [Ren Min Fa Yuan
An Li Xuan — Selected Cases of the People’s Courts].
16.2.3 Unreported Judgments
Rule Unreported Chinese judgments should be cited as follows:

Case Name , Court Name , Case Number ,
Full Date , Pinpoint .
The case name should adhere to rule 16.2.1.

‘People’s Republic of China’, ‘Republic of China’ or ‘Macau’ should
be included in the translation of the court name if it is not otherwise
apparent that the court is Chinese.
Example 7 «䎵␅枇₝摜ㄕゑ≰㉒␫䓶䱠㔏㦘棟⏻⚇䱮忐⚗⚛儯兆㫗» [Jiao Qizhu

v Confidence Farming Technology Co Ltd of Chongqing Municipality —
Lease Contract Dispute Case], 摜ㄕゑ䶻℣₼儶ⅉ㺠㽤棱 [Fifth
Intermediate People’s Court of Chongqing Municipality, People’s
Republic of China], 䂬℣₼㺠兗ⷦ䶻93⚆ [Economic Appeal No 93],
24 April 2008.
16.3 Legislative Materials
16.3.1 Chinese Legislative Acts
Rule Chinese legislative acts should be cited as follows:

Title of Law ( Jurisdiction ) Promulgating Body ,
Order/Decree/Opinion No Number , Full Date of Promulgation ,
Pinpoint . China
Only those elements that appear on the source should be included.

Generally, only the title of a legislative act should appear in Chinese
with a translation. However, if there is good reason, the name of the
promulgating body or the order, decree or opinion number may be
included in Chinese with a translation.
The jurisdiction should be ‘People’s Republic of China’, ‘Republic of
China’ or ‘Macau’ as appropriate.
To aid retrieval of the law, a citation of an official gazette or

publication may be included after the full date of promulgation and
before any pinpoint reference.
Examples 8
«₼◝ⅉ㺠␀✛⦌⚗⚛㽤» [Contract Law of the People’s Republic of
China] (People’s Republic of China) National People’s Congress, Order
No 15, 15 March 1999.
9 «₼◝ⅉ㺠␀✛⦌䓸㧒㽤» [Property Law of the People’s Republic of
China] (People’s Republic of China) National People’s Congress, Order
No 62, 16 March 2007.
10 «╂┷捷␂ℝ←₩勛ぴ㿐┷啴㄁桽欧䤓抩䩴» [Notice of Ministry of
Labour on Several Issues Concerning the Movement of Employees of
Enterprises] (People’s Republic of China) Ministry of Labour, 31 October
1996.
11 «囦⇫㶙㽤» [Copyright Act] (Republic of China) Legislative Yuan,
10 February 2010, art 10.
12 «䶻225/2002壮嫛㟎栆⸧㔈䯉» [Order No 225/2002 of the Chief
Executive’s Office] (Macau) 9 October 2002, 䉂栏䔈⒴嫛㟎●⏻⫀—
䶻₏俓[Macau Special Administrative Region Gazette — Part 2], Order
No 223/2002, 15 October 2002, 1088.
Note Legislative materials can take the form of codes, national laws,
regulations, notices, guidelines or other governmental determinations.
Older legislative acts often do not have an order, decree or opinion
number.
Materials from Hong Kong should be cited in English in accordance
with chapter 19.
16.3.2 Constitutions
Rule The constitution of the People’s Republic of China should be cited as

follows:
«₼◝ⅉ㺠␀✛⦌⸹㽤» [Constitution of the People’s Republic of
China] Pinpoint .
The constitution of the Republic of China should be cited as follows:
«₼噾㺠⦚㑁㽤» [Constitution of the Republic of China] Pinpoint .

The constitution of Macau should be cited as follows:

«₼噾ⅉ㺠␀✛⦚䉂栏䔈⒴嫛㟎●⪉㦻㽤» [Basic Law of the Macau
Special Administrative Region of the People’s Republic of China]
Pinpoint .
Examples 13 «₼◝ⅉ㺠␀✛⦌⸹㽤» [Constitution of the People’s Republic

of China] art 3.
14 «₼噾㺠⦚㑁㽤» [Constitution of the Republic of China] art 129.
15 «₼噾ⅉ㺠␀✛⦚䉂栏䔈⒴嫛㟎●⪉㦻㽤» [Basic Law of the Macau
Special Administrative Region of the People’s Republic of China] ch III.
Note Where it is relevant or important, more information (such as a date of

adoption or promulgating body) can be included in citations of
constitutional documents. Such citations should adhere to rule 16.3.1.
16.4 Chinese Language Secondary Sources
16.4.1 General Rules
Rule Citations of Chinese language secondary sources should adhere to

rules 26.4 and 16.1. In particular:
x materials should be cited in accordance with the relevant rules
of this Guide for the source type;
x a translation of a citation element should be included in square
brackets after that element; China
x where Chinese characters are used in a source, they should be
reproduced in a citation (and where a source uses pinyin, this
should be reproduced in a citation); and
x Chinese characters should not be italicised in titles or otherwise
(and should appear between guillemets as appropriate).
Where a source includes a Chinese title and an English title, both should
be included in a citation. The English title should be italicised where
appropriate.
Examples 16 垰㻇ㇳ [Cai Yongtong], «WTO㦜┰ゑ⧉㆏㟍䪣䴅♙䦇␂㽤㈚桽欧㘱㨟

—ⅴ㽤㈚㦜┰ゑ⧉㆏㟍⃉展屡» [Research on the Opening Up of the
WTO Services Market and Analysis Related Legal Questions — From the
Perspective of the Opening Up of the Legal Services Market] (2004) 12(2)
⼀導兞㿝丰䚕㄁捷ⷵ棱ⷵ㔴 Journal of Shanxi Institute of Economic
Management 60, 63.
16.4.2 Author Names and Subsequent References
Rule Author names should be included as they appear on the source (in
simplified or traditional Chinese characters or pinyin). The
capitalisation and order of surnames and given names should not be
changed from that in the source.
If a name appears in Chinese characters, a transliteration into pinyin
should be included in square brackets after the characters.
Subsequent references should adhere to rule 1.4.1. However, the full
name of the author should always be included. If the name appears in
Chinese characters, both the characters and the pinyin transliteration
should be included in subsequent references.
rule 1.4.3.
Examples ◺杓 [Wei Shuo] … [Original: ◺杓]

…
Cai Yuanpei … [Original: Cai Yuanpei]
__________
17 㡈ㆉ↮ [Fang Jianwei], «幤幉⏴₥⚝₼⦌㽤㈚㦜┰₩䤓㆏㟍»
[Examining the Opening Up of China’s Legal Services Sector after WTO
Accession] [2004] 嫛㟎₝㽤 Public Administration and Law 21, 122.
18 Ibid 123.
19 «₼◝ⅉ㺠␀✛⦌⟕㪖㽤» [Trademark Law of the People’s Republic of
China] (People’s Republic of China) National People’s Congress, Order No
6, 30 August 2013 (‘Trademark Law’).
…
21 㡈ㆉ↮ [Fang Jianwei] (n 17) 124.
22 Trademark Law (n 19) art 12.
Note In Chinese characters, the surname of an author always appears first. In

names transliterated into pinyin, the surname sometimes appears first
and sometimes last. The order of the names in a citation should replicate
the order in the source.
China
228
17 France
Note The rules in this chapter should be used when citing French language
primary materials. Published translations of French primary materials
17.1 Cases
Rule Decisions of the Cour de cassation should be cited as follows:

Cour de cassation [French Court of Cassation], Appeal Number ,
Full Date reported in ( Year of Publication )
Abbreviation of Publication no Number of Volume/Issue ,
Pinpoint .
Cases from the Conseil constitutionnel should be cited as follows:
Conseil constitutionnel [French Constitutional Court],
decision no Number of Decision , Full Date reported in JO,
Full Date of Publication , Pinpoint .
Cases from the Conseil d’État should be cited as follows:
Conseil d’État [French Administrative Court], Full Date reported in
[ Year of Publication ] Rec Lebon Pinpoint .
Other cases should be cited as follows:
Name of Court (Including City) , Case Number , Full Date
reported in Report Series Citation , Pinpoint .
The words ‘reported in’ and a citation of a report series or publication
should be included only where available.
A popular or commonly used name of a case may be included before
the name of the court. It should appear italicised and be followed by a
(non-italic) comma.
Translations of elements appearing in French should adhere to

rule 26.1.1 (ie should appear in square brackets after the element
translated).
1
Examples Cour de cassation [French Court of Cassation], 06-81968, 5 December
2006 reported in (2006) Bull crim no 304, 1095.
2 Conseil constitutionnel [French Constitutional Court], decision no
2005-527 DC, 8 December 2005 reported in JO, 13 December 2005, 19162.
3 Demoiselle X, Conseil d’État [French Administrative Court], 28 May 1971
reported in [1971] Rec Lebon 409.
4 Cour d’appel de Toulouse [Toulouse Court of Appeal], 2003/05292,
7 March 2005.
Note Official report series of the French Cour de cassation [Court of

Cassation], Conseil constitutionnel [Constitutional Court] and Conseil
d’État [Administrative Court] are set out in the table below:
Court Report Series Abbreviation
Cour de cassation — Bulletin des arrêts de la Cour Bull civ
civil matters de cassation, Chambres
civiles
Cour de cassation — Bulletin des arrêts de la Cour Bull crim
criminal matters de cassation, Chambre
criminelle
Conseil Journal officiel de la JO
constitutionnel République française
Conseil d’État Recueil des arrêts du Conseil Rec Lebon
d’État statuant au contentieux
For decisions of the Cour de cassation, the ‘appeal number’ is generally

the number following ‘no de pourvoi’ in the decision.

France
17.2.1 Individual Materials
Rule French legislation and delegated legislation should be cited as follows:

Title of Law (France) JO, Full Date of Publication , Pinpoint .
The title of the law generally includes a number (preceded by ‘no’) and
a date (preceded by ‘du’). Laws are gazetted in the Journal officiel
(abbreviated ‘JO’).
translated).
5
Examples Loi no 91-662 du 13 juillet 1991 [Law No 91-662 of 13 July 1991] (France)
JO, 19 July 1991, 9521.
6 Décret no 95-221 du 27 février 1995 [Decree No 95-221 of 27 February
1995] (France) JO, 2 March 1995, 3350.
17.2.2 Codes
Rule French codes should be cited as follows:

Title of Code (France) Pinpoint .
translated).
7
Examples Code civil [Civil Code] (France) art 147.
8
Code de procédure pénale [Code of Criminal Procedure] (France) art 689.
17.2.3 Constitution
Rule The French Constitution should be cited as follows:

La Constitution du 4 octobre 1958 [French Constitution of
4 October 1958] Pinpoint .
9
Example La Constitution du 4 octobre 1958 [French Constitution of 4 October 1958]
art 2.
231
18 Germany
Note The rules in this chapter should be used when citing German language
primary materials. Published translations of German primary materials
18.1 Cases
Rule Cases should be cited as follows:

Court Name , Case Number , Full Date reported in
( Year of Decision ) Volume Number
Abbreviation of Report Series Starting Page , Pinpoint .
A popular or commonly used name of a case may be included before
the name of the court. It should appear italicised and be followed by a
(non-italic) comma.
The words ‘reported in’ and a citation of a report series should be
included only where available.
Translations of elements appearing in German should adhere to
translated).
1
Examples Bundesverfassungsgericht [German Constitutional Court], 1 BvR 131/96,
24 March 1998 reported in (1998) 97 BVerfGE 391.
2 Bundesgerichtshof [German Federal Court of Justice], VII ZR 110/83,
19 January 1984 reported in (1984) 89 BGHZ 376, 378.
3
Solange II, Bundesverfassungsgericht [German Constitutional Court],
2 BvR 197/83, 22 October 1986 reported in (1986) 73 BVerfGE 339.
4 Pumuckl, Oberlandesgericht München [Munich Court of Appeal],
29 U 4743/02, 4 September 2003.
Germany
Note The preferred report series of German final courts of appeal are as
follows:
Court Name of Court in Report Series
English Abbreviation
Bundesverfassungsgericht Federal Constitutional BVerfGE
Court
Bundesgerichtshof — Federal Court of Justice BGHSt
Strafsachen — Criminal Matters
Bundesgerichtshof — Federal Court of Justice BGHZ
Zivilsachen — Civil Matters
Bundessozialgericht Federal Social Court BSGE
Bundesfinanzhof Federal Finance Court BFHE
Bundesarbeitsgericht Federal Labour Court BAGE
18.2.1 Individual Laws
Rule Legislation and delegated legislation should be cited as follows:

Title of Law (Germany) Full Date of Enactment ,
Abbreviated Gazette Name , Year , Starting Page , Pinpoint .
translated).
5
Example Sozialversicherungs-Rechnungsverordnung [Social Security Calculation
Regulation] (Germany) 27 April 2009, BGBl I, 2009, 951.
18.2.2 Codes
Rule German codes should be cited as follows:

Title of Code (Germany) Pinpoint .
Where a code has a commonly used abbreviation, this abbreviation may
be included in the first citation of the code as a short title and used in
subsequent references, in accordance with rule 3.5.
translated).
6
Examples Bürgerliches Gesetzbuch [Civil Code] (Germany) § 823(1) (‘BGB’).
…
8 BGB (n 6) § 826.
18.2.3 Constitution
Rule The German Constitution should be cited as follows:

Grundgesetz für die Bundesrepublik Deutschland [Basic Law for the
Federal Republic of Germany] Pinpoint .
9
Example Grundgesetz für die Bundesrepublik Deutschland [Basic Law for the
Federal Republic of Germany] art 8(1).
Germany
234
19 Hong Kong
19.1 Cases
Rule Hong Kong cases should be cited accordance with chapter 2. However,
names of individuals (both parties and judicial officers) should
generally appear in full.
1
Examples Ng Ka Ling v Director of Immigration [1999] 1 HKLRD 315.
2 Victor Chandler (International) Ltd v Zhou Chu Jian He (2007) 12 HKPLR
595, 601 [24] (Court of First Instance).
3 Penny’s Bay Investment Co Ltd v Director of Lands [2009] 1 HKC 391.
4 Hong Kong Special Administrative Region v Lau Wai Wo (2003) 6
HKCFAR 624.
5
Discovery Bay Services Management Ltd v David Buxhaum [1995]
HKDCLR 7, 9 (Downey J).
6 Faithway Enterprise Ltd v Lee Wan [2007] HKCA 175.
Note The Hong Kong Law Reports and Digest (abbreviated ‘HKLRD’), the
Hong Kong Court of Final Appeal Reports (abbreviated ‘HKCFAR’)
and the Hong Kong Law Reports (abbreviated ‘HKLR’) are authorised
report series, so should be cited where available. Commonly cited
unauthorised law report series is the Hong Kong Cases (abbreviated
‘HKC’), which should be cited where no authorised series is available.
When citing cases from Hong Kong, it may be useful to include the
name of the court in a citation (in accordance with rule 2.2.6).
Names of individuals should generally appear in full in Hong Kong
decisions to ensure that individuals are unambiguously identified. If
given names are not necessary to identify an individual, they may be
omitted.
Hong Kong
19.2.1 Principal and Delegated Legislation
Rule Hong Kong principal and delegated legislation should be cited in

accordance with rules 3.1 and 3.4–3.5. However:
x no year should be included;
x the jurisdiction should appear as ‘(Hong Kong)’; and
x a chapter number should be included after the jurisdiction.
The chapter number should appear as follows:
cap Chapter Number
(eg ‘cap 3’).
Where a pinpoint reference is included, the chapter number should be
Where principal or delegated legislation has not been allocated a
chapter number (or when citing principal or delegated legislation
historically, as enacted), the year should be included.
7
Examples Evidence Ordinance (Hong Kong) cap 8, s 4.
8 Dogs and Cats Regulations (Hong Kong) cap 167A, reg 22.
9
Rules of the High Court (Hong Kong) cap 4A.
Note A piece of primary legislation in Hong Kong is usually called an

‘ordinance’.
19.2.2 Constitution
Rule The Hong Kong Constitution should be cited as follows:

Basic Law of the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the
People’s Republic of China Pinpoint .
10
Example Basic Law of the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the People’s
Republic of China art 4.
236
20 Malaysia
20.1 Cases
Rule Malaysian cases should be cited in accordance with chapter 2.

However:
x the names of individuals (both parties and judicial officers)
should generally appear in full; and
x abbreviations of judicial titles should appear as they do in the
case cited (but should adhere to rule 1.6.1, so full stops should
not be used in abbreviations).
‘Sendirian Berhad’ (an expression indicating incorporation) should be
abbreviated ‘Sdn Bhd ’ in parties’ names. ‘Datuk’ (approximately
equivalent to ‘Sir’) and ‘Haji’ (a religious status) should always be
omitted from parties’ names.
1
Examples Ratna Ammal v Tan Chow Soo [1964] 1 MLJ 399.
2 Achieva Technology Sdn Bhd v Lam Yen Ling [2009] 8 MLJ 625 (High
Court of Malaya).
Notes When citing cases from Malaysia, it may be useful to include the name
of the court in a citation (in accordance with rule 2.2.6).
Names of individuals should generally appear in full in Malaysian
omitted.
Rule In Malaysia, the most commonly used and authoritative law report
series is the Malayan Law Journal (abbreviated ‘MLJ’), which should
be cited where possible.
Where a case is not reported in the MLJ, the Current Law Journal
(abbreviated ‘CLJ’) should be cited where possible.
3
Examples Polygram Records Sdn Bhd v The Search [1994] 3 MLJ 127,
140 (Sinnadurai J) (High Court of Malaya).
4 TAM Abdul Aziz & Co v Shamsudeen Mohamed John [1951] 1 MLJ 141,
141 (Murray-Aynsley CJ) (Court of Appeal).
5 PP v Segaran S Mathavan [2010] 2 CLJ 121 (High Court of Malaya).
Malaysia
Note The Malayan Law Journal contains both journal articles and cases from
the Federal Court, Court of Appeal and High Court. Until 1965,
volumes of the Malayan Law Journal were organised by volume. From
1966, the volumes are organised by year.
20.1.2 Unreported Cases
Rule Unreported Malaysian decisions should be cited in accordance with

rule 2.3.2.
6
Example Mohamed Musa bin Amanullah v Public Prosecutor (Unreported,
Malaysian Court of Appeal, Hasan Lah, Sulong Matjeraie and Mohd
Hishamudin Yunus JJCA, 1 March 2010) [45]–[46].
Note Although some online databases do so, Malaysian courts do not allocate
medium neutral citations. Medium neutral citations should thus not be
used for unreported Malaysian cases, in accordance with rule 2.3.1.
20.2.1 Statutes and Delegated Legislation
Rule Malaysian statutes and delegated legislation should be cited in

accordance with chapter 3. The jurisdiction should appear as
‘(Malaysia)’.
7
Examples Copyright Act 1987 (Malaysia) s 7.
8 Digital Signature Regulations 1998 (Malaysia) reg 58(a).
20.2.2 Constitution
Rule The Malaysian Constitution should be cited as follows:

Federal Constitution (Malaysia) Pinpoint .
9
Example Federal Constitution (Malaysia) art 5.
239
21 New Zealand
21.1 Cases
21.1.1 General Rule
Rule New Zealand cases should be cited in accordance with chapter 2.
1
Example Haylock v Patek [2009] 1 NZLR 351.
Zealand
New
Note When citing cases from New Zealand, it may be useful to include the
name of the court in a citation (in accordance with rule 2.2.6) where the
court is not otherwise apparent.
21.1.2 Official and Unofficial Report Series
Rule The New Zealand Law Reports (abbreviated ‘NZLR’), which are
authorised, should be cited where possible in accordance with rule
2.2.2.
Where a case is not reported in the NZLR, an unofficial report series
should be cited (where available).
2
Examples Buchanan v Jennings [2000] NZAR 113 (Randerson and Neazor JJ) (High
Court of New Zealand).
3 Gloken Holdings Ltd v The CDE Co Ltd (1997) 6 NZBLC ¶99-418, 102272.
4
Edinburgh Realty Ltd v Scandrett (2016) 18 NZCPR 23.
5 G v P [2015] NZFLR 423.
6 Glaxo Group Ltd v Apotex NZ Ltd (1994) 30 IPR 665 (High Court of New
Zealand).
7 Housing New Zealand Corporation v Sharp Electrical Services Ltd (2015)
22 PRNZ 434.
8 Brown v New Zealand Basing Ltd [2018] 1 NZLR 245, 263 [40] (Young J
for Young and Glazebrook JJ) (Supreme Court of New Zealand).
Rule Where a case is unreported and has been assigned a medium neutral
citation by the court, it should be cited in accordance with rule 2.3.1.
The following medium neutral unique court identifiers for New
Zealand courts should be used from the years indicated:
Court Unique Court Identifier Years
Supreme Court NZSC 2005–
Court of Appeal NZCA 2007–
High Court NZHC 2012–
Employment Court NZEmpC 2010–
Environment Court NZEnvC 2010–
Family Court NZFC 2012–
Other unreported decisions should be cited in accordance with

rule 2.3.2.
9
Examples Eight Mile Style LLC v New Zealand National Party [2017] NZHC 2603.
10 Lowe v New Zealand Police (High Court of New Zealand, Clifford J,
2 March 2010) [11]–[12].
11
Underhill v Coca-Cola Amatil (NZ) Ltd [2017] NZEmpC 117.
12 Arapata Trust Ltd v Auckland Council [2016] NZEnvC 236.
Note Some New Zealand tribunals also assign medium neutral citations to
their decision. Such medium neutral citations should be used only
where the tribunal itself has assigned that citation.
21.1.4 0ƗRUL Land Court and 0ƗRUL Appellate Court
Rule Decisions of the 0ƗRUL Land Court and the 0ƗRUL Appellate Court
Parties’ Names — Block Name ( Year ) Case Number
Registry Minute Book Abbreviation Starting Page , Pinpoint .
Parties’ names should be separated by ‘v’. The block name should be

included only where it appears in the decision. The following
abbreviations should be used for the minute book abbreviation:
Type of Minute Book Abbreviation
Minute Book MB
Appellate Court Minute Book ACMB
Chief Judge’s Minute Book CJMB
:KHUHPLQXWHERRNUHIHUHQFHVDUHXQDYDLODEOH0ƗRUL/DQG&RXUWDQG
0ƗRUL $SSHOODWH &RXUW GHFLVLRQV VKRXOG EH FLWHG DV unreported
Zealand
New
decisions (in accordance with rule 2.3).
Pinpoint references should adhere to rule 2.2.5. Names of judicial
officers should adhere to rule 2.4.1.
13
Examples O’Rorke v Hohaia — Pukekohatu 7B Block (2006) 173 Aotea MB 114,
117 [12]–[13] (Judge Harvey).
14 Taipari v Hauraki Maori Trust Board (2008) 114 Hauraki MB 34.
Note The block name is usually preceded by the words ‘In the matter of’ in
0ƗRUL /DQG &RXUW DQG 0ƗRUL $SSHOODWH &RXUW GHFLVLRQV DQG WKRVH
words should be omitted in citations).
Minute books are divided according to registry.
21.1.5 Waitangi Tribunal
Rule Reports of the Waitangi Tribunal should be cited as follows:

Waitangi Tribunal, Title of Report ( Wai Number , Year ) Pinpoint .
15
Example Waitangi Tribunal, Maori Electoral Option Report (Wai 413, 1994)
37 [5.1].
Note The ‘Wai number’ is used to identify reports of the Waitangi Tribunal
and should be included where it is available.
21.2.1 Statutes
Rule New Zealand statutes should be cited in accordance with rule 3.1. The
jurisdiction should be abbreviated ‘NZ’.
16
Example Habeas Corpus Act 2001 (NZ).
21.2.2 Delegated Legislation
Rule New Zealand delegated legislation should be cited in accordance with

rule 3.4. However, the statutory rule number should be included after
the jurisdiction and followed by a comma. It should appear in the form:
SR Year / Instrument Number
(eg ‘SR 2004/225’).
17
Example Electronic Transactions Regulations 2003 (NZ) SR 2003/288, reg 4.
21.3 Other
Rule For further information on the citation of New Zealand materials, see
the latest edition of the New Zealand Law Style Guide.
243
22 Singapore
22.1 Cases
22.1.1 General Rule
Rule Singaporean cases should be cited in accordance with chapter 2.

However:
x names of individuals (both parties and judicial officers) should
generally appear in full; and
x ‘Private Limited Company’ is abbreviated ‘Pte Ltd’ for
Singaporean companies.
Singapore
1
Examples Re Econ Corp Ltd [2004] 1 SLR(R) 273.
2 Lim Choo Suan Elizabeth v Goh Kok Hwa Richard [2009] 4 SLR(R) 193,
201–2 [15]–[16] (Woo Bih Li J) (High Court).
3 Virtual Map (Singapore) Pte Ltd v Singapore Land Authority [2009] 2
SLR(R) 558, 563 (Andrew Phang Boon Leong JA for the Court) (Court of
Appeal).
Note When citing cases from Singapore, it may be useful to include the name
of the court in a citation (in accordance with rule 2.2.6).
Names of individuals should generally appear in full in Singaporean
omitted.
Rule The authoritative report series for cases from 1965 is the Singapore Law
Reports (Reissue) (abbreviated ‘SLR(R)’) and from 2010 is the
Singapore Law Reports (abbreviated ‘SLR’). For cases prior to 1965,
the Malayan Law Journal (abbreviated ‘MLJ’) should be cited.
4
Examples ACB v Thomson Medical Pte Ltd [2017] 1 SLR 918.
5 Loo Seong Thye v Goh Teik Yah [1964] 1 MLJ 346.
Note Singapore Law Reports (‘SLR’) for the years between 1965 to 2009
were re-edited and published under volumes called Singapore Law
Reports (Reissue) (‘SLR(R)’). The Supreme Court of Singapore’s
Practice Direction No 4 of 2009: Citation of Judgments — Singapore
Law Reports (Reissue) states that the preferred report series between
1965 to 2009 is the SLR(R) report series. SLR(R) should be cited in
preference to SLR for these years. SLR should be cited for all other
years (ie from 2010 onwards).
Preferred Report Series Abbreviation Years
Singapore Law Reports (Reissue) SLR(R) 1965–2009
Singapore Law Reports SLR 2010–
Rule Where a decision is unreported and has been assigned a medium neutral
The following unique court identifiers should be used:
Identifier
Supreme Court of Singapore — SGCA 2003–
Court of Appeal
Supreme Court of Singapore — SGHC 2003–
High Court
Singapore District Court SGDC 2001–
Singapore Magistrates’ Court SGMC 2001–
Singapore Juvenile Court SGJC 2001–
Singapore Small Claims Tribunal SGSCT 2001–
Other unreported Singaporean decisions should be cited in accordance

with rule 2.3.2.
6
Examples Sumber Indah Pte Ltd v Kamala Jewellers Pte Ltd [2018] SGHC 70.
7 Prometheus Marine Pte Ltd v Ann Rita King [2017] SGCA 61, [38]
(Sundaresh Menon CJ for the Court).
8 Public Prosecutor v Zhang Jing [2006] SGDC 82, [17]–[19].
Note The Supreme Court of Singapore consists of the High Court and the
Court of Appeal.
22.2.1 Statutes and Subsidiary Legislation
Rule Singaporean legislation and subsidiary legislation that has been

assigned a chapter number should be cited as follows:
Title (Singapore, cap Chapter Number , Year rev ed) Pinpoint .
The title should adhere to rule 3.1.1.
Where a statute or subsidiary legislation is cited as in force, the year is
that of the most recent revision. For historical references, the
appropriate year of revision should be included. Pinpoint references
should adhere to rules 3.1.4–3.1.6 and 3.4.
Singapore
Legislation and subsidiary legislation that has not been assigned a
chapter number or been revised (as well as historical statutes and
subsidiary legislation that preceded chapter numbering) should be cited
as follows:
Title Year (Singapore) Pinpoint .
The year is that in which the statute was passed or the subsidiary
legislation was promulgated originally (and should adhere to
rule 3.1.2).
9
Examples Adoption of Children Act (Singapore, cap 4, 1985 rev ed) s 5.
10 Land Titles Act (Singapore, cap 157, 1994 rev ed) pt III.
11 Rules of Court (Singapore, cap 322, 2006 rev ed) ord 10 r 1.
12 Road Traffic (Motor Vehicles, Driving Licences) (Amendment) Rules 2010
(Singapore).
13 Land Titles Ordinance 1956 (Singapore) ss 28(2)(b)–(e).
Note In Singapore, all forms of delegated legislation are called ‘subsidiary

legislation’.
The chapter number (abbreviated ‘cap’) refers to a statute or piece of
subsidiary legislation as first passed or promulgated. Singaporean Acts
and subsidiary legislation are regularly revised by the Law Revision
Commission with the assent of the President and become official
revised editions (abbreviated ‘rev ed’).
22.2.2 Constitutional Documents
Rule Singaporean constitutional documents should be cited in accordance

with rule 22.2.1. These documents do not have chapter numbers, but
revision or reprint information should be indicated.
14
Examples Constitution of the Republic of Singapore (Singapore, 1999 reprint)
ss 9–16.
15 Republic of Singapore Independence Act (Singapore, 1985 rev ed) s 5.
22.3 Other
Rule For further information on the citation of Singaporean materials, see

the latest edition of The Singapore Academy of Law Style Guide.
247
23 South Africa
23.1 Cases
23.1.1 General Rule
Rule South African cases should be cited in accordance with chapter 2.

Where a judicial officer is identified (in accordance with rule 2.4.1),
‘Judge President’ should be abbreviated ‘JP’ and appear after a judge’s
name.
In accordance with rule 2.2.6, the name of the court (eg ‘Constitutional
Court’) or name of the division of the Supreme Court or High Court
(eg ‘Appellate Division’) may be included. However, the location of a
Supreme Court or High Court division should be omitted
(eg ‘Provincial Division’, not ‘Transvaal Provincial Division’).
South Africa
1
Examples Christian Education South Africa v Minister of Education [1999] 2 SA 83
(Constitutional Court).
2
Mahlangu v De Jager [2000] 3 SA 145 (Land Claims Court).
3 Belvedere Sugar Co (Pty) Ltd v Sugar Industry Central Board [1962] 1 SA
221, 230 (Williamson JP).
4
S v Zinn [1969] 2 SA 537, 540 (Rumpff JA) (Appellate Division).
5
Soller No v G [2003] 5 SA 430, 437–8 [22]–[27] (Satchwell J) (Local
Division). [Not: … (Witwatersrand Local Division).]
Note ‘S’ is commonly used as an abbreviation for ‘State’ where the state is a
party to a criminal case.
The High Court of South Africa replaced the local and provincial
divisions of the Supreme Court of South Africa in 1997. The Supreme
Court of Appeal replaced the Appellate Division of the Supreme Court
in 1996.
Accordingly, the following court names may be included in accordance

with rule 2.2.6:
Court(s) Court Name for Citations
Constitutional Court (Constitutional Court)
The current Supreme Court of Appeal (Supreme Court of Appeal)
The former Appellate Division of the (Appellate Division)
Supreme Court
All current locations of the High Court (for (High Court)
example, ‘North West High Court,
Mafikeng’)
All former Supreme Court local and (Local Division)/(Provincial
provincial divisions (for example, ‘Cape Division)
Provincial Division’)
All former Supreme Court divisions not (Supreme Court)
designated ‘local’ or ‘provincial’ (for
example, ‘Eastern Cape Division’)
The names of other courts (such as the Magistrates’ Court, Land Claims
Court, Labour Court, Labour Appeal Court and Competition Appeal
Court) may be included as appropriate. Specific geographical locations
should be omitted from such names.
Rule South Africa does not have authorised reports of judicial decisions. The
most commonly used report series is the South African Law Reports
(abbreviated ‘SA’), which should be cited where possible.
6
Example S v Manamela [2000] 3 SA 1 (Constitutional Court).
Note Decisions of the Supreme Court and High Court of Namibia and the
Supreme Court and High Court of Zimbabwe are reported in the SA
and should be cited in accordance with this rule.
23.2.1 Statutes and Delegated Legislation
Rule South African legislation and delegated legislation should be cited in

accordance with chapter 3.
The following abbreviations and phrases should be used to indicate
South African jurisdictions:
Jurisdiction Abbreviation/Phrase
South Africa South Africa
Eastern Cape EC
Free State FS
Gauteng G
KwaZulu-Natal KZN
Limpopo LP
Mpumalanga MP
South Africa
North West NW
Northern Cape NC
Western Cape WC
In provincial legislation, where the jurisdiction appears at the beginning

of the title of an Act, it should be omitted from the title and included in
abbreviated form in accordance with rule 3.1.3.
7
Examples Local Government Transition Act 1993 (South Africa).
8 Digital Terrestrial Television Regulations 2009 (South Africa) reg 5.
9 Land Administration Act 2003 (KZN). [Not: KwaZulu-Natal Land
Administration Act 2003.]
23.2.2 Constitutions
Rule The constitutions of South Africa and its provinces should be cited as
regular legislation (in accordance with rule 23.2.1).
10
Example Constitution of the Republic of South Africa Act 1996 (South Africa) ch 8.
23.3 Truth and Reconciliation Commission
Rule Reports of the Truth and Reconciliation Commission of South Africa

should be cited as books (in accordance with chapter 6).
11
Example Truth and Reconciliation Commission of South Africa, Report
(1998–2003) vol 3, 155.
251
24 United Kingdom
24.1 Cases
24.1.1 General Rule
Rule United Kingdom cases should be cited in accordance with chapter 2.

‘Public Limited Company’ should be abbreviated ‘plc’ in parties’
names.
In judicial review cases from 2001 where the Crown is a party (often
described as ‘R on the application of X’ in the report), the Crown and
the party seeking judicial review should appear in the form:
R ( Name of Party Seeking Judicial Review )
(eg ‘R (Anderson)’).
1
Example CAS (Nominees) Ltd v Nottingham Forest plc [2001] 1 All ER 954.
2 R (Amin) v Secretary of State for the Home Department [2004] 1 AC 653,
673–4 [39] (Lord Bingham).
24.1.2 Modern English Reports
Kingdom
United
Rule The Law Reports, published by the Incorporated Council of Law
Reporting for England and Wales, should be cited where available.
The abbreviations for commonly used series in the Law Reports (and
predecessor series) are in the table on the following page. Where ‘LR’
appears in an abbreviation, the volume number should be included
between ‘LR’ and the rest of the abbreviation (eg ‘LR 7 QB’, not
‘7 LR QB’).
Jurisdiction Abbreviation Years

Admiralty and Ecclesiastical Cases LR Adm & Eccl 1865–75
Appeal Cases AC 1890–
App Cas 1875–90
Chancery Ch 1891–
Ch D 1875–90
Chancery Appeal Cases LR Ch App 1865–75
Common Pleas CPD 1875–80
LR CP 1865–75
Crown Cases Reserved LR CCR 1865–75
English and Irish Appeals and LR HL 1865–75
Peerage Claims
Equity LR Eq 1865–75
Exchequer Ex D 1875–80
LR Ex 1865–75
Family Fam 1972–
Privy Council LR PC 1865–75
Probate and Divorce P 1891–1971
PD 1875–90
LR P&D 1865–75
Queen’s and King’s Bench QB 1952–
KB 1901–51
QB 1891–1900
QBD 1875–90
LR QB 1865–75
Restrictive Practices LR RP 1957–72
Scotch and Divorce Appeals LR Sc & Div 1865–75
3
Examples Beevis v Dawson [1957] 1 QB 195.
4 Astley v Micklethwait (1880) 15 Ch D 59.
5 Skinner v Orde (1871) LR 4 PC 60.
6 The Winkfield [1902] P 42.
7 JA Pye (Oxford) Ltd v Graham [2003] 1 AC 419.
24.1.3 Nominate Reports
Rule Citations of nominate reports should include a parallel citation of the

English Reports (abbreviated ‘ER’) or the Revised Reports
(abbreviated ‘RR’) where available, after the citation of the nominate
report (including any pinpoint references). The ER should be cited in
preference to the RR.
Where parallel citations are used, pinpoints need only be included in
the ER or RR citation.
8
Examples Russel v Lee (1661) 1 Lev 86; 83 ER 310.
9 Janvrin v De La Mare (1861) 14 Moo PC 334; 15 ER 332, 336
(Lord Kingsdown).
10 Peters v Fleming (1840) 6 M & W 42; 151 ER 314, 315 (Parke B), 316
(Alderson B), 316 (Rolfe B).
Note The nominate reports, published between 1537 and 1865, are reports
that were published under the name of the reporter. Many of the
nominate reports have been compiled and reprinted. The first reprint
was published as the RR. The subsequent (and preferred) reprint is
the ER.
24.1.4 Scottish Reports
Kingdom
United
Rule Scottish cases should be cited in accordance with rule 24.1. However,
in report series organised by year, square brackets should not enclose
the year.
11
Examples Logan v Harrower 2008 SLT 1049.
12 Fraser v Professional Golfers Association Ltd 1999 SCLR 1032.
13 Shepherd v Howman 1918 JC 78.
14 West v Secretary of State for Scotland 1992 SC 385.
15 Brown v Hamilton District Council 1983 SC (HL) 1.
Rule UK unreported decisions should be cited in accordance with rule 2.3.

Where a decision is unreported and has been assigned a medium neutral
The following are medium neutral unique court identifiers for
important UK courts:
Identifier
Supreme Court of the United Kingdom UKSC 2009–
United Kingdom House of Lords UKHL 2001–09
United Kingdom Privy Council UKPC 2001–
England and Wales Court of Appeal — EWCA Civ 2001–
Civil Division
England and Wales Court of Appeal — EWCA Crim 2001–
Criminal Division
England and Wales High Court — EWHC Admin 2001–02
Administrative Court EWHC (Admin)* 2002–
England and Wales High Court — EWHC (Admlty)* 2002–
Admiralty Court
England and Wales High Court — EWHC (Ch)* 2002–
Chancery Division
England and Wales High Court — EWHC (Comm)* 2002–
Commercial Court
England and Wales High Court — EWHC (Fam)* 2002–
Family Division
England and Wales High Court — EWHC (Pat)* 2002–
Patents Court
England and Wales High Court — EWHC (QB)* 2002–
Queen’s Bench Division
England and Wales High Court — EWHC (TCC)* 2002–
Technology and Construction Court
Scotland High Court of Justiciary — HCJAC 2005–
Appeal Court
Scotland High Court of Justiciary — HCJT 2005–
Trial Court
Scotland Court of Session — Inner CSIH 2005–
House
Scotland Court of Session — Outer CSOH 2005–
House
Northern Ireland Court of Appeal NICA 2001–

Northern Ireland High Court — NICh 2001–
Chancery Division
Northern Ireland High Court — Family NIFam 2001–
Division
Northern Ireland High Court — NIQB 2001–
Queen’s Bench Division
Northern Ireland Crown Court NICC 2001–
* The part of the unique court identifier in parentheses appears after the
judgment number (eg ‘[2010] EWHC 64 (Fam)’).
Other unreported UK decisions should be cited in accordance with

rule 2.3.2.
16
Examples Four Seasons Holdings Inc v Brownlie [2017] UKSC 80, [33] (Lady Hale).
17 R v Taylor [2017] EWCA Crim 2209, [25] (Irwin LJ).
18 Graham v Her Majesty’s Advocate [2018] HCJAC 4, [23]–[28]
(Lady Paton for the Court).
19 R (Stewart) v Birmingham City Council [2018] EWHC 61 (Admin), [1]
(Baker J).
20 Training for Tomorrow (Holdings) Ltd v The Corporate Services Group plc
(England and Wales High Court, Langley J, 28 February 2000) 7–8.
21 Bank of Scotland v Herron [2017] NICh 15.
Kingdom
22 Ashley v Scottish Football Association Ltd [2016] CSOH 78. [Not: Petition
United
by Michael Ashley for Judicial Review of Determinations of a Judicial
Panel and Appellate Tribunal of the Scottish Football Association Limited
[2016] CSOH 78.]
23 The Jag Pooja [2018] EWHC 389 (Admlty).
24 Nautical Challenge Ltd v Evergreen Marine (UK) Ltd [2017] EWHC 453
(Admlty).
24.1.6 Identifying Judicial Officers
Rule Judges’ names should be included in accordance with rule 2.4.1 (ie may
be included after a pinpoint reference where the judge’s name is not
otherwise apparent) and rules 2.4.2–2.4.3 and 4.1.5. The abbreviations
of judicial titles in the table below should be used in addition to or
instead of those in rule 2.4.1. However, those titles marked with an
asterisk should always appear before the judge’s name.
Judicial Title Abbreviation/Title
Baron of the Exchequer B
Baroness Baroness*
Chancellor C
Chief Baron CB
Circuit Judge Judge*
District Judge DJ
Deputy President of the Supreme Court of the DPSC
United Kingdom
Justice of the High Court J
Lord Chancellor LC
Lord Chief Justice, Chief Justice of the Common CJ
Pleas, Chief Justice of the King’s Bench, Chief
Justice of the Queen’s Bench
Lord Commissioner Lord Commissioner*
Lord of Appeal Lord*
Lord/Lady Justice of Appeal LJ
Master Master*
Master of the Rolls MR
President of the Family Division of the High Court P
President of the Supreme Court of the United PSC
Kingdom
Recorder Recorder*
Registrar Registrar*
Justice of the Supreme Court of the United JSC
Kingdom
Vice-Chancellor V-C
Examples Lord Cozens-Hardy MR Kindersley V-C Lord Diplock

Lord Hope DP Lord Brown JSC Hoffmann J
James, Baggallay and Bramwell LJJ Lord Thurlow LC Arden LJ
25 Ivey v Genting Casinos (UK) Ltd [2017] 3 WLR 1212, 1215–19 [2]–[27]
(Lord Hughes JSC, Baroness Hale PSC, Lord Kerr JSC and Lords
Neuberger and Thomas agreeing).
24.2 Legislation
Patents Act 2004 (UK) s5

Examples Artificers and
5 Eliz 1, c 4 ,s3
Apprentices Act 1562,
Regnal Year and
Element Title and Year Jurisdiction Pinpoint
Chapter
Rule 24.2.1 24.2.2 24.2.3 24.2.4
24.2.1 Title and Year
Rule UK statute titles and years should adhere to rules 3.1.1–3.1.2.

In particular, the year in which the statute was passed should be
included in the title regardless of whether it appears in the original short
or long title.
Kingdom
United
‘The’ should be omitted from the beginning of a statute title.
For pre-19th century statutes that do not include a short title, the short
title given in Great Britain, Chronological Table of the Statutes
(Stationery Office, 2017) or equivalent online publications should be
included (instead of the long title appearing in the statute itself).
26
Examples Human Rights Act 1998 (UK) s 6(1).
27 Government of Wales Act 1998 (UK). [Not: Government of Wales Act
(UK) …]
28 Staple Act 1435, 14 Hen 6, c 2. [Not: The Staple Act 1435, …]
29 Private (See of Dublin) Act 1705, 4 & 5 Anne c 13. [Not: An Act for Making
Effectual a Grant of Their Late Majesties King William and Queen Mary
of the Town and Lands of Seatown to the Archbishoprick of Dublin and for
Restoring the Same to the Said See 1705, …]
24.2.2 Jurisdiction
Rule The jurisdiction of a statute should be included or omitted according to

the table below:
Parliament/Assembly Jurisdiction
United Kingdom Parliament (from 1 January ‘(UK)’ should be

1963) included
United Kingdom Parliament (before 1 Omit jurisdiction

January 1963)
United Kingdom Parliament sitting as the ‘(Imp)’ may be

Imperial Parliament (before 1 January 1963) included
Northern Ireland Assembly ‘(NI)’ should be

included
Scottish Parliament ‘(Scot)’ should

be included
National Assembly for Wales ‘(Wales)’ should

be included
Where the jurisdiction is omitted in a citation, the statute title should be

followed by a (non-italic) comma.
30
Examples Factories Act 1961, 9 & 10 Eliz 2, c 34.
31 Colonial Laws Validity Act 1865 (Imp) 28 & 29 Vict, c 63.
32 Appropriation Act 2004 (UK).
33 Libraries Act (Northern Ireland) 2008 (NI).
34 Dog Fouling (Scotland) Act 2003 (Scot).
35 Learner Travel (Wales) Measure 2008 (Wales).
24.2.3 Regnal Year and Chapter
Rule For statutes enacted before 1 January 1963, the regnal year and chapter
should be included. These should not be included for statutes enacted
from this date.
Regnal years should appear (using Arabic numerals) as follows:

Year(s) of Reign Monarch’s Name Regnal Number of Monarch
(eg ‘2 & 3 Wm 4’).
The year of reign is the number of years for which the monarch had
reigned when the statute was enacted (eg ‘1 Geo’ indicates the first year
of reign). The monarch’s name should be abbreviated according to the
table below. The regnal number of the monarch is the sequential
number of monarchs of the same name (eg ‘Geo 6’ indicates
George VI). (A session of Parliament during the first year of reign of
George VI would thus be indicated ‘1 Geo 6’).
Where there are multiple sessions of Parliament in a given year of reign,
the session number should be included after the regnal year for
subsequent sessions. ‘Session’ should be abbreviated ‘sess’
(eg ‘1 Wm & M sess 2’).
The following abbreviations for monarchs’ names should be used:
Monarch’s Abbreviation Monarch’s Abbreviation
Name Name
Anne Anne Charles Car
Edward Edw Elizabeth Eliz
George Geo Henry Hen
Kingdom
United
James Jac John John
Mary Mary Philip and Mary Ph & M
Richard Ric Victoria Vict
William Wm William and Mary Wm & M
The chapter number (abbreviated ‘c’) of a statute should be included

after the regnal year.
36
Examples Workmen’s Compensation Act 1906, 6 Edw 7, c 58.
37 Statute of Westminster 1931 (Imp) 22 & 23 Geo 5, c 4.
38
East India Company Act 1784, 24 Geo 3 sess 2, c 2.
Note Regnal years are listed in Mick Woodley (ed), Osborn’s Concise Law
Dictionary (Sweet & Maxwell, 12th ed, 2013) and Ray Finkelstein and
David Hamer (eds), LexisNexis Concise Australian Legal Dictionary
(LexisNexis Butterworths, 5th ed, 2015).
Rule Pinpoint references should adhere to rules 3.1.4–3.1.6. However, where

the regnal year and chapter of a statute is given, they should be preceded
by a comma.
The pinpoint abbreviations in rule 3.1.4 should be used.
Undersized Bass
Example (UK) SI 2007/809 , ord 6
Order 2007
Element Title Jurisdiction Instrument Number Pinpoint
Rule UK subordinate/delegated legislation should appear in accordance with

rules 3.3 and 3.9. However:
x the title and year should adhere to rule 24.2.1;
x the jurisdiction should adhere to rule 24.2.2; and
x the instrument number should be included between the
jurisdiction and any pinpoint reference.
The instrument number should appear in the form:
Abbreviation of Instrument Type Year / Number
(eg ‘SR 2009/138’).
The abbreviation of instrument type should appear according to the
table below:
United Kingdom (1890–1947) SR & O
United Kingdom (1947–) SI
Northern Ireland SR
Scottish Parliament SI
If a pinpoint reference is included, the instrument number should be

39
Examples Fertilisers (Amendment) Regulations 1998 (UK) SI 1998/2024. [Not: The
Fertilisers (Amendment) Regulations 1998 …]
40 Aden Colony Order 1936 (UK) SR & O 1936/1031.
41
Outer Space Act 1986 (Gibraltar) Order 1996 (UK) SI 1996/1916.
42 Work at Height Regulations (Northern Ireland) 2005 (NI) SR 2005/279.
43 Scottish Register of Tartans Fees Order 2009 (Scot) SI 2009/6.
44 Magistrates’ Courts (International Criminal Court) (Forms) Rules 2001
(UK) SI 2001/2600, r 4.
24.4 Government Publications
24.4.1 Parliamentary Debates
Rule Modern UK parliamentary debates should be cited as follows:

United Kingdom, Parliamentary Debates, Chamber ,
Full Date , vol Volume Number , col Column Number .
Historical UK parliamentary debates (appearing in Cobbett’s
Parliamentary History of England and equivalent publications) should
be cited as follows:
Kingdom
United Kingdom, Cobbett’s Parliamentary History of England,
United
Year , vol Volume Number col Column Number .
‘United Kingdom’ should be replaced with the appropriate polity
shown in the volume of parliamentary debates.
In all such citations, a speaker’s name may be included in accordance
with rule 7.5.1.
45
Examples United Kingdom, Parliamentary Debates, House of Commons,
16 February 1998, vol 306, col 778 (Jack Straw).
46 United Kingdom, Parliamentary Debates, House of Lords, 3 May 2007,
vol 691, col 1158 (Baroness Morgan).
47 England, Cobbett’s Parliamentary History of England, 1558, vol 1,
col 633.
24.4.2 Command Papers
Rule Command papers should be cited as follows:

Author , Title ( Command Paper Series Number of Paper ,
Year ) Pinpoint .
Command papers are numbered in five series as follows:
Date of Publication Series
1833–69 No 1 – No 4222
1870–99 C 1 – C 9550
1900–18 Cd 1 – Cd 9239
1918–56 Cmd 1 – Cmd 9889
1956–86 Cmnd 1 – Cmnd 9927
1986– Cm 1–
48
Examples United Kingdom, Report of the Commissioners of Prisons for the Year 1949
(Cmd 8088, 1950) 16.
49 Department for Transport (UK), Low Carbon Transport: A Greener Future
— A Carbon Reduction Strategy for Transport (Cm 7682, 2009) 18.
24.4.3 Parliamentary Papers
Rule Parliamentary papers should be cited as follows:

Author , Title ( House
Paper No Number , Session Year(s) of Session ) Pinpoint .
Where a parliamentary paper is presented to both Houses of Parliament,
both paper numbers should be included. They should be separated by a
comma.
50
Examples National Audit Office, Regenerating the English Coalfields (House of
Commons Paper No 84, Session 2009–10) 11.
51 Joint Committee on Human Rights, Prisoner Transfer Treaty with Libya
(House of Lords Paper No 71, House of Commons Paper No 398,
Session 2008–09) 5.
24.5 Other
Rule For further information on the citation of other UK materials, see the
latest edition of the Oxford University Standard for the Citation of
Legal Authorities (‘OSCOLA’).
Kingdom
United
264
25 United States of America
25.1 Cases
Bush v
Examples 885 So 2d 321 , 336 (Fla, 2004)
Schiavo,
Report Series Jurisdiction

Parties’ Starting Pin-
Element Volume and Series and Court Year
Names Page point
Number Name
Rule 25.1.1 25.1.2 25.1.3 25.1.4 25.1.4 25.1.5 25.1.6
25.1.1 Parties’ Names
Rule Parties’ names should adhere to rule 2.1. However, they should be
followed by a (non-italic) comma.
Commas within company names before ‘Inc’, ‘Corp’ and other words
indicating incorporation should be omitted.
1
Examples Roper v Simmons, 543 US 551, 567 (2005).
2 Zapatha v Dairy Mart Inc, 381 Mass 284, 289 (Mass, 1980). [Not: Zapatha
v Dairy Mart, Inc, …]
25.1.2 Volume
Rule The volume number of the report series should appear after the case
name.
3
Example Brearley School Ltd v Ward, 94 NE 1001, 1002 (NY, 1911).
Note US report series are generally organised by volume, not by year

(see rule 2.2).
25.1.3 Report Series and Series Number
Rule The name of the report series should adhere to rule 2.2.2 (ie should be
abbreviated using the list of abbreviations in appendix A). Any series
number (eg ‘2d’, ‘3d’, ‘4th’) should be included as it appears in
appendix A.
For federal decisions, an authorised (or ‘official’) report series should
be cited where available. For state decisions, a regional reporter should
be cited where available. Otherwise, the state authorised report series
or an unofficial report series should be cited.
For citations of US Supreme Court decisions prior to 1875 (that is,
pre-‘90 US’), a parallel citation to the early American report series in
which the decision appears should be included as follows:
Volume in US Series US ( Volume in Early American Reporter
Name of Early American Reporter ) Starting Page
(eg ‘17 US (4 Wheat) 316’).
4
Examples Bush v Gore, 531 US 98 (2000). [Not: Bush v Gore, 121 S Ct 525 (2000).]
5 Loveladies Harbor Inc v United States, 28 F 3d 1171 (Fed Cir, 1994).
6 Stevenson v Shalcross, 205 F 286 (3rd Cir, 1913).
7 Tracy v Beaufort County Board of Education, 335 F Supp 2d 675 (D SC,
2004).
8
Freightliner LLC v Whatley Contract Carriers LLC, 932 So 2d 883 (Ala,
2005).
9 City of Sedan v Church, 29 Kan 190 (1883).
10 Winchester v Hackley, 6 US (2 Cranch) 342 (1805). United
States
Note Authorised reports of the US Supreme Court are published in the ‘US’
series. Early American reports were reproduced in that series. The
pagination of the early American report series is the same as that of the
US series.
Authorised reports of the federal United States Courts of Appeals are
published in the ‘F’ series (‘F’, ‘F 2d’, ‘F 3d’, etc).
Authorised reports of the federal United States District Courts (federal
courts of first instance) are published in the ‘F Supp’ series (‘F Supp’,
‘F Supp 2d’, ‘F Supp 3d’, etc).
Regional reporters, which are published by West, are the various series
of the Atlantic Reporter (abbreviated ‘A’), the North Eastern Reporter
(abbreviated ‘NE’), the North Western Reporter (abbreviated ‘NW’),
the Pacific Reporter (abbreviated ‘P’), the South Eastern Reporter
(abbreviated ‘SE’), the Southern Reporter (abbreviated ‘So’) and the
South Western Reporter (abbreviated ‘SW’).
State authorised report series usually have as their abbreviation the
abbreviation of their state listed in rule 25.1.5.2.
25.1.4 Starting Page and Pinpoint References
Rule The first page of the case should be included after the report series
abbreviation in accordance with rule 2.2.4.
Pinpoint references should adhere to rule 2.2.5. In particular:
x a comma should precede any pinpoint reference;
x where the pinpoint reference is to the first page of the case, the
page number should be repeated; and
x for reported cases, pinpoint references should be to page
numbers and may include paragraph references in addition.
11
Examples Kansas v Hendricks, 521 US 346, 356–7 (1996).
12 State v Aponte, 738 A 2d 117, 134 (McDonald J) (Conn, 1999).
25.1.5 Jurisdiction and Court Name
Rule Where an abbreviated form of the jurisdiction and/or the

abbreviated name of the court must be included (in accordance with
rules 25.1.5.1–25.1.5.2), they should appear in parentheses after
the starting page and any pinpoint reference.
If both the jurisdiction and the court name are included, they should not
be separated by any punctuation. A comma should separate the
jurisdiction and/or court name from the year.
13
Examples The Garshman Co Ltd v General Electric Co, 176 F 3d 1 (1st Cir, 1999).
14 McDonald v Bauman, 433 P 2d 437 (Kan, 1967).
25.1.5.1 Federal Courts
Rule A citation to a decision of the US Supreme Court should not include the
name of the court.
The Courts of Appeals should be referred to by their numbered circuit
(‘1st Cir’, ‘2nd Cir’, etc). The United States Court of Appeals for the
District of Columbia Circuit should be abbreviated ‘DC Cir’.
The United States Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit should be
abbreviated ‘Fed Cir’.
For district court cases, an abbreviated form of the district
(abbreviated ‘D’), but not the division, should be included. Each US
state is either an entire federal district, abbreviated:
D State Abbreviation
(eg ‘D Del’).
or divided into multiple districts, abbreviated:
Abbreviation of District Type D State Abbreviation
(eg ‘CD Cal’).
Common abbreviations of district types are:
District Type Abbreviation District Type Abbreviation
Northern ND Western District WD
District
Southern SD Central District CD
District
Eastern District ED Middle District MD
United
States
State names should be abbreviated according to rule 25.1.5.2.

The names of other federal courts should be included using their
customary abbreviation (which is usually indicated on the decision).
Full stops in abbreviations should be omitted (in accordance with
rule 1.6.1).
15
Examples Tinker v Des Moines Independent Community School District, 393 US 503
(1969). [Not: … (Sup Ct, 1969).]
16 Suntrust Bank v Houghton Mifflin Co, 268 F 3d 1257 (11th Cir, 2001).
17 Air Line Pilots Association v Federal Express Corporation, 402 F 3d 1245,
1248 (DC Cir, 2005).
18 Abbott v Moore Business Forms Inc, 439 F Supp 643 (D NH, 1977).
19 Huggins v Fulton, 505 F Supp 7 (MD Tenn, 1980).
20 Sheppard v Union Pacific Railroad Co, 357 F Supp 2d 1180 (ED Mo,
2005). [Not: (ED Mo ED, 2005) nor (ED Mo Eastern Division, 2005).]
Note The US Supreme Court sits at the apex of the federal court structure.
Circuit courts are intermediate appellate courts. Each ‘circuit’ contains
a number of ‘districts’. District courts are federal courts of first
instance. Districts are sometimes divided into ‘divisions’, the
abbreviation of which appears after the district abbreviation
(eg ‘CD Cal ED’ is ‘Central District of California Eastern Division’). It
is not necessary to include the division in a citation.
25.1.5.2 State Courts
Rule An abbreviated form of the jurisdiction (that is, the name of the state)
followed by the conventional abbreviated name of the court (‘Sup Ct’,
‘Ct App’, etc) should be included. However:
x the jurisdiction should not be included if it is apparent from the
title of the report series; and
x the name of the court should not be included if it is the highest
court in the state.
(Neither the jurisdiction nor the name of the court should therefore be
included if the jurisdiction is apparent from the report series and the
court is the highest court in the state.)
The abbreviations for US states (that is, the jurisdiction) and the name
of the highest court in each state are:
State Highest Court Abbreviation
Alabama Supreme Court Ala
Alaska Supreme Court Alaska
Arizona Supreme Court Ariz
Arkansas Supreme Court Ark
California Supreme Court Cal
Colorado Supreme Court Colo
Connecticut Supreme Court Conn
Delaware Supreme Court Del
Florida Supreme Court Fla

Georgia Supreme Court Ga
Hawaii Supreme Court Haw
Idaho Supreme Court Idaho
Illinois Supreme Court Ill
Indiana Supreme Court Ind
Iowa Supreme Court Iowa
Kansas Supreme Court Kan
Kentucky Supreme Court Ky
Louisiana Supreme Court La
Maine Supreme Judicial Court Me
Maryland Court of Appeals Md
Massachusetts Supreme Judicial Court Mass
Michigan Supreme Court Mich
Minnesota Supreme Court Minn
Mississippi Supreme Court Miss
Missouri Supreme Court Mo
Montana Supreme Court Mont
Nebraska Supreme Court Neb
Nevada Supreme Court Nev
New Hampshire Supreme Court NH
New Jersey Supreme Court NJ
New Mexico Supreme Court NM
New York Court of Appeals NY
North Carolina Supreme Court NC
North Dakota Supreme Court ND
United
States
Ohio Supreme Court Ohio

Oklahoma Supreme Court Okla
Oregon Supreme Court Or
Pennsylvania Supreme Court Pa
Rhode Island Supreme Court RI
South Carolina Supreme Court SC
South Dakota Supreme Court SD
Tennessee Supreme Court Tenn
Texas Supreme Court Tex
Utah Supreme Court Utah
Vermont Supreme Court Vt
Virginia Supreme Court Va

Washington Supreme Court Wash
West Virginia Supreme Court of Appeals W Va
Wisconsin Supreme Court Wis
Wyoming Supreme Court Wyo
21
Examples Brogdon v State, 467 SE 2d 598 (Ga Ct App, 1996).
22 Poire v CL Peck/Jones Brothers Construction Corporation Inc, 46 Cal Rptr
2d 631 (Ct App, 1995).
23 Burr v Maclay Rancho Water Co, 98 P 260 (Cal, 1908).
25.1.6 Year
Rule The year of the decision should appear after the jurisdiction and court
name in the parentheses.
If neither the jurisdiction nor the court name is included, the year should
appear in parentheses after the starting page or any pinpoint reference.
24
Examples People v Eaves, 512 NW 2d 1 (Mich Ct App, 1994).
25 Felder v Casey, 487 US 131, 142 (Brennan J) (1988).
Rule Unreported US cases should be cited as follows:

Parties’ Names ( Jurisdiction and Court/District ,
Docket or Reference No , Full Date ) slip op Pinpoint .
The full docket or reference number, including any letters and
punctuation, should be included as it appears in the decision. However,
punctuation should adhere to rule 1.6.1 (ie full stops should not be used
in abbreviations).
For state courts, both the abbreviated jurisdiction and court name
should be included (using the abbreviations in rule 25.1.5.2). For
federal courts, the abbreviated form of the circuit or district should be
included (in accordance with rule 25.1.5.1).
The words ‘slip op’ (indicating a ‘slip opinion’) should precede

pinpoint references. If the judgment does not begin on the first page of
the slip opinion, a starting page should be included before the pinpoint
reference, followed by a comma. Pinpoint references should generally
be to page numbers (and should adhere to rules 1.1.6–1.1.7). Paragraph
numbers may be included in addition to page numbers.
26
Examples Red Hat Inc v The SCO Group Inc (D Del, Civ No 03-772-SLR, 6 April
2004).
27
Torres v Oklahoma (Okla Ct Crim App, No PCD-04-442, 13 May 2004)
slip op 7.
28 Charlesworth v Mack (1st Cir, No 90-567, 19 January 1991) slip op 3458,
3464.
Note A ‘slip opinion’ is a judgment of a court as handed down. Sometimes,

the pagination across slip opinions for a particular court is continuous
for a period, in which case a starting page should be included.
Rule Judges’ names should be included in accordance with rule 2.4.1

(ie should appear immediately after a pinpoint reference in parentheses)
and rules 2.4.2–2.4.3.
For judges in federal courts, ‘Judge’, ‘Assistant Justice’ and ‘Circuit
Judge’ are all abbreviated ‘J’ (which appears after the judge’s name).
‘Presiding Judge’ should be abbreviated ‘PJ’ and ‘Judge Administrative
Director of the Courts’ should be abbreviated ‘JAD’. United
States
29
Examples Re Gault , 387 US 1, 13–14, 27–8 (Fortas J) (1967).
30 City of Birmingham v Citigroup Inc (ND Ala, No CV-09-BE-467-S, 19
August 2009) 3 (Bowdre J).
31 Werth v Taylor, 475 NW 2d 426, 430 (Neff PJ) (Mich Ct App, 1991).
25.2 Legislation: Code
Trade Act §§ 3803–

19 USC (2012)
of 2002, 5
Examples
Ohio Rev (Lexis-
§ 5.245 2016)
Code Ann Nexis
Title, Abbrev-
Year of
Statute Chapter iated Publisher’s
Element Pinpoint Code and
Title or Volume Code Name
Supplement
Number Name
Rule 25.2.1 25.2.2 25.2.3 25.2.4 25.2.5 25.2.6
Note Both federal and state laws in the US are compiled into codes
(collections of statute arranged according to subject matter). In
accordance with rule 25.3, codes should generally be cited in preference
to session laws (statutes as enacted).
25.2.1 Statute Title and Original Pinpoint
Rule Generally, the title of a statute should not be included if the statute is
reported in a code. The title (as it appeared in the session laws) may be
included where:
x the statute is usually cited with its title;
x the title would assist in identifying the statute; or
x the title is otherwise important.
Where a statute title is included, it should be italicised and followed by
a (non-italic) comma. Where the title of the statute includes a year, this
should be retained in the title. ‘The’ should be omitted from the
beginning of a statute title.
If a statute title is included, an original pinpoint (that is, the title,
chapter, volume or section number cited in the session laws) may also
be included after the statute name. If an original pinpoint is included,
there should be no comma between the statute title and the original
pinpoint, and the original pinpoint should be followed by a comma.
32
Examples 35 USC § 102 (2012).
33 Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 USC §§ 1811–35a (2006).
34 Securities Exchange Act of 1934, 15 USC §§ 78a–78jj (1934).
35 National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 § 102, 42 USC § 4332 (2000).
25.2.2 Title, Chapter or Volume Number in Code
Rule If the code is divided into titles, chapters, volumes, etc, that contain
non-consecutively numbered sections, paragraphs, articles, etc, the
number of the title, chapter, volume, etc, should be included. Where the
numbering of sections, articles, paragraphs, etc, across an entire code
is continuous, the title, chapter, volume, etc, number should be omitted.
For the federal USC and unofficial federal codes, the title number
should precede the abbreviated code name (eg ‘14 USC’).
For state codes, the title, chapter, volume, etc, number should appear as
it does in the code cited. Generally, it appears after the abbreviated code
name as part of a decimal pinpoint reference (eg ‘§ 63.155’ refers to
section 155 within chapter 63). However, it may also appear before the
abbreviated code name (eg ‘1 Pa Con Stat § 1991’ refers to section 1991
within title 1).
36
Examples 5 USC § 6 (1958).
37 Wis Stat § 944.21(2)(c) (2005). [Not: 944 Wis Stat § 21(2)(c) (2005).]
38 Mass Gen Laws ch 33 § 4 (2016).
39 735 Ill Comp Stat 5/2-201 (2009).
United
States
40
11 Del Code Ann § 464 (2010).
Note The federal United States Code (abbreviated ‘USC’) is divided into
titles. It is necessary to indicate the title number (before the abbreviated
code name) when citing the USC, because the section numbers are non-
consecutively numbered (that is, they begin again in each title). For
example, 42 USC and 36 USC each contain a (different) § 3.
Title, chapter, volume, etc, numbers in state codes are generally

included after the abbreviated code name as part of the pinpoint
reference where the code is a subject matter code (dealing with only
one area of law) or is organised by, for example, title, but contains
chapters, volumes or sections that are numbered consecutively
throughout the code.
25.2.3 Abbreviated Code Name
Rule An abbreviation of the name of the code should be included.

An official code, such as the United States Code (abbreviated ‘USC’),
should be cited where available. Where an official code is not available,
an unofficial code, such as the United States Code Annotated
(abbreviated ‘USCA’) or the United States Code Service
(abbreviated ‘USCS’) should be cited.
The name of the code should be abbreviated according to the commonly
used abbreviation for that code. The abbreviations of some official or
preferred codes are in the table below. Where a publisher’s, editor’s or
compiler’s name appears in the table, it should be included before the
year in accordance with rule 25.2.5.
Jurisdiction Abbreviated Code Name Publisher/Editor/
Compiler
Federal USC
Alabama Ala Code
Alaska Alaska Stat
Arizona Ariz Rev Stat Ann
Arkansas Ark Code Ann
California Cal [Subject] Code West
Cal [Subject] Code Deering
Colorado Colo Rev Stat
Connecticut Conn Gen Stat
Delaware Del Code Ann
District of Columbia DC Code
Florida Fla Stat
Georgia Ga Code Ann
Hawaii Haw Rev Stat
Idaho Idaho Code Ann

Illinois Ill Comp Stat
Indiana Ind Code
Iowa Iowa Code
Kansas Kan Stat Ann
Kentucky Ky Rev Stat Ann LexisNexis
Ky Rev Stat Ann West
Louisiana La Rev Stat Ann
Maine Me Rev Stat Ann
Maryland Md Code Ann [Subject] LexisNexis
Md Code Ann [Subject] West
Massachusetts Mass Gen Laws
Michigan Mich Comp Laws
Minnesota Minn Stat
Mississippi Miss Code Ann
Missouri Mo Rev Stat
Montana Mont Code Ann
Nebraska Neb Rev Stat
Nevada Nev Rev Stat
New Hampshire NH Rev Stat Ann
New Jersey NJ Stat Ann West
New Mexico NM Stat
New York NY [Subject] Law McKinney
NY [Subject] Law Consol
NY [Subject] Law Gould
North Carolina NC Gen Stat
United
States
North Dakota ND Cent Code

Ohio Ohio Rev Code Ann LexisNexis
Ohio Rev Code Ann West
Oklahoma Okla Stat
Oregon Or Rev Stat
Pennsylvania Pa Cons Stat
Rhode Island RI Gen Laws
South Carolina SC Code Ann
South Dakota SD Codified Laws
Tennessee Tenn Code Ann
Texas Tex Code Ann
Utah Utah Code Ann

Vermont Vt Stat Ann
Virginia Va Code Ann
Washington Wash Rev Code
West Virginia W Va Code
Wisconsin Wis Stat
Wyoming Wyo Stat Ann
When citing the federal Internal Revenue Code, ‘26 USC’ may be
replaced with ‘IRC’. For subject matter codes, the subject area should
be included as it appears (and using any abbreviation) in the code itself.
41
Examples 7 USC § 852 (2006).
42 40 USCA § 6134 (2010).
43 Haw Rev Stat § 281-32.
44 Ga Code Ann § 3-2-11 (West 2009).
45 IRC § 25A(a) (2006).
46 Cal Evid Code § 312 (Deering 2008).
Note An official code is one published by a government or by a statutorily

authorised publisher.
Rule Any section, chapter, article, paragraph or other pinpoint reference

should be included after the abbreviated code name.
Pinpoint references should adhere to rule 3.1.4. However, the following
abbreviations should be used in addition to and instead of the
abbreviations in rule 3.1.4:
Amendment amend Amendments amends
Section § Sections §§
Title tit Titles tits
When citing an entire statute within a code, the span of sections (or, for
state codes, the chapter, volume, etc) containing the statute should be
included.
47
Examples 19 USC § 58 (1970).
48 Alaska Stat §§ 4.06.010–4.06.110 (2009).
49 Or Rev Stat ch 153 (2007).
50 Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, 29 USC §§ 651–78 (2000).
Note In state codes, pinpoint references are commonly decimal, with full
stops (eg ‘§ 4.4.2’), hyphens (eg ‘§ 722-124’) or colons (eg ‘§ 18:203’)
between the component numbers making up the pinpoint.
25.2.5 Publisher’s Name
Rule When citing an unofficial state code, the name of the publisher, editor
or compiler of the code should appear before the year (and any
supplement information) in parentheses. In addition, when citing the
codes listed in the table in rule 25.2.3, the publisher’s name should be
included if it appears in the table.
There should be no punctuation between the publisher’s name and the
year.
100
Examples W Va Code Ann § 19-11-8 (LexisNexis 2008).
101 NJ Stat Ann § 6:1-2 (West 2009).
25.2.6 Year of Code and Supplement
Rule The year in which the version of the code cited was published (not
necessarily the year of enactment of the relevant provision) should
United
States
appear in parentheses.
When referring to electronic versions of codes, the year should be that
in which the provision cited was last updated (on that electronic
service).
When referring to printed versions of codes, the year should be (in order
of preference):
x the year appearing on the spine of the volume;
x the year appearing on the title page of the volume; or
x the copyright year in the publication details of the volume.
If a statute appears wholly in a supplement to a bound volume, the year

in which the supplement was published should be cited and should be
preceded by ‘Supp’ (eg ‘(Supp 1991)’). If the statute appears partly in
a bound volume and partly in a supplement (that is, both are needed to
access the text of the statute), the years of publication of both should be
included in the form:
( Year of Code & Supp Year of Supplement )
(eg ‘(1994 & Supp 1999)’).
In accordance with rule 25.2.5, where a publisher’s name is included,
the year (and any supplement) should appear after the publisher’s name
and should not be preceded by any punctuation.
51
Examples 14 USCA § 706 (2010).
52 Iowa Code § 331.101 (2008).
53 14 USC § 663 (Supp 2009).
54 21 USC §§ 331–4 (2006 & Supp 2009).
55 Ind Code Ann § 1-2-4-1 (West 2000).
Note A new version of the USC is published every six years, and
supplements are published at the end of each intervening year.
Unofficial codes (such as the USCS and USCA) are updated more
frequently.
25.3 Legislation: Session Laws
Freedom to
Display the
Pub L No
American § 4, 120 Stat 572, 573 (2006)
109-243,
Flag Act of
2005,
Examples An Act to
Amend the
Indiana Pub L No
§ 2, 2008 Ind Acts 889, 890
Code 5-2008,
concerning
Pensions,
Public
Abbrev- Session
Law,
iated Laws
Statute Private Original Volume
Element Session Starting Year
Title Law or Pinpoint or Year
Laws Page and
Chapter
Name Pinpoint
Number
Rule 25.3.1 25.3.2 25.3.3 25.3.4 25.3.5 25.3.6 25.3.7
Note Session laws are a collection of all statutes passed by a particular

federal or state legislature in a legislative session. They are arranged in
order of enactment.
United
States
Generally, a code should be cited in preference to a session law.

However, a session law should be cited where:
x the statute has not yet been included in any official or unofficial
code;
x the statute is no longer in force and not included in the latest
version of the code;
x the statute makes changes to many scattered sections of a code;
x it is important to refer to the enactment, amendment or repeal of
a provision or statute; or
x a private law is cited.
25.3.1 Statute Title
Rule The title of the statute (or a title by which the statute is commonly
known) should be included. The statute title should adhere to
rule 25.2.1. In particular:
x the statute title should be italicised and followed by a (non italic)
comma; and
x a year that appears in the title of the statute should be included.
If no short title is included and no commonly used short title exists, the
statute should be identified by the date of enactment or, if that is
unavailable, by the date on which the statute came into force. The long
title of the statute should not be used. Where a statute is identified in
this manner, its title should not be italicised and should appear in the
form:
Act of Full Date
(eg ‘Act of 3 March 1925’).
56
Examples Detainee Treatment Act of 2005, Pub L No 109-148, 119 Stat 2739.
57 Act of 29 January 1937, Pub L No 75-3, 50 Stat 5. [Not: An Act to Provide
for Loans to Farmers for Crop Production and Harvesting during the Year
1937, and for Other Purposes …]
25.3.2 Public Law, Private Law or Chapter Number
Rule The public law number (abbreviated ‘Pub L No’), private law number
(abbreviated ‘Priv L No’) or chapter number (abbreviated ‘ch’) of the
statute should be included after the statute title and should be followed
by a comma.
58
Examples 1997 Emergency Supplemental Appropriations Act for Recovery from
Natural Disasters, and for Overseas Peacekeeping Efforts, Including Those
in Bosnia, Pub L No 105-18, 111 Stat 158.
59 Railroad Right-of-Way Conveyance Validation Act of 2004, Priv L
No 108-2, 118 Stat 4025.
60 Act of 7 June 1897, ch 4, arts 2–5, 30 Stat 96, 96–7. [Not: An Act to Adopt
Regulations for Preventing Collisions upon Certain Harbors, Rivers, and
Inland Waters of the United States, …]
Note From the 60th US Congress (that is, from ‘35 Stat’), statutes were given
public or private law numbers that continued across all sessions of that
Congress. These numbers comprise the number of the Congress
(without its ordinal letters) followed by the sequential number of the
particular law (eg ‘Pub L No 108-37’ indicates the 37th Public Law
passed by the 108th Congress). Even if the public or private law number
is not present on the statute in this form, it should be included in this
manner in a citation.
For statutes passed before the 60th Congress, the chapter number should
be included. The year and the chapter number are sufficient to identify
the law because the chapter number is the sequential number of a law
(or resolution) as passed, restarting each year.
25.3.3 Original Pinpoint References
Rule Any pinpoint reference should be followed by a comma. Pinpoint

references should adhere to rule 25.2.4.
61
Examples Voting Rights Act of 1965, Pub L No 89-110, § 2, 79 Stat 437, 437.
62 Act of 16 March 1950, Pub L No 81-460, §§ 2–4, 64 Stat 22, 23–4.
25.3.4 Volume or Year
Rule The volume number of the session laws should be included after the
public law number, private law number or chapter number or after any
pinpoint reference to the original statute.
United
States
For state session laws, where there is no volume number, the year of
the volume should be included instead.
63
Examples Unborn Victims of Violence Act of 2004, Pub L No 108-212, 118 Stat 568.
64 School Bus Enhanced Safety Inspection Act, ch 5, 1999 NJ Laws 1.
25.3.5 Abbreviated Session Laws Name
Rule An abbreviated form of the name of the session laws should be

included.
The abbreviations of the official session laws for each jurisdiction are
as follows:
Jurisdiction Abbreviated Session Laws Name
Federal Stat
Alabama Ala Laws
Alaska Alaska Sess Laws
Arizona Ariz Sess Laws
Arkansas Ark Acts
California Cal Stat
Colorado Colo Sess Laws
Connecticut Conn Acts
Delaware Del Laws
District of Columbia Stat
Florida Fla Laws
Georgia Ga Laws
Hawaii Haw Sess Laws
Idaho Idaho Sess Laws
Illinois Ill Laws
Indiana Ind Acts
Iowa Iowa Acts
Kansas Kan Sess Laws
Kentucky Ky Acts
Louisiana La Acts
Maine Me Laws
Maryland Md Laws
Massachusetts Mass Acts
Michigan Mich Pub Acts
Minnesota Minn Laws
Mississippi Miss Laws
Missouri Mo Laws
Montana Mont Laws
Nebraska Neb Laws
Nevada Nev Stat

New Hampshire NH Laws
New Jersey NJ Laws
New Mexico NM Laws
New York NY Laws
North Carolina NC Sess Laws
North Dakota ND Laws
Ohio Ohio Laws
Oklahoma Okla Sess Laws
Oregon Or Laws
Pennsylvania Pa Laws
Rhode Island RI Pub Laws
South Carolina SC Acts
South Dakota SD Sess Laws
Tennessee Tenn Pub Acts
Tenn Priv Acts
Texas Tex Gen Laws
Utah Utah Laws
Vermont Vt Acts & Resolves
Virginia Va Acts
Washington Wash Sess Laws
West Virginia W Va Acts
Wisconsin Wis Sess Laws
Wyoming Wyo Sess Laws
Where an unofficial session laws is cited, the name of the publisher,

editor or compiler of the code should be included before the year in United
States
parentheses after the starting page or any pinpoint reference.

65
Examples Telemarketing Fraud Prevention Act of 1998, Pub L No 105-184, 112 Stat
520.
66 Act of 10 April 1862, c 173, § 7, 1862 NY Stat 343, 345.
67 Act of 30 September 1994, c 1259, § 1, 1994 Cal Legis Serv 6486, 6486–7
(West).
25.3.6 Starting Page and Pinpoint References
Rule The page of the session laws on which the statute begins should be
included after the abbreviated name of the session laws.
Where a pinpoint reference to the original statute is included in
accordance with rule 25.3.3, the page(s) on which the pinpoint appears
in the session laws volume should be included after the starting page
and should be preceded by a comma.
68
Examples Paperwork Reduction Act of 1980, Pub L No 96-511, 94 Stat 2812.
69 Animal Disease Risk Assessment, Prevention, and Control Act of 2001,
Pub L No 107-9, §§ 2–3, 115 Stat 11, 11–16. [Not: … 115 Stat 11.]
25.3.7 Year
Rule The year in which the statute was enacted (or, if that information is
unavailable, the year in which the statute came into force) should
appear in parentheses after the session laws starting page (or any
pinpoints). However, the year should not be included where:
x the same year is part of the title of the statute; or
x for state laws, the year of the session laws volume is included
70
Examples Smithsonian Facilities Authorization Act, Pub L No 108-72, §§ 4–5, 117
Stat 888, 889 (2003).
71 Child Citizenship Act of 2000, Pub L No 106-395, tit II, 114 Stat 1631,
1633–6. [Not: … 114 Stat 1631, 1633–6 (2000).]
72 Act of 21 March 2002, Pub L No 102-2002, 2002 Ind Acts 1597.
[Not: … 2002 Ind Acts 1597 (2002).]
25.3.8 Legislative History: Amendments, Repeals and

Insertions
Rule Where a session law inserts, repeals or amends a provision of a code

(or another session law), this may be indicated in accordance with
rule 3.8.
73
Examples Sarbanes–Oxley Act of 2002, Pub L No 107-204, § 201, 116 Stat 745, 771
(2002), inserting 15 USC § 78j-1(g) (2006).
74 42 USC § 2473(c)(2)(A), as amended by NASA Flexibility Act of 2004,
Pub L 108-201, § 2(a), 118 Stat 461, 461.
25.4 Constitutions
Rule The titles of US federal and state constitutions should be italicised.

Pinpoint references should adhere to rule 25.2.4.
75
Examples United States Constitution art IV § 3.
76 United States Constitution amend XXI.
77 Texas Constitution art 1 § 8.
25.5.1 Federal
Rule Where subordinate legislation appears in the Code of Federal

Regulations (abbreviated ‘CFR’), it should be cited as follows:
Title of Regulation , Title CFR Pinpoint ( Year ).
The title of the regulation may (but need not) be included. A ‘part’ in
the CFR is designated ‘§’. Paragraphs and sections are separated from
United
States
the part number by a decimal point (eg ‘§ 101.2’ refers to
part 101 section 2). The year should be that of the CFR consulted (not
necessarily the year of promulgation of the regulation).
Where subordinate legislation does not appear in the CFR (or there is
good reason to cite the subordinate legislation as gazetted), it should be
cited in the Federal Register (abbreviated ‘Fed Reg’) as follows:
Title of Regulation , Volume Fed Reg Starting Page , Pinpoint
( Full Date ).
78
Examples 8 CFR § 101.1 (1986).
79 Whaling Provisions, 50 CFR § 230 (2009).

80 Enhancing Airline Passenger Protections, 74 Fed Reg 68983, 68985 (30
December 2009).
Note US federal delegated legislation is initially gazetted in the Fed Reg.

Important pieces of delegated legislation are then compiled into the
CFR. For the same reasons that a session law may be cited instead of a
code (see rule 25.3), it may be appropriate to cite the Fed Reg even
though a piece of delegated legislation appears in the CFR.
25.5.2 State
Rule Where state subordinate legislation appears in a code of regulation, this

should be cited where available. Otherwise, subordinate legislation
should be cited as gazetted. Citations should appear in accordance with
rule 25.5.1. However, the usual abbreviation of the state code or gazette
should replace ‘CFR’ or ‘Fed Reg’ as appropriate.
81
Examples 220 Ind Admin Code 1.1-2-2 (2007).
82 Submetering of Natural Gas Service by General Motors Corporation, 30
NY Reg 18 (29 May 2008).
Note State codes of regulation are often referred to as ‘administrative codes’

(usually abbreviated ‘Admin Code’).
25.6 Federal Congressional Materials
25.6.1 Debates
Rule Congressional debates should be cited as follows:

Volume Congressional Record Pinpoint ( Year ).
Where it is not otherwise apparent, the chamber (‘Senate’ or ‘House of
Representatives’) may be included after the year in the parentheses,
preceded by a comma.
Where only a Daily Edition of the Congressional Record is available,

it should be cited as follows:
Volume Congressional Record Pinpoint (daily ed, Full Date ).
Pinpoint references to the Daily Edition should include ‘H’ for House
of Representatives and ‘S’ for Senate, and should appear in the form:
S/H Page Number
(eg ‘H1987’).
In citations to the bound Congressional Record and the Daily Edition,
the speaker’s name may be included between the pinpoint and the year.
It should appear in parentheses and adhere to rule 7.5.1 (ie the speaker’s
first and last names should be included and positions should only be
included after the name if they are relevant).
83
Examples 1 Congressional Record 10 (James Garfield) (1874, House of
Representatives).
84 156 Congressional Record H148 (Ann Kirkpatrick) (daily ed, 19 January
2010).
25.6.2 Bills and Resolutions
Rule Congressional Bills should be cited as follows:

Bill Title , Abbreviated Name of Chamber Number of Bill ,
Ordinal Number of Congress Congress ( Year ).
The House of Representatives should be abbreviated ‘HR’, and the
United
States
Senate should be abbreviated ‘S’.
Congressional resolutions should be cited as follows:
Resolution Title ,
Abbreviated Type of Resolution Res Resolution Number ,
Ordinal Number of Congress Congress ( Year ).
The resolution title may be omitted. The following abbreviations should

be used for the relevant type of resolution:
Type of Resolution Abbreviation
House Resolution HR Res
Senate Resolution S Res
House Concurrent Resolution HR Con Res
Senate Concurrent Resolution S Con Res
House Joint Resolution HRJ Res
Senate Joint Resolution SJ Res
Senate Executive Resolution S Exec Res
Where congressional resolutions are not easily accessible, a citation to

Statutes at Large (in accordance with rules 25.3.4–25.3.6) or the
Congressional Record (in accordance with rule 25.6.1) may be included
between the number of the Congress and the year. If a citation to the
Daily Edition of the Congressional Record is included, the year should
be omitted (but the full date included in accordance with rule 25.6.1).
85
Examples Guam Commonwealth Act, HR 100, 105th Congress (1997).
86 Resolution Condemning the Taliban Regime and Supporting a Broad Based
Government in Afghanistan, H Con Res 336, 105th Congress (1998).
87 Authorization for Use of Military Force against Iraq Resolution of 2002,
HRJ Res 114, 107th Congress (2002).
88 Joint Resolution Providing for the Acquisition of Certain Lands in the State
of California, HRJ Res 10, 56th Congress, 31 Stat 711 (1900).
89 HR Res 1010, 111th Congress, 156 Congressional Record H118 (daily ed,
13 January 2010).
Note US Bills are referred to as ‘Acts’ before and after enactment.

25.7 Restatements
Rule Restatements of law published by the American Law Institute should

be cited as books authored by the Institute (in accordance with
chapter 6). However, where the restatement is a subsequent restatement
(that is, where the restatement is not the first restatement), the title
should appear as follows:
Restatement ( Ordinal Number of Restatement in Words ) of
Subject Area
(eg ‘Restatement (Third) of Trusts’).
Pinpoint references should always include a section number.
References to comments, reporter’s notes and other subdivisions of the
sections should be included after the section number. The word
‘comment’ should be abbreviated ‘cmt’ (and ‘comments’ should be
abbreviated ‘cmts’).
90
Examples American Law Institute, Restatement (Second) of Contracts (1981) § 176.
91 American Law Institute, Restatement (Third) of the Foreign Relations Law
of the United States (1987) § 465 cmt (a).
Note The restatements are effectively codifications of US common law

principles by groups of experts. They are commissioned by the
American Law Institute and generally regarded as authoritative.
25.8 Other
United
States
Rule For further information on the citation of other United States materials,
see the latest edition of The Bluebook: A Uniform System of Citation.
290
26 Other Foreign Domestic Materials
Note This chapter contains general guidelines for the citation of foreign legal
materials (including non-English language materials) that are not
otherwise covered in this Guide.
Where specific rules for a jurisdiction are included in the preceding
chapters of this Part, those rules should be used. Where foreign legal
materials are similar to materials in jurisdictions for which specific
chapters are included, the rules for the similar jurisdiction should be
adapted as appropriate.
26.1 Translations of Legislation and Decisions
26.1.1 Non-English Primary Materials Translated by Author
Rule Where the author of a document (or another person on behalf of the
author) translates non-English primary materials:
x translated elements in citations should appear in square brackets,
following the translated element (eg ‘Undang-Undang Dasar
Negara Republik Indonesia 1945 [Constitution of the Republic
of Indonesia 1945]’);
x translations of titles should not be italicised, even where the
titles themselves are; and
x non-Latin characters should not be italicised (unless it is the
convention to do so in that writing system) and the conventional
equivalent of italicisation (if any) should be used.
Where the author has made the translations, this should be indicated at
the end of the citation in the appropriate footnote by including
‘[tr author]’.
Where another person has translated materials on behalf of the author,
this should be indicated at the end of the citation in the appropriate
footnote as follows:
[tr Translator’s Name ]
Alternatively, a statement that all translations are by the author (or

another person on behalf of the author) should be included in the text,
in the author’s note or in the first footnote containing a translation.
In that case, it is not necessary to indicate the translator in each
footnote.
Examples The legislation provides that a person ‘born in the Kingdom or who
arrived before the age of 12 and who has regularly and principally
resided there since’2 may not be deported.
__________
* All translations are by the author, except where otherwise indicated.
1 Urheberrechtsgesetz [Copyright Law] (Switzerland) 9 October 1992, SR
231.1, art 29(2)(a).
2 Loi du 15 Décembre 1980 sur l’accès au Territoire, le séjour,
l’établissement et l’éloignement des étrangers [Law of 15 December 1980
on the Access to the Territory, the Stay, the Establishment and the Removal
of Foreigners] (Belgium) art 21 [tr Nawaar Hassan].
3 Code Civil [Civil Code] (France) art 147.
Or
__________
1 Urheberrechtsgesetz [Copyright Law] (Switzerland) 9 October 1992, SR
231.1, art 29(2)(a) [tr author].
2 Loi du 15 Décembre 1980 sur l’accès au Territoire, le séjour,
l’établissement et l’éloignement des étrangers [Law of 15 December 1980
on the Access to the Territory, the Stay, the Establishment and the Removal
of Foreigners] (Belgium) art 21 [tr Nawaar Hassan].
3 Code Civil [Civil Code] (France) art 147 [tr author].
Foreign
Other
26.1.2 Foreign Primary Materials Consulted in English

(Published Translations)
Rule Where a published translation of legislative materials or judicial

decisions is cited, a citation to the primary source should be included
in English (and in accordance with rules 26.2–26.3), followed by a
citation to the published translation in square brackets.
The published translation should be cited in accordance with the
applicable rules of this Guide for the type of source (in accordance with
chapters 5–7). However:
x the name of the author or editor of the published translation
should be preceded by ‘tr’; and
x where the published translation is a book, the citation should
adhere to rules 6.1–6.6 (and not the form prescribed by rule 6.7
for translations of books).
Any year included in the citation of the published translation should be
the year of publication of the translation (not the year of enactment of
the foreign law or of a foreign decision).
If a pinpoint reference is included in the citation of the primary source,
the citation of the published translation should include the
corresponding pinpoint reference (that is, the page on which the
relevant provision appears in the translation) where available. If the
translation begins on a certain page of the published translation, a
starting page and pinpoint (as appropriate) should be included.
4
Examples Civil Code (France) [tr John H Crabb, The French Civil Code (Rothman,
rev ed, 1995)].
5 Act on Special Measures concerning the Handling of Legal Services by
Foreign Lawyers (Japan) Act No 66 of 1986 [‘Act on Special Measures
concerning the Handling of Legal Services by Foreign Lawyers (Act No 66
of 1986)’ Cabinet Secretariat (Web Document) <http://www.cas.go.jp/jp/
seisaku/hourei/data/hls.pdf>].
6 Criminal Code (People’s Republic of China) Fifth People’s Congress, 1
July 1979, art 2 [tr Chin Kim, The Criminal Code of the People’s Republic
of China (Sweet & Maxwell, 1982) 25].
7 Jand’heur I, French Court of Cassation, 21 February 1927 [tr Edward A
Tomlinson, ‘Tort Liability in France for the Act of Things: A Study of
Judicial Lawmaking’ (1988) 48 Louisiana Law Review 1299, 1366].
Note Translation information should always be included where a translation

has been relied upon.
26.2 Judicial and Administrative Decisions
Rule Foreign judicial, quasi-judicial and administrative decisions from

common law systems should be cited as consistently as possible with
chapter 2. In particular:
x where a case is reported, it should be cited in the report series
(the name of which, if not in appendix A, should be written out
in full but not italicised in accordance with rule 2.2.3);
x in accordance with rule 2.2.6, the name of the court may be
included in parentheses after any pinpoint references; and
x abbreviations of judicial titles should appear as they do in the
case or decision cited (and otherwise in accordance with
rule 2.4.1).
Citations of other foreign decisions should include the following
elements where available and appropriate:
x the case name (the parties’ names or any name by which a case
is commonly referred to);
x the name of the court or body deciding the matter (to which the
jurisdiction should be added if it is not apparent from the name);
x the case or decision number;
x the full date of decision;
x the details of any report series in which the case is contained,
preceded by ‘reported in’; and
x a pinpoint reference (where necessary).
Foreign
Other
These elements should be separated by commas. However, a comma

should not precede ‘reported in’. These elements should appear in the
order in which they are listed above, unless convention in the relevant
legal system is to do otherwise.
8
Examples Asuquo v State [1967] 1 All NLR 123, 126–7 (Bairamian JSC) (Supreme
Court of Nigeria).
9 ALCC Brown Enterprises Ltd v Savaiinaea [2009] WSSC 2 (30 January
2009) [41]–[43] (Sapolu CJ) (Supreme Court of Samoa).
10 Idecheel v Uludong (Unreported, Supreme Court of Palau, Appellate
Division, Beattie, Miller and Hoffmann AsJJ, 1 August 1994) 2.
11 Verfassungsgerichtshof [Constitutional Court of Austria], G 48/06, 6
October 2006, 9.
12 Corte costituzionale [Italian Constitutional Court], No 239, 29 December
1982 reported in [1983] I Il Foro Italiano: Raccolta Generale di
Giurisprudenza 2, 4–5.
13 Hamburg Intermediate Appellate Court, 1 U 59/48, 7 December 1948 [tr
Hans Ballreich et al, Decisions of German Superior Courts Relating to
International Law: 1949–1949 (Carl Heymanns Verlag, 1956) 90].
Note It may be necessary for some jurisdictions to include given names in

addition to surnames in order to ensure that individuals are
unambiguously identified.
Rule Foreign legislative materials (including delegated legislation) from

common law systems should be cited as consistently as possible with
the rules set out chapter 3, adapted to reflect elements of the foreign
legislation (eg it will sometimes be appropriate to include a chapter
number for the legislation and no year). The jurisdiction should not be
abbreviated.
Other foreign legislative materials should be cited as follows:
Title of Foreign Law ( Jurisdiction ) Other Information ,
Pinpoint .
The title of the foreign law should be italicised. However, if the title
appears in a foreign language and italicisation is not used in that
language, the conventional equivalent of italicisation (if any) should be
used.
The jurisdiction should not be abbreviated.
Elements of other information, which should be separated by commas,

may include:
x the name of the body (other than a Parliament) responsible for
promulgating the law;
x the number of the law (eg ‘Act No 3 of 1982’);
x the full date on which the law was enacted or took effect; and
x a citation of an official government publication in which the law
is contained.
Where elements of other information are included in the title of the law,
they should not be repeated.
14
Examples Passports Act 1982 (Papua New Guinea).
15
Sexual Offences Act 2006 (Kenya) ss 3, 5(1)(a)(i).
16 Penal Code (Kiribati) ch 67 s 161.
17 Änderung der Lebensmittelkennzeichnungsverordnung 1993 [Amendment
of the Grocery Labelling Regulation 1993] (Austria) 9 January 2008,
BGBl II, 8/2008.
18 Undang-Undang Republik Indonesia Nomor 1 Tahun 1974 Tentang
Perkawinan [Law No 1 of 1974 on Marriage] (Indonesia) art 2(1).
19 Aliens Act (Sweden) No 2005:716, ch 8 s 12 para 3 [tr Government Offices
of Sweden, ‘Aliens Act (2005:716)’, Government Offices of Sweden (Web
Document, 2005) <https://www.government.se/government-policy/
migration-and-asylum/aliens-act/>, archived at <https://perma.cc/
FP7E-5T3H>].
20 Criminal Code (Germany) s 80 [tr Michael Bohlander, Übersetzung des
Strafgesetzbuches (Juris, 2016) 45].
Note When citing foreign codes, it is generally not necessary to include other
Foreign
Other
information. However, where there is good reason for inclusion, for

example in order to refer to the law as at a certain date, other
information may be included.
26.4 Other Non-English Language Materials
Rule Non-English secondary or other sources should be cited in accordance

with the relevant rules of this Guide for the source type.
A translation of any non-English citation element should follow that
element in square brackets, where appropriate.
21
Examples Jürgen Schwarze, Der Reformvertrag von Lissabon [The Reform Treaty of
Lisbon] (Nomos, 2009) 181.
22 ‘Quelques Vices de Procédure’ [Some Procedural Flaws], Le Blog du Droit
Européen des Brevets [Blog of European Patent Law] (Blog Post, 13
September 2009) <http://europeanpatentcaselaw.blogspot.com/2009/09/
quelques-vices-de-procedure.html>, archived at <https://perma.cc/TL68-
HRR9>.
Note Published translations of books should be cited in accordance with rule

6.7.
333
Bibliography
Australasian Legal Information Institute (Website) <http://www.austlii.edu.au>
The Bluebook: A Uniform System of Citation (Harvard Law Review Association, 20th ed,
2015)
British and Irish Legal Information Institute (Website) <http://www.bailii.org>
Butterfield, Jeremy (ed), Fowler’s Dictionary of Modern English Usage (Oxford
University Press, 4th ed, 2015)
graphy
Biblio-
Faculty of Law, University of Oxford, OSCOLA: The Oxford University Standard for
Citation of Legal Authorities, ed Donal Nolan and Sandra Meredith (Hart Publishing,
4th ed, 2012)
Macquarie Dictionary (7th ed, 2017)
Melbourne University Law Review Association and Melbourne Journal of International
Law, Australian Guide to Legal Citation (3rd ed, 2011)
McGill Law Journal, Canadian Guide to Uniform Legal Citation (Carswell, 6th ed,
2006)
Perma.cc (Website) <https://perma.cc>
Supreme Court of Singapore, Practice Direction No 4 of 2009: Citation of Judgments
— Singapore Law Reports (Reissue), 11 January 2010
World Intellectual Property Organization, Standard ST.3: Recommended Standard on
Two-Letter Codes for the Representation of States, Other Entities and Intergovernmental
Organizations (at November 2016)
Example text and citations are taken in some cases from:
x (1998) 9(1) Legal Education Review;
x (2009) 33 Melbourne University Law Review;
x (2009) 10 Melbourne Journal of International Law; and
x (2012) 13 Melbourne Journal of International Law.
334

335
Index
ABS materials (see Australian Bureau of
A Statistics Materials)
Abbreviations .................................................. 13 Acts of Parliament (see Legislative materials)
Attorneys-General..................................... 43 Admiralty cases ............................................... 45
Business corporations and firms Advisory opinions ......................................... 160
In case names (see Business Agreement (in cases) ....................................... 60
corporations and firms) Alert digests .................................................. 107
Codes Amendments
Germany........................................... 233 Australia ................................................... 78
United States .................................... 274 United States ........................................... 284
Counsel ..................................................... 61 Annex ............................................................ 151
Courts Arbitrations ............................................. 64, 170
France............................................... 228 Archived sources (see Permalink)
Germany........................................... 231 Arguendo ......................................................... 61
Singapore ......................................... 244 Articles
South Africa ..................................... 247 In legislation ............................................. 69
United States ................................ 267–8 In treaties ................................................ 140
Index
Crown, The ............................................... 41 ASIC Class Orders .......................................... 79
Directors of Public Prosecutions ............... 43 Australian Bureau of Statistics Materials ...... 109
Full stops in .............................................. 22 ASX Listing Rules .......................................... 80
Judges and judicial officers Audiobooks ................................................... 105
Australia ............................................. 58 Audio recordings ........................................... 127
United Kingdom ............................... 256 Podcasts .................................................. 129
United States .................................... 271 Radio segments ....................................... 129
Jurisdictions Social media posts .................................. 131
Australia ............................................. 68 Audiovisual recordings.................................. 127
Canada ............................................. 213 Films ....................................................... 127
New Zealand .................................... 240 Social media posts .................................. 131
South Africa ..................................... 249 Television series ..................................... 128
United Kingdom ............................... 258 Author (for secondary sources) ................... 83–7
United States ............................ 274, 282 Body ......................................................... 85
Law reports (see Report series) Books ........................................................ 98
Numbers ................................................... 29 Commonwealth ......................................... 85
Official record Editor, and .............................................. 104
United Nations ................................. 145 Journals ..................................................... 91
Pinpoint reference ................................... 331 Judicial officers......................................... 86
Delegated legislation .......................... 75 Multiple authors ........................................ 84
Legislation.......................................... 69 United Nations ........................................ 144
Treaties............................................. 140
Regnal year ............................................. 258
Report series (see Report series) B
Resolutions Bibliographies ................................................. 35
United Nations ................................. 144 Bills
United States .................................... 287 Australia ................................................... 74
Session laws............................................ 282 United States ........................................... 287
Treaty series............................................ 137 Bills digests ................................................... 107
Unique court identifier (see Unique court Blog posts ...................................................... 130
identifier) Books .............................................................. 98
Above and below Audiobooks............................................. 105
References within a text ............................ 10 Author (see Author)
336 Index
Chapters in edited books ..................... 103–4 Attorneys-General..................................... 43

Chinese language books...................... 225–7 Australia ................................................... 39
Edition number ....................................... 100 Business corporations (see Business
Editor ................................................ 84, 104 corporations and firms)
Forthcoming............................................ 105 Canada .................................................... 211
Multi-volume .......................................... 102 Case history .............................................. 62
Pinpoint reference ................................... 102 Case names ............................................... 39
Publication year ...................................... 101 Omitting ............................................. 48
Publisher ................................................... 99 Popular case names ............................ 46
Revised editions ...................................... 101 Shortened case names......................... 46
Short title (see Short title) China ...................................................... 220
Title .................................................... 88, 98 Commonwealth, The (as a party) .............. 41
Translated books ..................................... 104 Corporations (see Business corporations and
Business corporations and firms firms)
Constitutive documents........................... 122 Counsel ..................................................... 61
In case names Court of Justice of the European Union .. 199
Australia ............................................. 40 Court
Australian Company Number ............. 40 Orders................................................. 57
Malaysia ........................................... 236 Proceedings ........................................ 57
Singapore ......................................... 243 Courts (see Courts)
United Kingdom ............................... 251 Decisions
United States .................................... 264 Agreement .......................................... 60
But see ............................................................... 7 Dissent ............................................... 60
Joint .................................................... 61
Separate .............................................. 61
C Directors of Public Prosecutions ............... 43
Canada European Commission of Human Rights ......
Cases ....................................................... 211 ................................................................ 204
Report series..................................... 211 European Court of Human Rights ........... 202
Unreported ................................. 211–12 Ex parte .................................................... 44
Constitutions Ex rel ........................................................ 44
Federal ............................................. 215 Firms (see Business corporations and firms)
Provincial and territorial................... 215 France ..................................................... 228
Delegated legislation General Court of the European Communities
Federal ............................................. 216 ................................................................ 199
Provincial and territorial................... 217 Germany ................................................. 231
Legislation .............................................. 212 Government
Chapter ............................................. 214 Departments ....................................... 42
Jurisdictions ..................................... 212 Entities ............................................... 41
Pinpoint reference ............................ 215 Foreign ............................................... 41
Statute volume.................................. 212 Ministers and officers ......................... 42
Year.................................................. 214 Hong Kong ............................................. 234
Other ....................................................... 219 International arbitral and tribunal decisions
Capitalisation................................................... 24 ................................................................ 170
In foreign materials ................................... 24 International Court of Justice .................. 159
In hyphenated words ................................. 24 International criminal decisions .............. 176
In quotations ....................................... 15–17 International organisations (as parties) ..... 41
In titles ...................................................... 24 Judges and judicial officers (see Judges and
Cases judicial officers)
Abbreviations Law reports (see Report series)
Of report series ................................... 51 Ministers and officers of the
Admiralty .................................................. 45 Commonwealth, states and territories ....... 42
Arbitrations ....................................... 64, 170 Multiple proceedings ................................ 46
New Zealand ........................................... 239 Hong Kong ............................................. 235

Parallel citations (see Parallel citations) Singapore ................................................ 245
Permanent Court of International Justice ...... United Kingdom ..................................... 258
................................................................ 159 United States ................................... 273, 280
Pinpoint references Chapters in edited books ............................... 103
Australia ............................................. 52 China
Canada ............................................. 215 Cases ....................................................... 221
International Court of Justice ........... 164 Report series..................................... 222
International criminal decisions ....... 181 Unreported ....................................... 223
International Economic Materials .... 187 Chinese language materials..................... 220
Permanent Court of International Justice Translations .............................. 220, 225
......................................................... 164 Constitutions .................................... 224
United Kingdom ............................... 260 Hong Kong (see Hong Kong)
United States of America ................. 266 Legislative materials ........................ 223
Quasi-judicial decisions (see Quasi-judicial Chinese language materials ........................... 220
decisions) Author names .......................................... 226
Re .............................................................. 43 Secondary sources .................................. 225
South Africa ............................................ 247 Citations (see Footnotes)
Starting page Codes
Australia ............................................. 52 France ..................................................... 230
Index
International Court of Justice ........... 163 Germany ................................................. 233
United States of America ................. 284 United States ........................................... 272
Submissions in cases Command papers ........................................... 262
Australia ............................................. 66 Commas .......................................................... 22
European Court of Human Rights .... 202 Committee Hansard ....................................... 117
International Court of Justice ... 166, 168 Committee number (United Nations) ............ 145
Permanent Court of International Justice Committee reports ......................................... 107
......................................................... 166 Commonly used case names
UN Treaty Bodies ............................ 155 Australia ................................................... 46
Subsequent references France ..................................................... 228
Australia ............................................. 46 Germany ................................................. 231
China ................................................ 226 Commonwealth, The (as a party)..................... 41
International arbitral and tribunal Conference papers ......................................... 112
decisions ........................................... 175 Constitutional convention debates ................. 117
International economic decisions ..... 191 Constitutions
International Court of Justice ........... 169 Australia ................................................... 76
International criminal decisions ....... 183 Canada .................................................... 215
Permanent Court of International Justice China ...................................................... 224
......................................................... 169 France ..................................................... 230
States and territories (as parties) ............... 41 Germany ................................................. 233
Transcripts of proceedings ........................ 65 Hong Kong ............................................. 235
UN Treaty Body ..................................... 154 Malaysia ................................................. 238
United Kingdom ..................................... 251 Singapore ................................................ 246
United States of America ........................ 264 South Africa ............................................ 249
Unreported decisions (see Unreported United States ........................................... 285
decisions) Constitutive documents
v ................................................................ 45 Constitutions (see Constitutions)
Volume (in law report series).................... 49 Corporations and firms ........................... 122
Year (in law report series)......................... 49 Council of Europe ................................... 201
Centuries ......................................................... 33 European Union ...................................... 196
Cf ...................................................................... 7 International Court of Justice .................. 159
Chapter numbers (in legislative materials) International criminal tribunals and courts
Canada .................................................... 214 ................................................................ 176
338 Index
Permanent Court of International Justice ...... Spans ........................................................ 32

................................................................ 159 Debates
Supranational .......................................... 193 Australian Constitutional Convention ..... 117
United Nations ........................................ 142 Australian parliamentary......................... 115
World Trade Organization ...................... 184 United Kingdom parliamentary .............. 261
Corporations (see Business corporations and United States of America congressional . 286
firms) Decades ........................................................... 33
Council of Europe ......................................... 201 Decision number (United Nations) ................ 144
Correspondence ............................................. 125 Decisions
Counsel Agreement ................................................ 60
Statements made during argument ............ 61 Dissent ...................................................... 60
Court of First Instance of the European Joint .......................................................... 61
Communities (see General Court of the Separate .................................................... 61
European Union) Defined terms .................................................. 13
Court of Justice of the European Union......... 199 Delegated legislation
Court Australia ................................................... 75
Orders ....................................................... 57 Canada .............................................. 216–17
Practice directions ..................................... 81 Hong Kong ............................................. 235
Practice note ............................................. 81 Malaysia ................................................. 237
Proceedings............................................... 57 New Zealand ........................................... 242
Courts Singapore ................................................ 245
Australia ................................................... 53 South Africa ............................................ 249
Canada .............................................. 211–12 United Kingdom ..................................... 260
China .................................................. 221–2 United States ....................................... 285–6
European Commission of Human Rights ...... Discussion paper (see Research paper)
................................................................ 204 Dissertations .................................................. 112
European Court of Human Rights ........... 202 Document Number
European Union ...................................... 199 General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade......
Germany ............................................. 231–2 ................................................................ 188
International Court of Justice .................. 159 United Nations ........................................ 148
International Criminal Court ................... 180 World Trade Organization ...................... 185
International criminal tribunals and courts Documents
................................................................ 179 Constitutive (see Constitutive documents)
New Zealand ..................................... 239–40 General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade......
Permanent Court of International Justice ...... ................................................................ 188
................................................................ 159 International Court of Justice .......... 166, 168
Practice Directions and Notes ................... 81 Permanent Court of International Justice ......
Singapore ............................................ 243–4 ........................................................ 166, 168
South Africa ........................................ 247–8 Reports (see Reports)
United Kingdom ..................................... 254 Research papers (see Research papers)
United States ........................................... 266 Supranational .................................. 205, 208
Federal ............................................. 267 United Nations ........................................ 142
State ................................................. 268 World Trade Organization ...................... 185
Crown, The...................................................... 41 Dictionaries ................................................... 118
Currency .......................................................... 30 Official...................................................... 28
Dispute Settlement Reports............................ 187
Divisions ......................................................... 69
D Documents of various bodies .................. 106–12
Dashes ............................................................. 23
Dates ............................................................... 31
Centuries ................................................... 33 E
Decades..................................................... 33 Editor............................................................... 84
Full date .................................................... 31 Author, and ............................................. 104
Editorial (in newspaper) ................................ 125

Electronic sources F
Audio recordings (see Audio recordings) Facebook posts .............................................. 130
Audiovisual recordings (see Audiovisual Films (see Audiovisual recordings)
recordings) Footnotes
Blog posts ............................................... 130 Closing punctuation in ................................ 3
Dictionaries............................................. 118 Discursive text in ........................................ 4
Electronic newspapers ............................ 124 Introductory signals .................................... 7
Emails (see Correspondence) Multiple sources in ................................. 3, 8
Forum posts ............................................ 130 Quotations................................................. 15
Internet materials .................................... 130 Position of ................................................... 2
Legal encyclopedias................................ 119 When to use ................................................ 1
Looseleaf services ................................... 120 Foreign domestic sources
Online journals ......................................... 96 Canada .................................................... 211
Permalink .................................................. 90 China ...................................................... 220
Social media posts .................................. 131 France ..................................................... 228
Uniform resource locator .......................... 90 Germany ................................................. 231
Ellipses ............................................................ 18 Hong Kong ............................................. 234
Emails (see Correspondence) Malaysia ................................................. 236
Em-dashes ....................................................... 23 New Zealand ........................................... 239
Index
Emphasis Other ....................................................... 290
Adding (in quotation)................................ 21 Judicial and administrative decisions .....
Altered (in quotation)................................ 21 ......................................................... 293
Italicisation for ......................................... 26 Legislative materials ........................ 294
Omitting (in quotation) ............................. 21 Non-English language materials....... 296
Encyclopedias (legal) .................................... 119 Singapore ................................................ 243
En-dashes ........................................................ 23 South Africa ............................................ 247
Entry into force date ...................................... 135 United Kingdom ..................................... 251
European Commission of Human Rights ...... 204 United States of America ........................ 264
European Court of Human Rights ................. 202 Foreign government (as a party) ...................... 41
European supranational materials Foreign text
Constitutive treaties ................................ 196 Italicisation ............................................... 24
Citations as amended.................... 196–9 Translation ...................................... 290, 292
Historical references..................... 196–9 Forthcoming
Council of Europe ................................... 201 Books ...................................................... 105
Court of Justice of the European Journal articles .......................................... 97
Communities ........................................... 199 Forum posts (online) ..................................... 130
Courts ..................................................... 199 France
European Commission of Human Rights ...... Cases ....................................................... 228
................................................................ 204 Legislation .............................................. 229
European Court of Human Rights ........... 202 Codes ............................................... 230
Official Journal of the European Constitution ...................................... 230
Communities ....................................... 194–6 Individual laws ................................. 229
Official Journal of the European Union ....... Full stops ......................................................... 22
............................................................ 194–6 At the end of footnotes................................ 3
Short title ................................................ 210 In abbreviations ........................................ 22
Subsequent references............................. 210 In document numbers................................ 22
Treaty series............................ 137–8, 194–6 In quotations ....................................... 15, 20
Ex parte ........................................................... 44
Ex rel ............................................................... 44
Explanatory material ....................................... 77
340 Index
Capitalisation ............................................ 24
G Hyphens .......................................................... 23
GATT (see General Agreement on Tariffs and
Trade)
Gazettes ........................................................... 79
General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade I
(‘GATT’) Ibid .................................................................. 11
Official documents.................................. 188 In re ................................................................. 43
Panel reports ........................................... 190 In the matter of ................................................ 43
Short title ................................................ 191 Inclusive language ........................................... 28
Subsequent references............................. 191 Individual–state arbitral and tribunal decisions
General Court of the European Union ........... 199 ...................................................................... 172
Germany International arbitral and tribunal decisions
Cases ....................................................... 231 Individual–state decisions
Legislation .............................................. 232 Reported ........................................... 172
Codes ............................................... 233 Unreported ....................................... 174
Constitution ...................................... 233 State–state decisions
Individual Laws................................ 232 Reported ........................................... 170
Government (as a party) Unreported ....................................... 171
Attorney-General ...................................... 43 Short title ................................................ 175
Commonwealth, The................................. 41 Subsequent references............................. 175
Crown, The ............................................... 41 Intellectual property materials ....................... 121
Departments .............................................. 42 International Court of Justice
Director of Public Prosecution .................. 43 Advisory opinions ................................... 160
Entities ...................................................... 41 Case names ............................................. 160
Foreign...................................................... 41 Constitutive and basic documents ........... 159
Ministers and officers ............................... 42 Identifying judges ................................... 165
States and territories.................................. 41 Parties’ names ......................................... 160
Government documents and publications Phase ....................................................... 161
Australian parliamentary materials ............... Pinpoint reference ................................... 164
................................................ 107, 111, 115 Pleadings and other court documents ............
United Kingdom ..................................... 261 ........................................................ 166, 168
United States of America ........................ 286 Report series ........................................... 163
Government inquiries, committees and agencies Rules of court.......................................... 159
Evidence to ............................................. 117 Short title ................................................ 169
Reports of ............................................... 107 Starting page ........................................... 163
Royal commission reports....................... 108 Subsequent references............................. 169
Submissions to ........................................ 115 Unreported materials............................... 167
Grammar Year ........................................................ 162
Official guide ............................................ 28 International criminal materials
Basic documents ..................................... 176
Case number ........................................... 180
H Cases ....................................................... 178
Hansard Chamber ................................................. 180
Australia ................................................. 115 Court ....................................................... 179
United Kingdom ..................................... 261 Date of decision ...................................... 181
United States of America ........................ 286 Identifying judges ................................... 181
Headings.......................................................... 34 Parties’ names ......................................... 178
Hong Kong Phase ....................................................... 179
Cases ....................................................... 234 Pinpoint reference ................................... 181
Constitution ............................................ 235 Reported decisions .................................. 182
Legislative materials ............................... 235 Rules of courts and tribunals................... 177
Hyphenated words ........................................... 28 Short title ................................................ 183
Subsequent references............................. 183 Australia ............................................. 58

International economic materials South Africa ..................................... 247
General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade United Kingdom ............................... 256
(see General Agreement on Tariffs and United States of America ................. 271
Trade) Identifying ................................................ 58
World Trade Organization (see World Trade Australia ............................................. 58
Organization) Hong Kong ....................................... 234
International Legal Materials ............... 138, 171 International Court of Justice ........... 165
International materials International criminal decisions ....... 181
Arbitral and tribunal decisions ................ 170 Permanent Court of International Justice
Criminal courts and tribunals .................. 176 ......................................................... 165
Economic ................................................ 184 Singapore ......................................... 243
European supranational........................... 194 South Africa ..................................... 247
International Court of Justice .................. 159 United Kingdom ............................... 256
Permanent Court of International Justice ...... United States of America ................. 271
................................................................ 159 Names
Supranational .................................. 205, 208 Extra-curially ..................................... 86
Treaties ................................................... 133 In cases ......................................... 55, 86
United Nations ........................................ 142 Statements made during argument ............ 61
International organisation (as a party) ............. 41 Jurisdiction for legislative materials
Index
Internet materials ........................................... 130 Australia ................................................... 68
Permalink .................................................. 90 Canada .................................................... 212
Uniform resource locator .......................... 90 China ...................................................... 223
Interviews ...................................................... 126 France ..................................................... 229
Introductory signals for citations ....................... 7 Germany ................................................. 232
Investor–state arbitral and tribunal decisions ...... Hong Kong ............................................. 235
...................................................................... 172 Malaysia ................................................. 237
Italicisation ...................................................... 26 New Zealand ........................................... 242
For emphasis ............................................. 26 Singapore ................................................ 245
In source titles ..................................... 26, 88 South Africa ............................................ 249
Of foreign words ....................................... 27 United Kingdom ..................................... 258
United States ................................... 274, 282
J
Joint judgments ............................................... 61 K
Journal articles King, The (as a party) ...................................... 41
Advance .................................................... 97
Author ....................................................... 91
Chinese language articles ........................ 225 L
Foreign language articles ........................ 296 Law reform commission publications............ 108
Forthcoming.............................................. 97 Law reports (see Report series)
Issue number ............................................. 92 Leaders ............................................................ 18
Journal title ............................................... 93 Lectures ......................................................... 113
Online journals ......................................... 96 Legal dictionary............................................. 118
Pinpoint references ................................... 94 Legal encyclopedias ...................................... 119
Published in parts...................................... 94 Legislative materials
Starting page ............................................. 94 Amendments ..................................... 78, 284
Symposia .................................................. 95 Australia ................................................... 67
Title .......................................................... 91 Bills .......................................................... 74
Volume ..................................................... 92 Canada .................................................... 212
Year .......................................................... 92 China ...................................................... 223
Judges and judicial officers Constitutions (see Constitutions)
Abbreviations Definitions in ............................................ 72
342 Index
Delegated legislation (see Delegated New Zealand ........................................... 240

legislation) Singapore ................................................ 244
Explanatory memoranda ........................... 77 United Kingdom ..................................... 254
Explanatory notes ..................................... 77 Meeting number (United Nations) ................. 146
Explanatory statements ............................. 77 Memoranda of understanding ........................ 139
France ..................................................... 229 Monarchs’ names ...................................... 258–9
Germany ................................................. 232 Money (see Currency)
Hong Kong ............................................. 235 Movies........................................................... 127
Individual parts of ..................................... 73
Insertions .......................................... 78, 284
Jurisdiction (see Jurisdiction for legislative N
materials) Names
Legislative history ............................ 78, 284 Author ....................................................... 83
Malaysia ................................................. 237 Case names ............................................... 39
New Zealand ........................................... 242 Counsel ............................................... 61, 83
Order of Parallel Australian Statutes and Honorific titles in ...................................... 83
Bills .......................................................... 74 Judges and judicial officers (see Judges and
Pinpoint references judicial officers)
General rule ........................................ 69 Extra-curially ..................................... 86
Multiple .............................................. 71 In cases ......................................... 55, 86
Quasi-legislative materials (see Quasi- Members of Parliament ........................... 115
legislative materials) Monarchs ............................................ 258–9
Repeals ............................................. 78, 284 Parties’ names (see Parties’ names)
Short title .................................................. 75 Titles
Singapore ................................................ 245 Conventional ...................................... 83
South Africa ............................................ 249 Honorific ............................................ 83
Subsequent references............................... 75 New Zealand
Title .......................................................... 67 Cases ....................................................... 239
United Kingdom ..................................... 257 Reported ........................................... 239
United States Unreported ....................................... 240
Codes ............................................... 272 Legislative materials ............................... 242
Session Laws .................................... 279 0ƗRUL$SSHOODWH&RXUW ............................ 240
Year .......................................................... 68 0ƗRUL/DQG&RXUW ................................... 240
Letters (see Correspondence) Other ....................................................... 242
Looseleaf services ......................................... 120 Waitangi Tribunal ................................... 241
Newsletter ..................................................... 124
Newspaper articles ........................................ 123
M Editorial .................................................. 125
Malaysia Electronic ................................................ 124
Cases ....................................................... 236 Magazine ................................................ 124
Constitution ............................................ 238 Newsletter ............................................... 124
Legislation .............................................. 237 Periodical ................................................ 124
Report series ........................................... 236 Printed .................................................... 123
Unreported cases..................................... 237 Unsigned ................................................. 125
Magazines ..................................................... 124 Untitled ................................................... 125
0ƗRUL$SSHOODWH&RXUW................................... 240 Nominate reports ........................................... 253
0ƗRUL/DQG&RXUW .......................................... 240 Numbers .......................................................... 29
Marrakesh Agreement ................................... 184 Currency ................................................... 30
Media (see Audiovisual recordings, Audio Dates (see Dates)
recordings, Social media posts) In pinpoint references ............................. 4–6
Media releases ............................................... 114 Ordinal ...................................................... 29
Medium neutral citations Percentages ............................................... 29
Australia ..................................... 54, 56, 328 Spans ........................................................ 29
Time (see Time) Parliamentary committees

Units ......................................................... 30 Evidence to ............................................. 117
Words ....................................................... 29 Submission to ......................................... 115
Reports.................................................... 107
Parliamentary debates
O Australia ................................................. 115
Official dictionary ........................................... 28 United Kingdom ..................................... 261
Official grammar guide ................................... 28 United States ........................................... 286
Official Journal of the European Communities Parliamentary digests .................................... 107
...................................................................... 196 Parliamentary notes ....................................... 111
Official Journal of the European Union ........ 194 Parliamentary papers
Official Records of the United Nations.......... 145 Australia ................................................. 107
Official report series (see Report series) United Kingdom ..................................... 262
Omission Parliamentary research papers ....................... 111
Case names ............................................... 38 Parties’ names
Citations .................................................... 21 In cases
Emphasis................................................... 21 Australia ............................................. 39
Text in quotes ..................................... 18–19 China ................................................ 221
Online materials (see Electronic sources) Corporations (see Business corporations
Ordinal numbers .............................................. 29 and firms)
Index
Hong Kong ....................................... 234
P International Court of Justice ........... 160
International criminal cases .............. 178
Paragraph numbers Malaysia ........................................... 236
Books ...................................................... 102 Permanent Court of International Justice
Cases ......................................................... 52 ......................................................... 160
General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade Singapore ......................................... 243
documents ............................................... 188 United Kingdom ............................... 251
International arbitral and tribunal decisions United States .................................... 264
............................................ 170–1, 172, 174 In treaties ................................................ 134
International Court of Justice .................. 164 Parts (in legislation)......................................... 73
International criminal decisions .............. 181 Periodicals ..................................................... 124
Internet materials .................................... 130 Permalink ........................................................ 90
Legal encyclopedias................................ 119 Permanent Court of International Justice
Legislation ................................................ 69 Advisory opinions ................................... 160
Looseleaf services ................................... 120 Case name ............................................... 160
Online journals ......................................... 96 Case number ........................................... 163
Permanent Court of International Justice ...... Constitutive and basic documents ........... 159
................................................................ 164 Decisions
Pinpoint references ..................................... 4 Reported ........................................... 159
Span of pinpoint references ........................ 6 Unreported ....................................... 167
Treaties ................................................... 140 Judges ..................................................... 165
United Nations documents ...................... 152 Parties’ names ......................................... 160
Unreported decisions ................................ 54 Phase ....................................................... 161
World Trade Organization documents .... 185 Pinpoint references ................................. 164
World Trade Organization panel, Appellate Pleadings and other documents ....... 166, 168
Body and arbitrations .............................. 187 Report series ........................................... 163
Parallel citations (of cases) Series letter ............................................. 163
Australia ................................................... 54 Short title ................................................ 169
United Kingdom ..................................... 253 Subsequent references............................. 169
United States ........................................... 265 Year ........................................................ 162
Parentheses ...................................................... 23 Pinpoint references .................................... 3, 331
Parliamentary briefs ...................................... 111 Books ...................................................... 102
344 Index
Cases Quotation marks .............................................. 15

Australia ............................................. 52 Quotations ....................................................... 15
International Court of Justice ........... 164 Capitalisation in .................................. 15, 17
International criminal decisions ....... 181 Citations in................................................ 21
Permanent Court of International Justice Closing punctuation .................................. 20
......................................................... 164 Editing ................................................ 18, 24
United States .................................... 266 Ellipses ..................................................... 18
Delegated legislation ....................................... 75 Emphasis in............................................... 21
Journal articles................................................. 94 Introductory punctuation........................... 17
Legislation ...................................... 69, 71–2 Leaders ..................................................... 17
Spans of ...................................................... 6 Punctuation in ..................................... 15, 20
Time...................................................... 31–2 Quotation marks........................................ 20
Treaties ................................................... 140 Quotations in............................................. 15
United Nations materials......................... 152 Short and long ........................................... 15
Podcasts ......................................................... 129 Sic ............................................................. 19
Popular case names Sources referring to other sources ............... 8
Australian cases ........................................ 46 Square brackets ................................... 18, 24
French cases............................................ 228
German cases .......................................... 231
Practice directions and notes (court)................ 81 R
Press releases ................................................. 114 Radio segments ............................................. 129
Proceedings (court) ......................................... 57 Re .................................................................... 43
Professional conduct rules ............................... 80 Recordings
Publisher (books)............................................. 99 Audio (see Audio recordings)
Punctuation ...................................................... 22 Audiovisual (see Audiovisual recordings)
At the end of footnotes................................ 3 Regina ............................................................. 41
Commas .................................................... 22 Regnal years .................................................. 258
Closing (in quotations).............................. 20 Regulations (see Delegated legislation)
Ellipses ..................................................... 18 Repeals .................................................... 78, 284
Em-dashes................................................. 23 Report series
En-dashes .................................................. 23 Abbreviations.................................... 51, 297
Full stops .................................................. 22 Australia ................................................... 50
Hyphens .................................................... 23 Authorised .................................... 50–1, 297
In quotations ............................................. 15 Canada .................................................... 211
Introducing quotations .............................. 17 China ...................................................... 222
Parentheses ............................................... 23 European Commission of Human Rights ......
Quotation marks........................................ 15 ................................................................ 204
Semicolons (in footnotes) ........................... 3 European Court of Human Rights ........... 202
Slashes ...................................................... 23 European Court of Justice ....................... 199
Square brackets ......................................... 24 France ..................................................... 228
General Court of the European Union..... 199
Germany ................................................. 231
Q Hong Kong ............................................. 234
Quasi-judicial decisions International arbitral and tribunal materials
Administrative .......................................... 63 ........................................................ 170, 172
Arbitrations (domestic) ............................. 64 International Court of Justice .................. 163
Quasi-legislative materials International criminal decisions .............. 182
Gazettes .................................................... 79 Malaysia ................................................. 236
Legislation delegated to non-government New Zealand ........................................... 239
entities ...................................................... 80 Order of preference ................................... 50
Orders and rulings of government Parallel citations (see Parallel citations)
instrumentalities and officers .................... 79 Permanent Court of International Justice ......
Queen, The (as a party) ................................... 41 ................................................................ 163
Singapore ................................................ 243 Social Media Posts, 131

South Africa ............................................ 248 South Africa
United Kingdom Cases ....................................................... 247
Modern English reports .................... 251 Constitutions ........................................... 249
Nominate reports .............................. 253 Jurisdiction ............................................. 249
Scottish reports ................................. 253 Legislation .............................................. 249
United States ........................................... 265 Report series ........................................... 248
Reports .......................................................... 106 Truth and Reconciliation Commission.... 250
Law reform commission ......................... 108 Spans
Parliamentary .......................................... 107 Of dates..................................................... 32
Royal commission .................................. 108 Of numbers ............................................... 29
Research papers ....................................... 110–11 Of pinpoint references .......................... 6, 71
Conference .............................................. 112 Of time ...................................................... 32
Dissertation ............................................. 112 Speeches ........................................................ 113
Parliamentary .......................................... 111 Spelling
Thesis...................................................... 112 Hyphenation........................................ 23, 28
Working paper ........................................ 111 Official dictionary ..................................... 28
Rex .................................................................. 41 Sic ............................................................. 19
Royal commissions Square brackets
Reports.................................................... 108 In paragraph pinpoint references............. 4–6
Index
Submissions to ........................................ 115 In quotations ....................................... 18, 24
Statements made during argument................... 61
States as parties
S Cases
Schedules ........................................................ 69 Australia ............................................. 41
Scottish cases ............................................ 253–4 European Commission on Human
Sections ........................................................... 69 Rights ............................................... 204
See ..................................................................... 7 European Court of Human Rights .... 202
Separate judgments.......................................... 61 European Court of Justice ................ 199
Session laws .................................................. 279 Foreign states ..................................... 41
Short title ......................................................... 12 General Agreement on Tariffs and
Cases ......................................................... 46 Trade ................................................ 188
European supranational materials ........... 210 International arbitral and tribunal
International arbitral and tribunal decisions materials ........................................... 170
................................................................ 175 International Court of Justice ........... 160
International Court of Justice .................. 169 Permanent Court of International Justice
International criminal materials ...... 176, 183 ......................................................... 160
International economic materials .... 184, 191 World Trade Organization................ 187
Legislative materials ................................. 75 Treaties ................................................... 134
Permanent Court of International Justice ...... Submissions
................................................................ 169 In cases
Secondary sources .................................... 89 Australia ............................................. 66
Supranational materials........................... 210 International Court of Justice ... 166, 168
Treaties ................................................... 141 Permanent Court of International Justice
United Nations materials......................... 157 ................................................. 166, 168
Sic ................................................................... 19 To government inquiries, committee and
Singapore agencies .............................................. 115–7
Cases ....................................................... 243 To UN treaty bodies................................ 155
Constitutional documents........................ 246 Subsequent references ....................................... 9
Legislative materials ............................... 245 Above and below ...................................... 10
Other ....................................................... 246 At .............................................................. 14
Report series ........................................... 243 Cases
Unreported cases..................................... 244 Australia ............................................. 46
346 Index
European Court of Human Rights .... 210 Twenty-four hour ...................................... 31

European Court of Justice ................ 210 Titles
International arbitral and tribunal Capitalisation of ........................................ 24
decisions ........................................... 175 Headings ................................................... 34
International economic material ....... 191 Italicisation of ........................................... 26
International Court of Justice ........... 169 Secondary sources .................................... 88
International criminal decisions ....... 183 Short title (see Short title)
Permanent Court of International Justice Transcripts
......................................................... 169 Cases ......................................................... 65
Chinese language secondary materials .... 226 Evidence to parliamentary committees ... 117
European supranational materials ........... 210 Parliamentary debates (see Parliamentary
Ibid............................................................ 11 debates)
International economic materials ............ 191 Translations
Legislative materials ................................. 75 Books ...................................................... 104
Secondary sources .................................... 89 Chinese language materials............. 220, 225
References within a text ............................ 10 Legislation and decisions
Secondary sources .................................... 89 Published translations ....................... 292
Short title (see Short title) Translated by author ......................... 290
Supranational materials........................... 210 Treaties
Treaties ................................................... 141 Dates
United Nations materials......................... 157 Not yet in force................................. 136
Within a footnote ...................................... 14 Opened for signature ........................ 135
Supranational materials Signed and entered into force ........... 135
Constitutive documents........................... 193 Signed by all parties ......................... 136
Council of Europe ................................... 201 Declarations ............................................ 139
Documents .............................................. 208 Draft........................................................ 136
European Commission of Human Rights ...... Parties’ names ......................................... 134
................................................................ 204 Pinpoint reference ................................... 140
European Courts of Human Rights ......... 202 Reservations............................................ 139
European Union ...................................... 194 Short title ................................................ 141
Constitutive treaties of ..................... 196 Subsequent references............................. 141
Courts of the ..................................... 199 Title ........................................................ 133
Other courts and tribunals ....................... 205 Treaty series............................................ 137
Short title ................................................ 210 Treaty bodies (United Nations)
Subsequent references............................. 210 Communications and submissions .......... 155
Symposia (journal) .......................................... 95 Decisions ................................................ 154
Treaty series .................................................. 137
Truth and Reconciliation Commission of South
T Africa ............................................................ 250
Taxation Twitter posts .................................................. 130
Legislation .......................................... 69–70
Rulings...................................................... 79
Television series ............................................ 127 U
Territories (as parties) ..................................... 42 Uniform resource locator ................................. 90
Theses............................................................ 112 Unique court identifier
Time ................................................................ 31 Australia ........................................... 54, 328
Dates (see Dates) New Zealand ........................................... 240
Point in ..................................................... 32 Singapore ................................................ 244
Period of ................................................... 32 United Kingdom ..................................... 254
Pinpoint..................................................... 31 United Kingdom
Spans of .................................................... 32 Cases ....................................................... 251
Time zone ................................................. 31 Judges............................................... 256
Twelve hour .............................................. 31 Scottish cases ............................... 253–4
Unreported cases .............................. 254 Constitutions .................................... 285

Command papers .................................... 262 History ............................................. 284
Delegated legislation............................... 260 Session laws ..................................... 279
Government publications .................... 261–2 Other ....................................................... 289
Jurisdiction ............................................. 258 Report series ........................................... 265
Law reports Restatements ........................................... 289
Modern English reports .................... 251 Unreported decisions .............................. 270
Nominate reports .............................. 253 Volume (report series) ............................ 264
Scottish reports ................................. 253 Units ................................................................ 30
Legislation .............................................. 257 Unreported decisions
Other ....................................................... 263 Australia ................................................... 54
Parliamentary debates ............................. 261 With medium neutral citation ............. 54
Parliamentary papers............................... 262 Without medium neutral citation ........ 56
Regnal year ............................................. 258 Canada .............................................. 211–12
United Nations materials China ...................................................... 223
Agenda item............................................ 147 International arbitral and tribunal Decisions
Annex ..................................................... 151 ........................................................ 171, 174
Author ..................................................... 144 International Court of Justice .................. 167
Charter of the United Nations................. 142 Malaysia ................................................. 237
Committee number ................................. 145 New Zealand ........................................... 240
Index
Commonly cited documents ................... 158 Permanent Court of International Justice ......
Communications ..................................... 155 ................................................................ 167
Constitutive document ............................ 142 Singapore ................................................ 244
Date ........................................................ 151 United Kingdom ..................................... 254
Decisions ................................................ 144 United States ........................................... 270
Document number .................................. 148 URL (see Uniform resource locator)
Documents of multiple organs ................ 154
Meeting number ...................................... 146
Official Records ...................................... 145 V
Part number............................................. 146 v ....................................................................... 45
Pinpoint reference ................................... 152 Videos (see Audiovisual recordings)
Resolutions ............................................. 144
Session number ....................................... 146
Short title ................................................ 157 W
Subsequent references............................. 157 Waitangi Tribunal ......................................... 241
Supplements............................................ 147 Websites (see Internet materials)
Title ........................................................ 144 Working papers ............................................. 111
Treaty bodies (see Treaty bodies) World Trade Organization (‘WTO’)
United Nations Yearbooks ...................... 155 Appellate Body decisions ....................... 187
United States of America Arbitration decisions ............................... 187
Administrative codes .............................. 286 Constitutive and basic documents ........... 184
Cases ....................................................... 264 General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade
Courts (see General Agreement on Tariffs and
Federal ............................................. 267 Trade)
State ................................................. 268 Official documents.................................. 185
Delegated legislation............................... 285 Panel decisions ....................................... 187
Federal congressional materials Short title ................................................ 191
Bills and resolutions ......................... 287 Subsequent references............................. 191
Debates............................................. 286 World wide web (see Internet materials)
Identifying judges ................................... 271 Written correspondence ................................. 125
Jurisdiction ............................................. 266
Legislation
Codes ............................................... 272
Y
YouTube videos ............................................ 130

Aglc4 PDF

Uploaded by

Document Informationclick to expand document information

Document Informationclick to expand document information

Copyright:

Available Formats

Aglc4 PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Aglc4 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

4

Melbourne University Law Review Association Inc

National Library of Australia Cataloguing-in-Publication entry

Citation of legal authorities - Australia - Handbooks, manuals, etc.

First edition 1998

Melbourne University Law Review Telephone: (+61 3) 8344 6593

Melbourne Journal of International Law Inc

Melbourne Journal of International Law Telephone: (+61 3) 8344 7913

Foreword to the Fourth Edition

The Honourable Justice Chris Maxwell AC

Foreword to the Third Edition

As for citation, scholars have a responsibility to acknowledge the sources of their

Foreword to the First Edition

Preface to the Fourth Edition

How to Use This Guide

Suggested Approach to Using the AGLC

Sources Not Included in the AGLC

1.10 Numbers, Currency and Units....................................................... 29

PART II — DOMESTIC SOURCES

2.3.3 Proceedings ........................................................................ 57

PART III — SECONDARY SOURCES

4.1.3 Editors ................................................................................. 84

7.2.3 Parliamentary Research Papers, Notes and Briefs .......... 111

PART IV — INTERNATIONAL MATERIALS

9 United Nations Materials ................................................ 142

11.2 Individual–State Decisions .......................................................... 172

14.6 Short Title and Subsequent References .................................... 210

PART V — FOREIGN DOMESTIC SOURCES

19 Hong Kong....................................................................... 234

24.1.3 Nominate Reports ............................................................. 253

25.6 Federal Congressional Materials ................................................ 286

This page has been intentionally left blank.

1.1.1 When to Footnote

Rule Footnotes should be used to:

Examples Some judges have argued that a presumption of advancement applies

1.1.2 The Position of Footnote Numbers

Their Honours went on to observe:

1.1.3 Multiple Sources in Footnotes

Rule If a series of sources is cited in a single footnote, a semicolon should

1.1.4 Closing Punctuation in Footnotes

1.1.5 Discursive Text in Footnotes

1.1.6 Pinpoint References

Rule A ‘pinpoint reference’ is a reference to a specific page, paragraph,

Detailed guidance relating to the application of this rule to specific

1.1.7 Spans of Pinpoint References

Rule A span of pinpoint references should be separated by a non-spaced en-

Pages Page – Page 431–2

Paragraphs [ Para ]–[ Para ] [57]–[63]

Pages and Page – Page [ Para ]–[ Para ] 312–13 [5]–[11]

Footnotes/Endnotes Pages / [ Para ] nn Fn – Fn 466 nn 7–8

With the exception of spans of paragraphs, spans of pinpoint

1.2 Introductory Signals for Citations

[No introductory signal] The source is quoted or directly supports the

See The source provides qualified support for the

See, eg, The source is one of several authorities

See also The source provides additional or general

See especially The source is the strongest of several